SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Tribune Media Co – ‘10-K’ for 12/31/17

On:  Thursday, 3/1/18, at 7:26am ET   ·   For:  12/31/17   ·   Accession #:  726513-18-7   ·   File #:  1-08572

Previous ‘10-K’:  ‘10-K’ on 3/1/17 for 12/31/16   ·   Next & Latest:  ‘10-K’ on 3/1/19 for 12/31/18   ·   3 References:   

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of               Filer                 Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size

 3/01/18  Tribune Media Co                  10-K       12/31/17  147:31M

Annual Report   —   Form 10-K   —   Sect. 13 / 15(d) – SEA’34
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: 10-K        Annual Report                                       HTML   2.41M 
 2: EX-21.1     Subsidiaries List                                   HTML    110K 
 3: EX-23.1     Consent of Experts or Counsel                       HTML     38K 
 4: EX-23.2     Consent of Experts or Counsel                       HTML     38K 
 9: EX-99.1     Miscellaneous Exhibit                               HTML    214K 
 5: EX-31.1     Certification -- §302 - SOA'02                      HTML     43K 
 6: EX-31.2     Certification -- §302 - SOA'02                      HTML     43K 
 7: EX-32.1     Certification -- §906 - SOA'02                      HTML     39K 
 8: EX-32.2     Certification -- §906 - SOA'02                      HTML     39K 
16: R1          Document and Entity Information Document            HTML     67K 
17: R2          Consolidated Statements of Operations               HTML    156K 
18: R3          Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income     HTML     98K 
                (Loss)                                                           
19: R4          Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income     HTML     59K 
                (Loss) Parenthetical                                             
20: R5          Consolidated Balance Sheets                         HTML    217K 
21: R6          Consolidated Balance Sheets Parenthetical           HTML     82K 
22: R7          Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity     HTML    139K 
23: R8          Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity     HTML     45K 
                Parenthetical                                                    
24: R9          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Statement     HTML    191K 
25: R10         Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting    HTML    182K 
                Policies                                                         
26: R11         Discontinued Operations                             HTML    147K 
27: R12         Proceedings Under Chapter 11                        HTML    150K 
28: R13         Acquisitions                                        HTML     68K 
29: R14         Changes in Operations and Non-operating Items       HTML     81K 
30: R15         Real Estate Sales and Assets Held For Sale (Notes)  HTML     67K 
31: R16         Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Intangible    HTML    143K 
                Liabilities                                                      
32: R17         Investments                                         HTML    153K 
33: R18         Debt                                                HTML    124K 
34: R19         Fair Value Measurements                             HTML     80K 
35: R20         Contracts Payable for Broadcast Rights              HTML     46K 
36: R21         Commitments and Contingencies                       HTML     82K 
37: R22         Income Taxes                                        HTML    171K 
38: R23         Pension and Other Retirement Plans                  HTML    320K 
39: R24         Capital Stock                                       HTML     99K 
40: R25         Stock-Based Compensation                            HTML    248K 
41: R26         Earnings Per Share                                  HTML    118K 
42: R27         Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income       HTML     75K 
43: R28         Related Party Transactions                          HTML     45K 
44: R29         Business Segments                                   HTML    114K 
45: R30         Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)         HTML    257K 
46: R31         Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements         HTML   1.02M 
47: R32         Subsequent Events                                   HTML     40K 
48: R33         Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting    HTML    195K 
                Policies (Policies)                                              
49: R34         Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting    HTML     76K 
                Policies (Tables)                                                
50: R35         Discontinued Operations (Tables)                    HTML    144K 
51: R36         Acquisitions (Tables)                               HTML     59K 
52: R37         Changes in Operations and Non-operating Items       HTML     75K 
                (Tables)                                                         
53: R38         Real Estate Sales and Assets Held For Sale (Table)  HTML     47K 
54: R39         Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Intangible    HTML    121K 
                Liabilities (Tables)                                             
55: R40         Investments (Tables)                                HTML    123K 
56: R41         Debt (Tables)                                       HTML     67K 
57: R42         Fair Value Measurements (Tables)                    HTML     64K 
58: R43         Contracts Payable for Broadcast Rights (Tables)     HTML     45K 
59: R44         Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)              HTML     46K 
60: R45         Income Taxes (Tables)                               HTML    146K 
61: R46         Pension and Other Retirement Plans (Tables)         HTML    309K 
62: R47         Capital Stock Dividends (Tables)                    HTML     58K 
63: R48         Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)                   HTML    239K 
64: R49         Earnings Per Share (Tables)                         HTML    110K 
65: R50         Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income       HTML     71K 
                (Tables)                                                         
66: R51         Business Segments (Tables)                          HTML    105K 
67: R52         Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)         HTML    256K 
                (Tables)                                                         
68: R53         Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements         HTML   1.02M 
                (Tables)                                                         
69: R54         Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting    HTML    144K 
                Policies Narrative (Details)                                     
70: R55         Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting    HTML     71K 
                Policies Principles of Consolidation and VIEs                    
                (Details)                                                        
71: R56         Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting    HTML     68K 
                Policies Dreamcatcher (Details)                                  
72: R57         Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting    HTML     75K 
                Policies Dreamcatcher Table (Details)                            
73: R58         Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting    HTML     47K 
                Policies Accounts Receivable Allowance                           
                Reconciliation (Details)                                         
74: R59         Discontinued Operations Narrative (Details)         HTML     67K 
75: R60         Discontinued Operations Gracenote Companies         HTML     96K 
                Statement of Operations (Details)                                
76: R61         Discontinued Operations Gracenote Companies         HTML     49K 
                Statement of Operations Footnotes (Details)                      
77: R62         Discontinued Operations Gracenote Companies         HTML    122K 
                Balance Sheet (Details)                                          
78: R63         Discontinued Operations Gracenote Companies Cash    HTML     75K 
                Flows (Details)                                                  
79: R64         Proceedings Under Chapter 11 - Narrative (Details)  HTML    159K 
80: R65         Proceedings Under Chapter 11 - Terms of             HTML    150K 
                Reorganization Plan (Details)                                    
81: R66         Proceedings Under Chapter 11 - Leveraged ESOP       HTML    125K 
                Transactions (Details)                                           
82: R67         Acquisitions - Narrative (Details)                  HTML     61K 
83: R68         Acquisitions - 2015 Acquisitions (Details)          HTML    110K 
84: R69         Changes in Operations and Non-operating Items       HTML     49K 
                Severance by Business Segment (Details)                          
85: R70         Changes in Operations and Non-operating Items       HTML     45K 
                Changes in Accrued Liability for Severance and                   
                Related Expenses (Details)                                       
86: R71         Changes in Operations and Non-operating Items       HTML     57K 
                Non-Operating Items (Details)                                    
87: R72         Changes in Operations and Non-operating Items       HTML    111K 
                Narrative (Details)                                              
88: R73         Real Estate Sales and Assets Held For Sale Assets   HTML     43K 
                Held for Sale (Details)                                          
89: R74         Real Estate Sales and Assets Held For Sale          HTML    150K 
                Narrative (Details)                                              
90: R75         Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Intangible    HTML     92K 
                Liabilities - Goodwill, other Intangible Assets                  
                and Intangible Liabilities (Details)                             
91: R76         Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Intangible    HTML     79K 
                Liabilities - Intangible Assets (Details)                        
92: R77         Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Intangible    HTML    112K 
                Liabilities - Narrative (Details)                                
93: R78         Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Intangible    HTML     47K 
                Liabilities - Intangible Liabilities (Details)                   
94: R79         Investments - Narrative (Details)                   HTML    242K 
95: R80         Investments Total Investments (Details)             HTML     48K 
96: R81         Investments Ownership Percentages (Details)         HTML     49K 
97: R82         Investments Income from Equity Investments          HTML     49K 
                (Details)                                                        
98: R83         Investments Cash Distributions from Equity Method   HTML     47K 
                Investments (Details)                                            
99: R84         Investments TV Food Network (Details)               HTML     63K 
100: R85         Investments Career Builder, Dose Media and CV       HTML     73K  
                Summarized Financial Information (Details)                       
101: R86         Debt (Details)                                      HTML    355K  
102: R87         Debt Long Term Debt (Details)                       HTML     74K  
103: R88         Debt Maturities of Long-term Debt (Details)         HTML     63K  
104: R89         Fair Value Measurements Narrative (Details)         HTML     71K  
105: R90         Fair Value Measurements (Details)                   HTML     67K  
106: R91         Contracts Payable for Broadcast Rights Narrative    HTML     40K  
                (Details)                                                        
107: R92         Contracts Payable for Broadcast Rights (Details)    HTML     48K  
108: R93         Commitments and Contingencies (Details)             HTML    108K  
109: R94         Commitments and Contingencies - Operating Leases    HTML     57K  
                (Details)                                                        
110: R95         Income Taxes - Narrative (Details)                  HTML    156K  
111: R96         Income Taxes - Income Tax Reconciliation from       HTML     79K  
                Continuing Operations (Details)                                  
112: R97         Income Taxes - Components of Income Tax Expense     HTML     66K  
                (Benefit) from Continuing Operations (Details)                   
113: R98         Income Taxes - Components of Net Deferred Tax       HTML     93K  
                Assets and Liabilities (Details)                                 
114: R99         Income Taxes - Changes in Liability for             HTML     55K  
                Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Details)                              
115: R100        Pension and Other Retirement Plans - Narrative      HTML    104K  
                (Details)                                                        
116: R101        Pension and Other Retirement Plans - Defined        HTML     85K  
                Benefit Pension Plans and Other Post Retirement                  
                Plans Summarized Info (Details)                                  
117: R102        Pension and Other Retirement Plans - Amounts        HTML     58K  
                Recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheets                        
                (Details)                                                        
118: R103        Pension and Other Retirement Plans - Components of  HTML     61K  
                Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Details)                              
119: R104        Pension and Other Retirement Plans - Amounts        HTML     54K  
                Included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income               
                (Loss) (Details)                                                 
120: R105        Pension and Other Retirement Plans - Weighted       HTML     51K  
                Average Assumptions (Details)                                    
121: R106        Pension and Other Retirement Plans - Effect of      HTML     47K  
                One-Percentage Point Change in Assumed Health Care               
                Cost Trend Rates (Details)                                       
122: R107        Pension and Other Retirement Plans - Actual         HTML     54K  
                Allocations and Target Allocations by Asset Class                
                (Details)                                                        
123: R108        Pension and Other Retirement Plans - Pension Plan   HTML    116K  
                Assets by Asset Category (Details)                               
124: R109        Pension and Other Retirement Plans - Benefit Plans  HTML     57K  
                Expected to be Paid (Details)                                    
125: R110        Capital Stock (Details)                             HTML    189K  
126: R111        Capital Stock Quarterly Dividend (Details)          HTML     48K  
127: R112        Stock-Based Compensation (Details)                  HTML    116K  
128: R113        Stock-Based Compensation - Weighted-average         HTML     49K  
                Assumptions (Details)                                            
129: R114        Stock-Based Compensation - NSOs (Details)           HTML    102K  
130: R115        Stock-Based Compensation - RSUs (Details)           HTML     78K  
131: R116        Stock-Based Compensation - Restricted and           HTML     65K  
                Unrestricted Stock Awards (Details)                              
132: R117        Stock-Based Compensation - PSUs (Details)           HTML     78K  
133: R118        Stock-Based Compensation - Unrecognized             HTML     43K  
                Compensation Cost (Details)                                      
134: R119        Earnings Per Share - Narrative (Details)            HTML     47K  
135: R120        Earnings Per Share (Details)                        HTML    109K  
136: R121        Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income       HTML     71K  
                (Details)                                                        
137: R122        Related Party Transactions (Details)                HTML     60K  
138: R123        Business Segments (Details)                         HTML     61K  
139: R124        Business Segments - Operating Segments (Details)    HTML    101K  
140: R125        Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)         HTML    146K  
                (Details)                                                        
141: R126        Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements -       HTML    241K  
                Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss)                
                Income (Details)                                                 
142: R127        Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements -       HTML    296K  
                Balance Sheets (Details)                                         
143: R128        Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements -       HTML    214K  
                Statement of Cash Flows (Details)                                
144: R129        Subsequent Events (Details)                         HTML     43K  
146: XML         IDEA XML File -- Filing Summary                      XML    275K  
145: EXCEL       IDEA Workbook of Financial Reports                  XLSX    266K  
10: EX-101.INS  XBRL Instance -- trco-20171231                       XML  10.04M 
12: EX-101.CAL  XBRL Calculations -- trco-20171231_cal               XML    539K 
13: EX-101.DEF  XBRL Definitions -- trco-20171231_def                XML   2.55M 
14: EX-101.LAB  XBRL Labels -- trco-20171231_lab                     XML   4.11M 
15: EX-101.PRE  XBRL Presentations -- trco-20171231_pre              XML   2.98M 
11: EX-101.SCH  XBRL Schema -- trco-20171231                         XSD    453K 
147: ZIP         XBRL Zipped Folder -- 0000726513-18-000007-xbrl      Zip    793K  


‘10-K’   —   Annual Report
Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential)   (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page  –  Filing Submission
"F-1
"F-2
"F-4
"F-5
"F-6
"F-8
"F-9
"F-11
"F-25
"F-28
"F-39
"F-41
"F-42
"F-44
"F-47
"F-53
"F-59
"F-61
"F-65
"F-70
"F-77
"F-80
"F-86
"F-88
"F-89
"F-91
"F-93
"F-104

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



 <!   C:   C: 
  Document  

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                     to                     
Commission file number 1-8572
TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
 
36-1880355
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
 
 
515 North State Street, Chicago, Illinois
 
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (646) 563-8296
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
 
The New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    
Yes   x     No   o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    
Yes   o      No   x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    
Yes   x     No   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes   x     No   o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K (Check box if no delinquent filers). x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large Accelerated Filer
ý
Accelerated Filer
o
Non-Accelerated Filer
o
Smaller Reporting Company
o
Emerging Growth Company
o
 
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes  o    No  x
The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant based on the closing sales prices of the registrant’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and OTC Bulletin Board (“OTC”) market, respectively, on June 30, 2017, was $2,977,558,766.
As of February 15, 2018, 87,489,278 shares of the registrant’s Class A Common Stock and 5,557 shares of the registrant’s Class B Common Stock were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
All or a portion of items 10 through 14 of Part III of this Form 10-K are incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for our 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2018, such information will be included in an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date.
 



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY
INDEX TO 2017 FORM 10-K
Item No.
 
Page
 
Part I
 
1.
Business
1A.
Risk Factors
1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
2.
Properties
3.
Legal Proceedings
4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
 
Part II
 
5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
6.
Selected Financial Data
7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
9A.
Controls and Procedures
9B.
Other Information
 
Part III
 
10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
11.
Executive Compensation
12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
Part IV
 
15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
16.
Form 10-K Summary
 
Signatures
 
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes
 
Exhibits
 


2


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 (the “Annual Report”) contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including, without limitation, statements concerning the conditions in our industry, our operations, our economic performance and financial condition, including, in particular, statements relating to our business and growth strategy and the Merger (as defined below) under “Item 1. Business” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Forward-looking statements include all statements that do not relate solely to historical or current facts, and can be identified by the use of words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “estimate,” “project,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “intend,” “outlook,” “believe” and other similar expressions. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their dates. These forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions by our management that, although we believe to be reasonable, are inherently uncertain and subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include, without limitation, those identified under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report.
The following list represents some, but not necessarily all, of the factors that could cause actual results to differ from historical results or those anticipated or predicted by these forward-looking statements:
risks associated with the ability to consummate the merger (the “Merger”) between us and Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. (“Sinclair”) and the timing of the closing of the Merger;
the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), dated May 8, 2017, with Sinclair, providing for the acquisition by Sinclair of all of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock (“Class A Common Stock”) and Class B common stock (“Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”);
the risk that the regulatory approvals for the proposed Merger with Sinclair may be delayed, not be obtained or may be obtained subject to conditions that are not anticipated;
risks related to the disruption of management time from ongoing business operations due to the Merger and the restrictions imposed on the Company’s operations under the terms of the Merger Agreement;
the effect of the announcement of the Merger on our ability to retain and hire key personnel, on our ability to maintain relationships with advertisers and customers and on our operating results and businesses generally;
litigation in connection with the Merger;
changes in advertising demand and audience shares;
competition and other economic conditions including incremental fragmentation of the media landscape and competition from other media alternatives;
changes in the overall market for broadcast and cable television advertising, including through regulatory and judicial rulings;
our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights;
our ability to adapt to technological changes;
availability and cost of quality network, syndicated and sports programming affecting our television ratings;
the loss, cost and/or modification of our network affiliation agreements;
our ability to renegotiate retransmission consent agreements, or resolve disputes, with multichannel video programming distributors (“MVPDs”);
the incurrence of additional tax-related liabilities related to historical income tax returns;
our ability to realize the full value, or successfully complete the planned divestitures, of our real estate assets;

3


the potential impact of the modifications to and/or surrender of spectrum on the operation of our television stations, the costs, terms and restrictions associated with the actions necessary to modify and/or surrender the spectrum;
the incurrence of costs to address contamination issues at physical sites owned, operated or used by our businesses;
adverse results from litigation, governmental investigations or tax-related proceedings or audits;
our ability to settle unresolved claims filed in connection with the Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases and resolve the appeals seeking to overturn the Confirmation Order (as defined and described below in “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Emergence from Bankruptcy”);
our ability to satisfy future pension and other postretirement employee benefit obligations;
our ability to attract and retain employees;
the effect of labor strikes, lock-outs and labor negotiations;
the financial performance and valuation of our equity method investments;
the impairment of our existing goodwill and other intangible assets;
compliance with, and the effect of changes or developments in, government regulations applicable to the television and radio broadcasting industry;
changes in accounting standards;
the payment of cash dividends on our common stock;
impact of increases in interest rates on our variable rate indebtedness or refinancings thereof;
our indebtedness and ability to comply with covenants applicable to our debt financing and other contractual commitments;
our ability to satisfy future capital and liquidity requirements;
our ability to access the credit and capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed and on acceptable terms;
the factors discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Annual Report; and
other events beyond our control that may result in unexpected adverse operating results.
We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors is not exhaustive. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report may not in fact occur. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law. Should one or more of the risks or uncertainties described in this Annual Report or our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) occur, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results and plans could differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements.

4


PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Company Overview
Tribune Media Company is a diversified media and entertainment business. It is comprised of 42 local television stations, which we refer to as “our television stations,” that are either owned by us or owned by others but to which we provide certain services, along with a national general entertainment cable network, a radio station, a production studio, a portfolio of real estate assets and investments in a variety of media, websites and other related assets. We believe our diverse portfolio of assets, including our equity investments that provide cash distributions, distinguishes us from traditional pure-play broadcasters. Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Annual Report to “Tribune Media,” “Tribune,” “we,” “our,” “us” and the “Company” refer to Tribune Media Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.
On May 8, 2017, we entered into the Merger Agreement with Sinclair, providing for the acquisition by Sinclair of all of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock by means of a merger of Samson Merger Sub Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Sinclair, with and into Tribune Media Company, with Tribune Media Company surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Sinclair, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Events—Sinclair Merger Agreement.”
On December 19, 2016, we entered into a definitive share purchase agreement (the “Gracenote SPA”) with Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. (“Nielsen”) to sell equity interests in substantially all of the Digital and Data business, which was previously a reportable segment, for $560 million in cash, subject to certain purchase price adjustments (the “Gracenote Sale”). The transaction was completed on January 31, 2017 and we received gross proceeds of $581 million. In the second quarter of 2017, we received additional proceeds of $3 million as a result of purchase price adjustments. The Digital and Data entities included in the Gracenote Sale consisted of Gracenote Inc., Gracenote Canada, Inc., Gracenote Netherlands Holdings B.V., Tribune Digital Ventures LLC and Tribune International Holdco, LLC (the “Gracenote Companies”). Our Digital and Data segment consisted of several businesses focused on collection, creation and distribution of data and innovation in unique services and recognition technology that used data, including Gracenote Video, Gracenote Music and Gracenote Sports. Also included in the Digital and Data segment were business-to-consumer online sports information websites which were not included in the Gracenote Sale and are now managed and included in the Television and Entertainment reportable segment. The previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation; the impact of this reclassification was not material.
In accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-08, “Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity” (“ASU 2014-08”), assets and liabilities of the Gracenote Companies included in the Gracenote Sale are classified as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2016, and the results of operations are reported as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for all periods presented. Accordingly, all references made to financial data in this Annual Report are to Tribune Media Company’s continuing operations, unless specifically noted.
Our business consists of our Television and Entertainment operations and the management of certain of our real estate assets. We also hold a variety of investments, including equity method investments in Television Food Network, G.P. (“TV Food Network”) and CareerBuilder, LLC (through our investment in Camaro Parent, LLC) (“CareerBuilder”) and a cost method investment in New Cubs LLC (as described and defined below). Television and Entertainment is a reportable segment which provides audiences across the country with news, entertainment and sports programming on Tribune Broadcasting local television stations and distinctive, high quality television series and movies on WGN America, as well as news, entertainment and sports information via our websites and other digital assets.
In addition, we report and include under Corporate and Other the management of certain of our real estate assets, including revenues from leasing our owned office and production facilities and any gains or losses from the sales of our owned real estate, as well as certain administrative activities associated with operating corporate office functions and managing our predominantly frozen company-sponsored defined benefit pension plans.

5


Organizational Structure and History
Tribune Media Company is a holding company that does business through its direct and indirect operating subsidiaries. Previously known as Tribune Company, we were founded in 1847 and incorporated in Delaware in 1968. Throughout the 1980s and 1990s, we grew rapidly through a series of broadcasting acquisitions and strategic investments in companies such as TV Food Network, CareerBuilder and Classified Ventures, LLC (“CV”). On December 20, 2007, we completed a series of transactions (collectively, the “Leveraged ESOP Transactions”), which culminated in the cancellation of all issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock as of that date and with the Company becoming wholly-owned by the Tribune Company employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”).
As a result of severe declines in advertising and circulation revenues leading up to and during the recession that followed the global financial crisis of 2007-2008, as well as the general deterioration of the publishing and broadcasting industries during such time, we faced significant constraints on our liquidity, including our ability to service our indebtedness. Due to these factors, in December 2008 we filed for protection under chapter 11 (“Chapter 11”) of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court of the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”). From December 2008 through December 2012, we operated our businesses under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and applicable orders of the Bankruptcy Court.
As our emergence from bankruptcy was subject to the consent of the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) to the assignment of our FCC broadcast and auxiliary station licenses as part of our reorganization, in April 2010 we filed applications with the FCC to obtain FCC approval for such assignments.
In April 2012, we filed our final plan of reorganization which was the result of extensive negotiations and contested proceedings before the Bankruptcy Court, principally related to the resolution of certain claims and causes of action arising between certain of our creditors in connection with the Leveraged ESOP Transactions. In July 2012, the Bankruptcy Court issued an order confirming our plan of reorganization.
In November 2012, the FCC granted the applications to assign our broadcast and auxiliary station licenses to our licensee subsidiaries. We emerged from Chapter 11 on December 31, 2012.
After the confirmation of our bankruptcy plan and the receipt of the FCC’s consent to its implementation, we consummated an internal restructuring pursuant to the terms of our bankruptcy plan. For further details, see Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
On December 27, 2013, pursuant to a securities purchase agreement dated as of June 29, 2013, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding equity interests in Local TV, including the subsidiaries Local TV, LLC and FoxCo Acquisition, LLC, for $2.8 billion in cash, net of working capital and other closing adjustments (the “Local TV Acquisition”). As a result of the acquisition, we became the owner of 16 of the 19 television stations in Local TV’s portfolio. Concurrently with the Local TV Acquisition, Dreamcatcher Broadcasting LLC (“Dreamcatcher”) acquired the FCC licenses and certain other assets and liabilities of Local TV’s television stations WTKR-TV, Norfolk, VA, WGNT-TV, Portsmouth, VA and WNEP-TV, Scranton, PA (collectively, the “Dreamcatcher Stations”) (the “Dreamcatcher Transaction”). We subsequently entered into shared services agreements (“SSAs”) with Dreamcatcher to provide technical, promotional, back-office, distribution and certain programming services to the Dreamcatcher Stations consistent with current FCC rules and policies.
On August 4, 2014, we completed a separation transaction (the “Publishing Spin-off”), resulting in the spin-off of the assets and certain liabilities of the businesses primarily related to our principal publishing operations, other than owned real estate and certain other assets (the “Publishing Business”), through a tax-free, pro rata dividend to our stockholders and warrantholders of 98.5% of the shares of common stock of tronc, Inc. (“tronc”), and we retained at that time 1.5% of the outstanding common stock of tronc. The Publishing Business consisted of newspaper publishing and local news and information gathering functions that operated daily newspapers and related websites, as well as a number of ancillary businesses that leveraged certain of the assets of those businesses. As a result of the completion of the Publishing Spin-off, tronc operates the Publishing Business as an independent, publicly-traded company. On January 31, 2017, we sold our tronc shares for net proceeds of $5 million.

6


On October 1, 2014, we sold our equity interest in CV to TEGNA Inc. (“TEGNA”).
On December 5, 2014, we completed the registration of the Company’s Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and since then, our Class A Common Stock has traded on the NYSE under the symbol “TRCO.”
On January 31, 2017, we completed the Gracenote Sale and on July 31, 2017, we sold a majority of our interest in CareerBuilder to an investor group led by investment funds managed by affiliates of Apollo Global Management, LLC and the Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board.
The following chart illustrates our organizational structure as of December 31, 2017:
orgchart.gif
 
(1) This entity and its direct and indirect subsidiaries hold our broadcasting businesses (with the exception of the broadcasting businesses that we acquired through our acquisition of Local TV), including WGN America, and our equity method investment in TV Food Network.
(2) This entity and its direct and indirect subsidiaries hold our broadcasting businesses that we acquired through our acquisition of Local TV.
(3) This entity and its direct and indirect subsidiaries hold certain of our other equity method investments, including our investment in CareerBuilder.
(4) This entity and its direct and indirect subsidiaries hold the majority of our real estate assets.
(5) Other direct and indirect subsidiaries that hold various broadcasting and other Company assets, including certain cost method investments.
Competitive Strengths
We believe that we benefit from the following competitive strengths:
Geographically diversified media properties in attractive U.S. markets.
We are one of the largest independent station owner groups in the United States based on household reach, and we own or operate local television stations in each of the nation’s top seven markets by population. We have network affiliations with all of the major over-the-air networks, including American Broadcasting Company (“ABC”), CBS Corporation (“CBS”), FOX Broadcasting Company (“FOX”), National Broadcasting Company (“NBC”), Master Distribution Service, Inc. (“MyNetworkTV” or “MY”), and The CW Network, LLC (“CW”). We provide highly-valued programming, including the National Football League (“NFL”) and other live sports, on many of our stations and local news to approximately 50 million U.S. households in the aggregate, as measured by Nielsen Media Research, representing approximately 44% of all U.S. households.
In addition, we own a national general entertainment cable network, WGN America, which is available in more than 77 million households nationally, as estimated by Nielsen Media Research. WGN America provides us with a platform for launching high quality scripted programming. We believe that the combination of our broadcast stations and WGN America creates a differentiated distribution platform.
Strong cash flow generation.
Our businesses have historically generated strong cash flows from operations. For the three years ended December 31, 2017, our net cash provided by such operating activities totaled $533 million, which includes $539 million of cash distributions received from our equity method investments, primarily from TV Food Network, our largest equity method investment. In addition to the $539 million of cash distributions accounted for within the cash flows provided by operating activities, $14 million of cash distributions were accounted for within the cash flows from investing activities. TV Food Network has historically provided substantial cash distributions annually.

7


Opportunistically deploying capital to drive stockholder returns.
Our capital allocation policy is focused on driving returns for stockholders and investing in areas that are intended to drive growth in our profitability. On February 24, 2016, our board of directors (the “Board”) authorized a stock repurchase program, under which we may repurchase up to $400 million of our outstanding Class A Common Stock. As of December 31, 2016, we repurchased 6,432,455 shares in open market transactions at an aggregated purchase price of $232 million under the existing stock repurchase program. We did not repurchase any shares of Common Stock during 2017 and the Merger Agreement prohibits us from engaging in additional share repurchases. See Item 5. “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.”
In addition, on February 21, 2018, our Board declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share on our Common Stock to be paid on March 26, 2018 to holders of record of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock as of March 12, 2018, continuing the quarterly dividends that we have paid since the Company’s dividend program was announced on March 6, 2015. For the three years ended December 31, 2017, we paid a total of approximately $1.969 billion to our stockholders (including warrant holders) through dividends and share repurchases, including $649 million and $499 million paid as special cash dividends in April 2015 and February 2017, respectively. Under the Merger Agreement, we may not pay dividends other than quarterly dividends of $0.25 or less per share.
Valuable investments and real estate holdings.
We currently hold a variety of investments, including equity method investments in TV Food Network and CareerBuilder and a 5% cost method investment in New Cubs LLC. TV Food Network, in which we have a 31% interest, operates two 24-hour television networks, Food Network and Cooking Channel, as well as their related websites. Food Network is a fully distributed network in the United States with content distributed internationally. Cooking Channel is a digital-tier network available nationally and airs popular off-Food Network programming as well as originally produced programming. CareerBuilder, in which we currently have an approximately 6% interest, on a fully diluted basis (including CareerBuilder employees’ unvested equity awards), is a global leader in human capital solutions, helping companies target, attract and retain talent. Its website, CareerBuilder.com, is a leading job website in North America. CareerBuilder operates websites in the United States, Europe, Canada, Asia and South America. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Events—CareerBuilder” for a discussion related to the sale of the majority of our interest in CareerBuilder in 2017.
We also own attractive real estate in key markets, including development rights for certain of our real estate assets. We actively manage our portfolio of real estate assets to drive value through the following initiatives:
Opportunistically dispose of properties, including select properties as part of an accelerated monetization program;
Maximize utility of our existing real estate footprint;
Generate revenues on excess space by leasing to third parties; and
Develop vacant properties or properties with redevelopment options.
Experienced management team with demonstrated industry experience.
Our senior management team has broad and diverse experience across their respective disciplines, with proven track records of success in the industry. Our organization consists of talented executives with expertise across finance, strategy, operations, regulatory matters and human resources. Our management team has a unified vision for the Company, which includes capitalizing on our current strengths and strategically investing in new initiatives.

8


Strategies
Our mission is to create, produce and distribute outstanding entertainment, news and sports content that informs, entertains, engages and inspires millions of people every day. To achieve this mission, we are pursuing the following strategies:
Utilize the scale and quality of our operating businesses to increase value to our partners: advertisers, MVPDs, network affiliates and consumers.
Our television station group reaches approximately 50 million households nationally, as measured by Nielsen Media Research, representing approximately 44% of all U.S. households. WGN America, our national general entertainment cable network, reaches approximately 65% of U.S. households and the digital networks we operate, Antenna TV and THIS TV, collectively reach approximately 93% of U.S. households. We also operate approximately 60 websites primarily associated with our television stations, which, in 2017, reached an average of 54 million unique visitors monthly, as measured by comScore.
Through our extensive distribution network, we can deliver content through a multitude of channels. This ability to reach consumers across a broad geographical footprint is valuable for advertisers, MVPDs and affiliates alike as we connect consumers with their messaging and quality content.
To ensure our media and brands reach an increasing number of audiences enabling advertisers to reach such audiences in the most effective way across screens, we are dedicated to building and managing strong editorial, digital marketing and technology capabilities that help us source, optimize, distribute and monetize our content online.
WGN America, our highly distributed general entertainment cable network, is currently available in more than 77 million households as estimated by Nielsen Media Research. Our strategy is to build a network that combines high quality scripted programming and feature films.
Be the most valued source of local news and information in the markets in which we operate.
Local news is a cornerstone of our television stations. We believe local news enjoys a competitive advantage relative to national news outlets due to its ability to generate immediate reporting, which is especially valuable when a breaking news story develops in a local market. We are also able to utilize our breadth of coverage to distribute local content on a national scale by sharing news stories on-air and digitally across Tribune-covered markets. Annually, we produce over 80,000 hours of news. We also operate approximately 60 websites and approximately 180 mobile applications.
Disciplined management of operating costs and capital investment.
Our management team is focused on maintaining a disciplined cost management program, while ensuring that the Company is investing in the areas that are expected to continue to drive profitability and growth. We maintain a strong focus on our programming and operating costs through detailed analysis. We also believe that the reach of our station group provides us with a favorable negotiating position with programming providers and other vendors, which can enable us to secure syndicated programming at more favorable prices.
Monetization of our real estate assets.
We intend to continue the monetization of our real estate assets while continuing the value maximization process. We do this by continuously assessing the market conditions and executing on what we believe are the best strategies for each of the properties, including divestitures or forming strategic partnerships with local developers. In 2017 and 2016, we sold several properties for net pretax proceeds of $144 million and $506 million, respectively, and recognized a net pretax gain of $29 million and $213 million, respectively, as further described in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

9


Prime sports programming in major markets.
In several markets, we have acquired local television broadcast rights for certain sporting events, including Major League Baseball (“MLB”) baseball, National Basketball Association (“NBA”) basketball, and National Hockey League (“NHL”) hockey. Additionally, our stations that are affiliated with FOX, CBS and NBC broadcast certain NFL football and MLB baseball games, and other popular sporting events provided by these networks.
Segments
We operate our business through the Television and Entertainment reportable segment, and under Corporate and Other we report the management of certain of our real estate assets, including revenues from leasing our owned office and production facilities, as well as certain administrative activities associated with operating corporate office functions and managing our predominantly frozen company-sponsored defined benefit pension plans. We also currently hold a variety of minority investments, including TV Food Network, CareerBuilder and New Cubs LLC. See Note 20 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information.
Television and Entertainment
Our Television and Entertainment reportable segment primarily consists of the following businesses:
Television broadcasting services through Tribune Broadcasting, which owns or provides services to 42 local broadcast television stations and related websites and mobile applications in 33 U.S. markets as well as other digital assets;
Digital multicast network services through Antenna TV and through the operation and distribution of THIS TV, both of which are digital networks that air in households nationally;
National program services through WGN America, a national general entertainment cable network;
Radio program services on WGN-AM, a Chicago radio station.
Tribune Broadcasting
Our broadcast television stations serve the local communities in which they operate by providing locally produced news and special interest broadcasts as well as syndicated programming.
Tribune Broadcasting owns or provides certain services to 42 local television stations, reaching approximately 50 million households nationally, as measured by Nielsen Media Research, making us one of the largest independent station groups in the United States based on household reach. Currently, our television stations, including the 3 stations to which we provide certain services under SSAs with Dreamcatcher, consist of 14 FOX television affiliates, 12 CW television affiliates, 6 CBS television affiliates, 3 ABC television affiliates, 3 MY television affiliates, 2 NBC television affiliates and 2 independent television stations. Our affiliates represent all the major over-the-air networks, and we own or operate local television stations in each of the nation’s top seven markets by population.

10


The following chart provides additional information regarding our television stations:
Stations
 
Market
 
Market
 Rank(1)
 
% of U.S.
 Households
 
Primary Network
 Affiliations
 
Affiliation
 Expiration
WPIX
 
New York
 
1
 
6.3%
 
CW
 
2021
KTLA
 
Los Angeles
 
2
 
4.7%
 
CW
 
2021
WGN
 
Chicago
 
3
 
2.9%
 
IND
 
N/A
WPHL(2)
 
Philadelphia
 
4
 
2.6%
 
MY
 
2018
KDAF
 
Dallas
 
5
 
2.4%
 
CW
 
2021
WDCW(3)
 
Washington
 
6
 
2.2%
 
CW
 
2021
KIAH
 
Houston
 
7
 
2.2%
 
CW
 
2021
KCPQ / KZJO
 
Seattle
 
12
 
1.7%
 
FOX / MY
 
2018/2018
WSFL
 
Miami
 
16
 
1.5%
 
CW
 
2021
KDVR / KWGN
 
Denver
 
17
 
1.4%
 
FOX / CW
 
2018/2021
WJW
 
Cleveland
 
19
 
1.3%
 
FOX
 
2018
KTXL
 
Sacramento
 
20
 
1.3%
 
FOX
 
2019(4)
KTVI / KPLR
 
St. Louis
 
21
 
1.1%
 
FOX / CW
 
2018/2021
KRCW
 
Portland
 
22
 
1.1%
 
CW
 
2021
WXIN / WTTV
 
Indianapolis
 
28
 
0.9%
 
FOX / CBS
 
2019(4)/2019
KSWB
 
San Diego
 
29
 
0.9%
 
FOX
 
2019(4)
KSTU
 
Salt Lake City
 
30
 
0.8%
 
FOX
 
2018
WTIC / WCCT
 
Hartford
 
32
 
0.8%
 
FOX / CW
 
2019(4)/2021
WDAF
 
Kansas City
 
33
 
0.8%
 
FOX
 
2018
WITI(5)
 
Milwaukee
 
36
 
0.8%
 
FOX
 
2018
KFOR / KAUT
 
Oklahoma City
 
41
 
0.6%
 
NBC / IND
 
2019/N/A
WXMI
 
Grand Rapids
 
43
 
0.6%
 
FOX
 
2019(4)
WPMT(6)
 
Harrisburg
 
45
 
0.6%
 
FOX
 
2019(4)
WTKR(7) / WGNT(7)
 
Norfolk
 
47
 
0.6%
 
CBS / CW
 
2019/2021
WGHP
 
Greensboro
 
48
 
0.6%
 
FOX
 
2018
WREG
 
Memphis
 
50
 
0.6%
 
CBS
 
2019
WGNO / WNOL
 
New Orleans
 
51
 
0.6%
 
ABC / CW
 
2019/2021
WTVR
 
Richmond
 
55
 
0.5%
 
CBS
 
2019
WNEP(7)(8)
 
Wilkes Barre
 
57
 
0.5%
 
ABC
 
2019
WHO
 
Des Moines
 
68
 
0.4%
 
NBC
 
2019
WHNT
 
Huntsville
 
80
 
0.3%
 
CBS
 
2019
KFSM / KXNW
 
Ft. Smith
 
98
 
0.3%
 
CBS / MY
 
2019/2018
WQAD
 
Davenport
 
102
 
0.2%
 
ABC
 
2019
 
(1) Market rank refers to ranking the size of the Designated Market Area (“DMA”) in which the station is located in relation to other DMAs. Source: Local Television Market Universe Estimates for 2017-2018, as published by Nielsen Media Research.
(2) As of January 15, 2018, WPHL is operating on 50 percent of the allocated 6 megahertz of spectrum as a host station pursuant to a channel sharing agreement with Univision Philadelphia LLC, licensee of WUVP-DT.
(3) As of January 23, 2018, WDCW is operating on 33 percent of the allocated 6 megahertz of spectrum as a tenant station pursuant to a channel sharing agreement with Unimas D.C., LLC, licensee of WFDC-DT.
(4) These FOX affiliation agreements include an early termination provision that permits FOX, upon notice, to reclaim the affiliation if FOX purchases a station within the corresponding DMA.
(5) As of January 8, 2018, WITI is operating on 80 percent of the allocated 6 megahertz of spectrum as a host station pursuant to a channel sharing agreement with VCY America, Inc., licensee of WVCY-TV.
(6) As of January 3, 2018, WPMT is operating on 50 percent of the allocated 6 megahertz of spectrum as a tenant station pursuant to a channel sharing agreement with WITF, Inc., licensee of WITF-TV.
(7) Stations owned by Dreamcatcher to which we provide certain services under SSAs.
(8) As of December 4, 2017, WNEP is operating on 50 percent of the allocated 6 megahertz of spectrum as a host station pursuant to a Channel Sharing Agreement with Northeastern Pennsylvania Educational Television Association, licensee of WVIA-TV.

11


Our television and radio stations are operated pursuant to licenses granted by the FCC. As of the date of this filing under rules promulgated and enforced by the FCC and except as otherwise noted in the table above, each of our television stations has 6 megahertz of spectrum. Our television and radio operations are broadly regulated by the FCC, subject to ongoing rule changes, and subject to periodic renewal, as discussed further in “—Regulatory Environment” below.
Our television station group’s broadcast programming is received by a majority of the audience via MVPDs, which include cable television systems, direct broadcast satellite providers and wireline providers who pay us to offer our programming to their customers. We refer to such fees paid to us by MVPDs as retransmission revenues.
Programming
We source programming for our 39 Tribune Broadcasting-owned stations from the following sources:
News and entertainment programs that are developed and executed by the local television stations;
Acquired and original syndicated programming;
Programming received from our network affiliates that is retransmitted by our television stations (primarily prime time and sports programming); and
Paid programming.
We produce over 80,000 hours of news annually and many of our newscasts are critically acclaimed.
Acquired syndicated programming, including both television series and movies, are purchased on a group basis for use by our owned stations. Contracts for purchased programming generally cover a period of up to five years, with payments typically made over several years.
For those stations with which we have a network affiliation, certain programming is acquired from the affiliated network, including FOX, CW, CBS, NBC and ABC. Network affiliation agreements dictate what programs are aired at specific times of the day, primarily during prime time. Our network affiliated stations are largely dependent upon the performance of network provided programs in order to attract viewers. Those parts of the day which do not contain network-provided content are programmed by the stations, primarily with syndicated programs purchased for cash, cash and barter or barter-only, as well as through self-produced news, live local sporting events, and other entertainment programming.
In addition, our stations air paid-programming whereby third parties pay our television stations for a block of time to air long-form advertising. The content is a commercial message designed to represent the viewpoints and to serve the interest of the sponsor.
The programming sources described above relate to our 39 owned local television stations. In compliance with FCC regulations, Dreamcatcher maintains complete responsibility for and control over programming, finances, personnel and operations of the three Dreamcatcher Stations. We provide technical, promotional, back-office, distribution and limited programming services for the Dreamcatcher Stations.
Sources of Revenue and Expenses
Tribune Broadcasting
Our television stations derive a majority of their revenue from local and national broadcasting advertising and retransmission revenues. Other sources of revenue include barter/trade revenues and copyright royalties. Barter/trade revenue is the exchange of advertising airtime in lieu of cash payments for the rights to programming, equipment, merchandise or services. As discussed in Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements, barter revenue will no longer be recognized pursuant to new revenue recognition guidance that we will adopt in the first quarter of 2018 using the modified retrospective transition method. Copyright royalties represent distributions collected from satellite and cable companies and distributed by the U.S. Copyright Office for programming created by us that was broadcast outside of the local market in which it was intended to air prior to WGN America becoming exclusively a

12


cable network in November 2015. As a cable network, WGN America no longer generates copyright royalties revenue.
While serving the programming interests and needs of our television audiences, we also seek to meet the needs of our advertising customers by delivering significant audiences in key demographics. Our strategy is to achieve this objective by providing quality local news programming and popular network and syndicated programs to our viewing audience. We attract most of our national television advertisers through a retained national marketing representation firm. Our local television advertisers are attracted through the use of a local sales force at each of our television stations. We also derive advertising revenue from our television stations’ corresponding websites and mobile applications and other entertainment and sports information websites. In total, we currently operate approximately 60 websites and approximately 180 mobile applications. As consumers continue to turn to online resources for news and entertainment content, we are adapting and expanding our digital presence in each of the local markets where we operate.
Advertising revenues have historically been seasonal, with higher revenues generated in the second and fourth quarters of the year. Political advertising revenues are also cyclical, with a significant increase in spending in even numbered election years and disproportionate amounts being spent every four years during presidential campaign years.
We generate retransmission revenues from MVPDs in exchange for their right to carry our stations in their pay-television services to consumers. Retransmission rates are governed by multi-year agreements negotiated with each MVPD and are generally based on the number of monthly subscribers in each MVPD’s respective coverage area.
Expenses at our Tribune Broadcasting stations primarily consist of compensation and programming costs associated with producing local news and acquiring syndication rights to other content. Programming fees are also paid to our affiliate partners who typically provide prime time and sports programming to be carried in the local markets in which we operate.
Antenna TV and THIS TV
Antenna TV, which is owned and operated by Tribune Broadcasting, is a digital multicast network airing on television stations across the United States. The network features classic television programs and movies. Local television stations air Antenna TV as a digital multicast channel, often on a .2 or .3 channel depending on the city and the station, using data compression techniques that allow a television station to transmit more than one independent program channel at the same time. Antenna TV is free and available over-the-air using a traditional broadcast television or antenna. In addition, most major cable companies across the United States carry local affiliate feeds of Antenna TV. In some cities, stations run alternative local programming at various points throughout the day. Currently, the network is available in 135 markets, including markets in which Tribune owns or provides services to a television station. The primary source of revenue is advertising, both at the network level as well as the locally sold advertising for those markets in which we operate.
THIS TV is a digital multicast network airing on certain television stations across the United States. It is owned by Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios, Inc. (“MGM”) and operated by Tribune Broadcasting. The network programming largely consists of movies, limited classic television series and children’s programming. Local television stations air THIS TV as a digital multicast channel often on a .2 or .3 channel, depending on the city and the station. THIS TV is free and available over-the-air using a traditional broadcast television or antenna. In addition, most major cable companies across the United States carry local affiliate feeds of THIS TV. Currently, the network is available in 104 markets, including markets in which Tribune owns or provides services to a television station. Revenue consists of locally sold advertising for those markets in which we operate, a fee from MGM for operating the network as well as profit participation.
WGN America
WGN America is our national, general entertainment cable network. The channel is currently available in more than 77 million households as estimated by Nielsen Media Research. WGN America programming is delivered by our MVPD partners and consists primarily of syndicated series and movies. Content contracts are typically signed

13


with the major studios and program distributors and cover a period of one to five years, with payment typically made over several years. WGN America is a highly distributed general entertainment cable channel. Our strategy for WGN America includes obtaining rights for off-network syndication, many of which are exclusive. Our syndication programming currently includes popular television series such as Blue Bloods, Cops, Elementary, M*A*S*H and Person of Interest.
WGN America’s primary sources of revenue are:
Advertising revenues—We sell national advertising, with pricing based on audience size, the demographics of our audiences and the demand for our limited inventory of commercial time.
Paid Programming—Third parties pay for a block of time to air long-form advertising, typically in overnight time blocks.
Carriage (subscriber) fees—We earn revenues from agreements with MVPDs. The revenue we receive is typically based on the number of subscribers the MVPD has in their franchise area.
Copyright revenue—We receive fee revenues distributed by the U.S. Copyright Office based on original programming that was primarily retransmitted prior to WGN America becoming exclusively a cable network in November 2015 and not directly paid for by MVPDs.
The primary expenses for WGN America are programming costs associated with new productions, syndicated programming and marketing and promotion costs.
Radio Station
We own WGN 720 AM, a radio station based in Chicago, Illinois. WGN 720 AM is a high-powered clear channel AM station, which has the highest protection from interference from other stations, and features talk-radio programs that host local personalities and provide sports play-by-play commentary.
Corporate and Other
The remaining activities that fall outside of our reportable segment consist of the following areas:
Management of real estate assets, including revenues from leasing office space and operating facilities, and any gain or loss from sale of real estate; and
Costs associated with operating the corporate office functions and our predominantly frozen company-sponsored defined benefit pension plans.
A large percentage of the facilities we own house tronc’s businesses and are subject to operating leases. As of December 31, 2017, our real estate holdings comprise 53 real estate assets, representing approximately 2.7 million square feet of office, studio, industrial and other buildings on land totaling approximately 1,000 acres. We estimate that approximately 1 million square feet and approximately 199 acres are available for full or partial redevelopment consisting of excess land, underutilized buildings, and older facilities located in urban centers. See “Item 2. Properties” for further information on our real estate holdings.
We intend to continue the monetization of a significant portion of our real estate while continuing to maximize the value of certain assets primarily by employing best practices in the operation and management of our holdings.
Investments
We hold a variety of investments, which include cable and digital assets. Currently, we derive significant cash flows from our largest equity method investment, a 31% interest in TV Food Network which operates two 24-hour television networks, Food Network and Cooking Channel, as well as their related websites. Our partner in TV Food Network is Scripps Networks Interactive, Inc. (“Scripps”), which owns a 69% interest in TV Food Network and operates the networks on behalf of the partnership. Food Network programming content attracts audiences interested in food-related topics such as food preparation, dining out, entertaining, food manufacturing, nutrition and healthy eating. Food Network engages audiences by creating original programming that is entertaining, instructional and

14


informative. Food Network is a fully distributed network in the United States with content distributed internationally. Cooking Channel caters to avid food lovers by focusing on food information and instructional cooking programming and delivers content focused on baking, ethnic cuisine, wine and spirits, healthy and vegetarian cooking and kids’ foods. Cooking Channel is a digital-tier network, available nationally and airs popular off-Food Network programming as well as originally produced programming.
We also currently hold a number of other smaller investments in private companies such as our 6% interest in CareerBuilder, on a fully diluted basis (including CareerBuilder employees’ unvested equity awards), and a 5% membership interest in New Cubs LLC. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Events—CareerBuilder” for a discussion related to the sale of the majority of our interest in CareerBuilder in 2017. See Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information on our investments.
Competition
The advertising marketplace has become increasingly fragmented as new forms of media vie for share of advertiser wallet. Competition for audience share and advertising revenue is based upon various interrelated factors including programming content, audience acceptance and price. Our Television and Entertainment segment competes for audience share and advertising revenue with other broadcast television stations in their respective DMAs, as well as with other advertising media such as MVPDs, radio, newspapers, magazines, outdoor advertising, transit advertising, telecommunications providers, internet and broadband and direct mail. Some competitors are part of larger organizations with substantially greater financial, technical and other resources than we have.
Other factors that are material to a television station’s competitive position include signal coverage, local program acceptance, network affiliation or program service, audience characteristics and assigned broadcast frequency. Competition in the television broadcasting industry occurs primarily in individual DMAs, which are generally highly competitive. Generally, a television broadcasting station in one DMA does not compete with stations in other DMAs. MVPDs can increase competition for a broadcast television station by bringing additional cable network channels into its market.
Television stations compete for audience share primarily on the basis of program popularity, which has a direct effect on advertising rates. Our network affiliated stations are largely dependent upon the performance of network provided programs in order to attract viewers. Non-network time periods are programmed by the station primarily with syndicated programs purchased for cash, cash and barter or barter-only, as well as through self-produced news, live local sporting events, paid-programming and other entertainment programming. Television advertising rates are based upon factors which include the size of the DMA in which the station operates, a program’s popularity among the viewers that an advertiser wishes to attract, the number of advertisers competing for the available time, the demographic makeup of the DMA served by the station, the availability of alternative advertising media in the DMA, the productivity of the sales forces in the DMA and the development of projects, features and programs that tie advertiser messages to programming.
We also compete for programming, which involves negotiating with national program distributors or syndicators that sell first-run and rerun packages of programming. Our stations compete for access to those programs against in-market broadcast stations for syndicated products and with national cable networks. Public broadcasting stations generally compete with commercial broadcasters for viewers, but not for advertising dollars.
Lastly, our Tribune Broadcasting and WGN America businesses also compete with new distribution technologies for viewers and for content acquisition, including Subscription Video on Demand (“SVOD”) and Over-the-Top (“OTT”) outlets.
Major competitors include broadcast owners and operators, namely FOX, ABC, CBS and NBC, as well other major broadcast television station owners, including TEGNA, Nexstar Media Group, Sinclair, Gray Television and Raycom Media as well as other cable networks, including TNT, TBS, USA, FX, and AMC.

15


Customers and Contracts
No single customer accounted for more than 10% of Television and Entertainment or consolidated operating revenues in 2017, 2016 or 2015.
We are a party to multiple contractual arrangements with several program distributors for their respective programming content. In addition, we have affiliation agreements with our television affiliates, such as FOX, CBS, ABC, NBC and CW.
Intellectual Property
We do not face major barriers to our operations from patents owned by third parties as we view continuous innovation with respect to our technology as being one of our key competitive advantages. We maintain a growing patent and patent application portfolio with respect to our technology, owning, as of December 31, 2017, approximately 100 U.S. and foreign issued patents and approximately 170 pending patent applications in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. Generally, the duration of issued patents in the U.S. is 20 years from filing of the earliest patent application to which an issued patent claims priority. We also maintain federal, international, and state trademark registrations and applications that protect, along with common law rights, our brands, certain of which are long-standing and well known, such as WGN, WPIX, and KTLA. Generally, the duration of a trademark registration is perpetual, if it is renewed on a timely basis and continues to be used properly as a trademark. We also own a large number of copyrights, none of which individually is material to the business. Further, we maintain certain licensing and content sharing relationships with third-party content providers that allow us to produce the particular content mix we provide to our viewers and consumers in our markets and across the country. Other than the foregoing and commercially available software licenses, we do not believe that any of our licenses to third-party intellectual property are material to our business as a whole.
Employees
As of December 31, 2017, we employed approximately 6,000 employees (including both full-time and part-time). Approximately 1,300 of our Television and Entertainment employees were represented by labor unions. We have not recently experienced any significant labor problems and consider our overall labor relations to be good.
Regulatory Environment
Various aspects of our operations are subject to regulation by governmental authorities in the United States. Our television and radio broadcasting operations are subject to FCC jurisdiction under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”). FCC rules, among other things, govern the term, renewal and transfer of radio and television broadcasting licenses and limit the number and type of media interests in a local market that may be owned by a single person or entity. Our stations must also adhere to various statutory and regulatory provisions that govern, among other things, political and commercial advertising, payola and sponsorship identification, contests and lotteries, television programming and advertising addressed to children, and obscene and indecent broadcasts. The FCC may impose substantial penalties for violation of its regulations, including fines, license revocations, denial of license renewal or renewal of a station’s license for less than the normal term.
Each television and radio station that we own must be licensed by the FCC. Television and radio broadcast station licenses are granted for terms of up to eight years and are subject to renewal by the FCC in the ordinary course, at which time they may be subject to petitions to deny the license renewal applications. As of March 1, 2018, we had FCC authorization to operate 39 television stations and one AM radio station. We must also obtain FCC approval prior to the acquisition or disposition of a station, the construction of a new station or modification of the technical facilities of an existing station. Interested parties may petition to deny such applications and the FCC may decline to renew or approve the requested authorization in certain circumstances. Although we have generally received such renewals and approvals in the past, there can be no assurance that we will continue to do so in the future.
The FCC’s substantive media ownership rules in effect on December 31, 2017 generally limit or prohibit certain types of multiple or cross ownership arrangements. However, not every interest in a media company is treated as a

16


type of ownership triggering application of the substantive rules. Under the FCC’s “attribution” policies the following relationships and interests generally are cognizable for purposes of the substantive media ownership restrictions: (1) ownership of 5% or more of a media company’s voting stock (except for investment companies, insurance companies and bank trust departments, whose holdings are subject to a 20% voting stock benchmark); (2) officers and directors of a media company and its direct or indirect parent(s); (3) any general partnership or limited liability company manager interest; (4) any limited partnership interest or limited liability company member interest that is not “insulated,” pursuant to FCC-prescribed criteria, from material involvement in the management or operations of the media company; (5) certain same-market time brokerage agreements; (6) certain same-market joint sales agreements; and (7) under the FCC’s “equity/debt plus” standard, otherwise non-attributable equity or debt interests in a media company if the holder’s combined equity and debt interests amount to more than 33% of the “total asset value” of the media company and the holder has certain other interests in another media property in the same market. In an order issued on November 20, 2017 (the “2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order”), the FCC eliminated the attribution of same-market television station JSAs. The change became effective on February 7, 2018. A petition for judicial review of the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order was filed on January 16, 2018 at the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit and is pending. On January 25, 2018, the petitioners in that case filed an “Emergency Petition” asking the court to stay the effectiveness of all the FCC rule changes embodied in the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order. In an order issued on February 7, 2018, the court denied the “Emergency Petition” and stayed the petitioners’ underlying appeal of the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order for six months. We cannot predict the outcome of this proceeding or its effect on our business.
Under the FCC’s “Local Television Multiple Ownership Rule” (the “Duopoly Rule”) in effect on December 31, 2017, a Company may hold attributable interests in up to two television stations within the same Nielsen Media Research DMA (i) provided certain specified signal contours of the stations do not overlap, (ii) where certain specified signal contours of the stations overlap but, at the time the station combination was created, no more than one of the stations was a top-four-rated station and the market would continue to have at least eight independently-owned full power stations after the station combination is created or (iii) where certain waiver criteria are met. In a report and order issued in August 2016 and effective December 1, 2016 (the “2014 Quadrennial Review Order”), the FCC, among other things, adopted a rule applying the “top-four” ownership limitation to “affiliation swaps” within a market, thereby prohibiting transactions between networks and their local station affiliates pursuant to which affiliations are reassigned in a way that results in common ownership or control of two of the top-four rated stations in the DMA. Such arrangements existing prior to the rule’s adoption are grandfathered, and the prohibition does not apply to multiple top-four network multicast streams broadcast by a single station. The 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order that became effective on February 7, 2018, eliminated the eight-voices test and provides for a case-by-case review of television combinations involving two top-four ranked stations in a market. The 2014 Quadrennial Review Order remains the subject of a petition for judicial review by the Third Circuit. A petition for judicial review of the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order was filed on January 16, 2018 at the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit and is pending. We cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings, or their effect on our business.
We own duopolies in the Seattle, Denver, St. Louis, Indianapolis, Oklahoma City and New Orleans DMAs. The Indianapolis duopoly met the top-four/eight voices test at the time we acquired WTTV(TV)/WTTK(TV) in July 2002, and therefore is permitted under the rules. Our duopoly in the New Haven-Hartford DMA is permitted pursuant to a waiver granted by the FCC on November 16, 2012 in the Memorandum Opinion and Order (the “Exit Order”) granting our applications to assign our broadcast station licenses from the debtors-in-possession to our licensee subsidiaries in connection with the FCC’s approval of the Fourth Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization for Tribune Company and its Subsidiaries (subsequently amended and modified, the “Plan”). Our duopoly in the Fort Smith-Fayetteville DMA and our operation of full power “satellite” stations in the Denver and Indianapolis DMAs are permitted pursuant to waivers granted by the FCC in connection with the Local TV Acquisition (the “Local TV Transfer Order”), which was completed on December 27, 2013. On January 22, 2014, Free Press filed an Application for Review seeking review by the full Commission of the Local TV Transfer Order. We filed an Opposition to the Application for Review on February 21, 2014, and Free Press filed a reply on March 6, 2014. The matter is pending and we cannot predict the outcome. All of these combinations are permitted under the Duopoly

17


Rule as revised by the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order, subject to reauthorization of any outstanding waivers in the event of the assignment or transfer of control of any of the affected station licenses.
The FCC’s “Newspaper Broadcast Cross Ownership Rule” (the “NBCO Rule”) in effect on December 31, 2017, generally prohibits entities from owning or holding “attributable interests” in both daily newspapers and broadcast stations in the same market. On August 4, 2014, we completed the Publishing Spin-off and retained 381,354 shares of tronc common stock, then representing 1.5% of the outstanding common stock of tronc. On January 31, 2017, we sold our shares of tronc. Accordingly, we do not have an attributable interest in the daily newspaper business or operations of tronc. As a result of the August 4, 2014 pro rata distribution of tronc stock to our shareholders, the three attributable shareholders of the Company (collectively, the “Attributable Shareholders”) became attributable shareholders of tronc. As of December 31, 2017, two Attributable Shareholders reported that they have divested their interest in tronc, while one maintains the status quo with respect to its interest in the companies.
Notwithstanding the Publishing Spin-off, the television/newspaper interests of the remaining Attributable Shareholder remain subject to a temporary waiver of the NBCO Rule which was granted by the FCC in conjunction with the Exit Order. On November 12, 2013, we filed with the FCC a request for extension of the temporary NBCO Rule waivers granted in the Exit Order. That request is pending. In the 2014 Quadrennial Review Order, effective on December 1, 2016, the FCC modified the NBCO Rule by providing an exception for failed or failing entities and allowing for consideration of waivers of the rule on a case-by-case basis. The 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order eliminated the NBCO Rule altogether effective as of February 7, 2018, thus, any residual attributable interests are permitted. The 2014 Quadrennial Review Order is the subject of a pending petition for judicial review by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. A petition for judicial review of the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order was filed on January 16, 2018 at the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit and is pending. We cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings or their effect on our business.
The FCC’s “National Television Multiple Ownership Rule” prohibits an entity from having attributable interest in television stations that, in the aggregate, reach more than 39% of total U.S. television households, subject to a 50% discount of the number of television households attributable to UHF stations (the “UHF Discount”). In a Report and Order issued on September 7, 2016, the FCC repealed the UHF Discount but grandfathered existing station combinations, like ours, that exceeded the 39% national reach cap as a result of the elimination of the UHF Discount, subject to compliance in the event of a future change of control or assignment of license. The FCC reinstated the UHF Discount in an Order on Reconsideration adopted on April 20, 2017 (the “UHF Discount Reconsideration Order”). Both the September 7, 2016 order repealing the UHF Discount and the April 20, 2017 order reinstating it are subject to pending petitions for judicial review by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. Our current national reach exceeds the 39% cap on an undiscounted basis, but complies with the cap on a discounted basis. On December 18, 2017, the FCC released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking comment generally, on the continuing propriety of a national cap and the Commission’s jurisdiction with respect to the cap. We cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings, or their effect on our business.
The Company provides certain operational support and other services to the Dreamcatcher stations pursuant to SSAs. In the 2014 Quadrennial Review Order, the FCC adopted reporting requirements for SSAs. This rule was retained in the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order.
In a Report and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking issued on March 31, 2014, the FCC sought comment on whether to eliminate or modify its “network non-duplication” and “syndicated exclusivity” rules, pursuant to which local television stations may enforce their contractual exclusivity rights with respect to network and syndicated programming. That proceeding remains pending. Pursuant to the STELA Reauthorization Act (“STELAR”), enacted in December 2014, the FCC has adopted regulations prohibiting a television station from coordinating retransmission consent negotiations or negotiating retransmission consent on a joint basis with a separately owned television station in the same market. We do not currently engage in retransmission consent negotiations jointly with any other stations in our markets.
Separately, on June 2, 2015, the FCC adopted an order implementing a further directive of STELAR that the FCC streamline its “effective competition” rules for small cable operators. Under the Communications Act, local franchising authorities may regulate a cable operator’s basic cable service tier rates and equipment charges only if

18


the cable operator is not subject to effective competition. Historically the FCC presumed the absence of effective competition unless and until a cable operator rebutted the presumption. The FCC’s order reversed that approach and adopted a rebuttable presumption that all cable operators, regardless of size, are subject to effective competition. Some cable operators have taken the position that cable systems found to be subject to effective competition are not required to place television stations, like ours, that have elected retransmission consent on the basic cable service tier. The FCC’s order does not address this issue.
On September 2, 2015, the FCC issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”) seeking comment on whether the FCC should make changes to its rules that require commercial broadcast television stations and MVPDs negotiate in “good faith” for the retransmission by MVPDs of local television signals. On July 14, 2016, then-Chairman Wheeler announced that the FCC will not adopt additional rules governing parties’ good faith negotiation obligations, however, the FCC has not yet formally terminated the proceeding.
The Communications Act prohibits foreign parties from owning more than 20% of the equity or voting interests of a broadcast station licensee. The FCC has discretion under the Communications Act to permit foreign parties to own more than 25% of the equity or voting interests of the parent company of a broadcast licensee, but historically has declined to do so. In a Report and Order adopted September 29, 2016 and effective on January 30, 2017, the FCC adopted rules, presumptions and procedures to facilitate the exercise of its discretion to consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals for foreign investment in broadcast licensee parent companies above the 25% benchmark. The procedures allow broadcasters to file for declaratory rulings seeking authority to have foreign ownership above 25%, apply a presumption allowing approved attributable foreign-interest holders to increase their holdings without additional FCC approval under some circumstances, and apply such authorization prospectively to all after-acquired licenses.
FCC rules permit television stations to make an election every three years between either “must-carry” or “retransmission consent” with respect to carriage of their signals on local cable systems and DBS operators. Cable systems and DBS operators are prohibited from carrying the signal of a station electing retransmission consent until a written carriage agreement is negotiated with that station. On December 19, 2014, the FCC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking that would expand the definition of MVPD under the FCC’s rules to include certain “over-the-top” distributors of video programming that stream content to consumers over the open Internet. The proposal, if adopted, could result in changes both to how our television stations’ signals and WGN America are distributed, and to how viewers access our content. We cannot predict the outcome of the rulemaking proceeding or its effect on our business.
The FCC has numerous other regulations and policies that affect its licensees, including rules requiring closed-captioning and video description to assist television viewing by the hearing- and visually-impaired; an equal employment opportunities (“EEO”) rule which, among other things, requires broadcast licensees to implement an equal employment opportunity program and undertake certain outreach initiatives to ensure broad recruitment efforts, and prohibits discrimination by broadcast stations based on age, race, color, religion, national origin or gender; a requirement that all broadcast station advertising contracts contain nondiscrimination clauses; and public inspection file rules requiring licensees to maintain for public inspection on an FCC-hosted website extensive documentation regarding various aspects of their station operations. Other rules and decisions permit unlicensed wireless operations on television channels in so-called “White Spaces,” subject to certain requirements. We cannot predict whether such operations will result in interference to broadcast transmissions.
Federal legislation enacted in February 2012 authorized the FCC to conduct a voluntary “incentive auction” in order to reallocate certain spectrum currently occupied by television broadcast stations to mobile wireless broadband services, to “repack” television stations into a smaller portion of the existing television spectrum band and to require television stations that do not participate in the auction to modify their transmission facilities, subject to reimbursement for reasonable relocation costs up to an industry-wide total of $1.750 billion. On April 13, 2017, the FCC announced the conclusion of the incentive auction, the results of the reverse and forward auction and the repacking of broadcast television spectrum. We participated in the auction and have received approximately $191 million in pretax proceeds (including $26 million of proceeds received by a Dreamcatcher station) as of December 31, 2017. We used $102 million of after-tax proceeds to prepay a portion of the Term Loan Facility. After-tax proceeds of $12.6 million received by a Dreamcatcher station were used to prepay a substantial portion of the

19


Dreamcatcher Credit Facility. We received gross pretax proceeds of $172 million from licenses sold by us in the FCC spectrum auction and expect to recognize a net pretax gain of $133 million in the first quarter of 2018 related to the surrender of the spectrum of television stations in January 2018. We also received $84 million of pretax proceeds for sharing arrangements whereby we will provide hosting services to the counterparties. Additionally, we paid $66 million of proceeds to counterparties who will host certain of our television stations under sharing arrangements. The proceeds received by us for hosting the counterparties have been recorded in deferred revenue and other long-term liabilities and will be amortized to other revenue over a period of 30 years starting with the commencement of each arrangement. The payments to the counterparties have been recorded in prepaid and other long-term assets and will be amortized to direct operating expense over a period of 30 years starting with the commencement of each arrangement.
Twenty-two of our television stations (including WTTK, which operates as a satellite station of WTTV) will be required to change frequencies or otherwise modify their operations as a result of the repacking. In doing so, the stations could incur substantial conversion costs, reduction or loss of over-the-air signal coverage or an inability to provide high definition programming and additional program streams. We expect that the reimbursements from the FCC’s special fund will cover the majority of our expenses related to the repacking. However, we cannot currently predict the effect of the repacking, whether the special fund will be sufficient to reimburse all of our expenses related to the repack, the timing of reimbursements or any spectrum-related FCC regulatory action.
From time to time, the FCC revises existing regulations and policies in ways that could affect our broadcasting operations. In addition, Congress from time to time considers and adopts substantive amendments to the governing communications legislation. We cannot predict such actions or their resulting effect upon our business and financial position.
The foregoing does not purport to be a complete summary of all of the provisions of the Communications Act or of the regulations and policies of the FCC thereunder. Proposals for additional or revised regulations and requirements are pending before, and are considered by, Congress and federal regulatory agencies from time to time. We generally cannot predict whether new legislation, court action or regulations, or a change in the extent of application or enforcement of current laws and regulations, would have an adverse impact on our operations.
Corporate Information
We are incorporated in Delaware and our corporate offices are located at 515 North State Street, Chicago, Illinois 60654. Our website address is www.tribunemedia.com, and our corporate telephone number is (646) 563-8296. Copies of our key corporate governance documents, code of ethics, and charters of our audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees are also available on our website www.tribunemedia.com under the heading “Investors.”
We file electronically with the SEC required reports, including Form 8-K, Form 10-Q and Form 10-K and other forms or reports as required. Certain of our officers and directors also file statements of changes in beneficial ownership on Form 4 with the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials that we have filed with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 800-SEC-0330. Such materials may also be accessed electronically on the SEC’s Internet site (www.sec.gov). We make available free of charge on or through our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, Section 16 reports and any amendments to these reports in the Investor Relations section of our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.
None of the information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our websites or any other website identified herein is part of, or incorporated into, this Annual Report. All website addresses in this Annual Report are intended to be inactive textual references only.

20


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this Annual Report, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. This Annual Report also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below.
Risks Related to Our Proposed Merger with Sinclair
The Merger is subject to a number of conditions, including conditions that may not be satisfied or completed on a timely basis, if at all.
The consummation of the Merger is subject to a number of important closing conditions that make the closing and timing of the Merger uncertain. The conditions include, among others, obtaining FCC consent to transfers of control and assignments of licenses in connection with the Merger (the “FCC consent”), the expiration or termination of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”), the absence of any legal impediments preventing the consummation of the Merger and the listing of the shares of Sinclair Class A common stock to be issued in the Merger on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Failure to obtain clearance under the HSR Act or the FCC Consent would prevent us from consummating the Merger.
Under the Merger Agreement, Sinclair and Tribune each agreed, subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, to use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable law to complete the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement as promptly as reasonably practicable. Sinclair also agreed, subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, to use reasonable best efforts to take all actions to avoid or eliminate each and every impediment that may be asserted by any governmental authority with respect to the transactions so as to enable the closing to occur as soon as reasonably practicable, including taking certain actions (each, an “approval action”) to obtain regulatory approval. Specifically, Sinclair agreed to divest one or more television stations in the following Nielsen DMAs: (i) Seattle-Tacoma, Washington, (ii) St. Louis, Missouri, (iii) Salt Lake City, Utah, (iv) Grand Rapids-Kalamazoo-Battle Creek, Michigan, (v) Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, (vi) Wilkes Barre-Scranton, Pennsylvania, (vii) Richmond-Petersburg, Virginia, (viii) Des Moines-Ames, Iowa, (ix) Harrisburg-Lancaster-Lebanon-York, Pennsylvania and (x) Greensboro-High Point Salem, North Carolina (collectively, the “overlap markets”) as necessary to comply with the Duopoly Rule or to obtain clearance under the HSR Act, in each case as required by the applicable governmental authority in order to obtain approval of and consummate the Merger, and if necessary or advisable to avoid, prevent, eliminate or remove the actual, anticipated or threatened commencement of any proceeding in any forum or issuance of any order that would delay, restrain, prevent, enjoin or otherwise prohibit consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement by any governmental authority.
Sinclair is required to designate either a Tribune station or Tribune stations or a Sinclair station or Sinclair stations for divestiture in each overlap market, as required by and subject to approval by the relevant governmental authority. Sinclair has also agreed to designate, at its option, certain additional Tribune stations or Sinclair stations for divestiture and to divest such stations in order to comply with the FCC’s National Television Multiple Ownership Rule (47 C.F.R. § 73.3555(e)) (the “FCC National Cap”) as required by the FCC in order to obtain approval of and consummate the Merger.
However, the Merger Agreement does not (i) require Sinclair or Tribune or any of their respective subsidiaries to take, or agree to take, any regulatory action, unless such action will be conditioned upon the consummation of the Merger and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (ii) permit Tribune or any of its subsidiaries to agree, consent to or approve (without the prior consent of Sinclair, which need only be granted to the extent otherwise required under the Merger Agreement) any approval action or (iii) require Sinclair or any of its subsidiaries to agree to take or consent to the taking of any approval action other than divestitures described in the

21


prior paragraph and other approval actions (not involving the divestitures of stations or the modification or termination of any local marketing, joint sales, shared services or similar contract or related option agreements) that would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of Sinclair and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (including, after the closing, Tribune and its subsidiaries) (an “approval material adverse effect”).
Moreover, Sinclair and Tribune have also agreed that in the event that the UHF discount, which was reinstated in the Order on Reconsideration adopted by the FCC on April 20, 2017 and published in the Federal Register on May 5, 2017 (the “Order on Reconsideration”), In the Matter of Amendment of Section 73.3555(e) of the Commission’s Rules, National Television Multiple Ownership Rule (the “UHF discount”) is repealed, stayed, rendered inapplicable or otherwise not in full force and effect as of the closing (unless the FCC National Cap has been increased or otherwise modified so that the impact of the FCC National Cap is no less favorable to Sinclair and its subsidiaries than the impact of the national cap as in effect as of May 8, 2017 giving effect to the UHF discount), then the approval actions that would be required to be taken to obtain the FCC consent to the transactions would, in the aggregate, be deemed to reasonably be expected to result in an approval material adverse effect, and neither Sinclair nor any of its subsidiaries will be required to take or agree or consent to or approve such approval actions. A petition for judicial review of the Order on Reconsideration was filed at the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals on May 12, 2017 and is pending.
In addition, under the Merger Agreement, Sinclair and Tribune agreed that if the FCC precludes Sinclair or any of its subsidiaries from holding a customary option to acquire any station to be divested to comply with the FCC National Cap, the divestiture would be deemed to reasonably be expected to result in an approval material adverse effect and neither Sinclair nor any of its subsidiaries will be required to divest or agree or consent to divest Tribune stations or Sinclair stations to comply with the FCC National Cap.
Applications seeking FCC approval of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Applications”) were filed on June 26, 2017. On July 6, 2017, the FCC issued a Public Notice establishing procedures governing its review of the Applications. On July 14, 2017, the FCC issued a Protective Order governing the treatment of confidential and highly confidential information submitted to the record of the proceeding. Formal petitions to deny the Applications were filed on August 7, 2017 by DISH Network LLC, Steinman Communications, Inc., Public Knowledge, Common Cause, and United Church of Christ, OC Inc., NTCA-The Rural Broadband Association, Newsmax Media, Inc., American Cable Association, Competitive Carriers Association, and Free Press (collectively, the “Petitioners”); numerous other parties have filed comments and informal submissions supporting or opposing grant of the applications. Tribune and Sinclair jointly filed an opposition to the petitions to deny on August 22, 2017 (the “Joint Opposition”), and certain Petitioners and other parties filed replies to the Joint Opposition on August 29, 2017. By letter dated September 14, 2017, the FCC’s Media Bureau issued a Request for Information (“RFI”) to Sinclair and Tribune seeking additional information, documents and clarification of certain matters discussed in the Applications. Sinclair submitted a response to the RFI on October 5, 2017 (the “October 5 Response”). On October 18, 2017, the FCC’s Media Bureau issued a public notice pausing the FCC’s 180-day transaction review “shot-clock” for 15 days (until November 2, 2017) to afford interested parties an opportunity to comment on the October 5 Response. Certain of the Petitioners and other parties filed comments on or before November 2, 2017. The Applications are pending. On January 11, 2018, the FCC’s Media Bureau issued a public notice pausing the FCC’s “shot-clock” as of January 4, 2018 until Sinclair has filed amendments to the Applications along with divestiture applications and the FCC staff has had an opportunity to review any such submissions. On February 20, 2018, the parties filed an amendment to the Applications that, among other things, (1) requested authority under the Duopoly Rule for Sinclair to own two top four rated stations in each of three television markets and (2) identified stations (the “Divestiture Stations”) in 11 television markets that Sinclair proposes to divest in order for the Merger to comply with the Duopoly Rule and the National Television Multiple Ownership Rule. Concurrently, Sinclair filed applications proposing to place certain of the Divestiture Stations in an FCC-approved divestiture trust, if and as necessary, in order to facilitate the orderly divestiture of those stations following the consummation of the Merger.

22


On August 2, 2017, we received a request for additional information and documentary material, often referred to as a “second request,” from the United States Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) in connection with the Merger Agreement. The second request was issued under the HSR Act. Sinclair received a substantively identical request for additional information and documentary material from the DOJ in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. Issuance of the second request extends the waiting period under the HSR Act until 30 days after we and Sinclair have substantially complied with the second request, unless the waiting period is terminated earlier by the DOJ or the parties voluntarily extend the time for closing. The parties entered into an agreement with the DOJ on September 15, 2017 (the “DOJ Timing Agreement”), by which they agreed not to consummate the Merger Agreement before December 31, 2017, or 60 days following the date on which both parties have certified compliance with the second request, whichever is later. In addition, the parties agreed to provide the DOJ with 10 calendar days notice prior to consummating the Merger Agreement. The DOJ Timing Agreement has been amended twice, on October 30, 2017, to extend the date before which the parties may not consummate the Merger Agreement to January 30, 2018, and on January 27, 2018, to extend that date to February 11, 2018. The DOJ Timing Agreement thus currently provides that the parties will not consummate the Merger Agreement before February 11, 2018, or 60 days following the date on which both parties have certified compliance with the second request, whichever is later, and that the parties will provide the DOJ with 10 days notice before consummating the Merger Agreement.
There can be no assurance that the actions Sinclair is required to take under the Merger Agreement to obtain the governmental approvals and consents necessary to complete the Merger will be sufficient to obtain such approvals and consents or that the divestitures contemplated by the Merger Agreement to obtain necessary governmental approvals and consents will be completed. As such, there can be no assurance these approvals and consents will be obtained. Failure to obtain the necessary governmental approvals and consents would prevent the parties from consummating the proposed Merger.
Failure to complete the Merger in a timely manner, or at all, could negatively impact our future business and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We currently anticipate the Merger will close in the second quarter of fiscal 2018, but it cannot be certain when or if the conditions for the Merger will be satisfied or waived. In particular, the Merger cannot be completed, and holders of our Common Stock will not receive the merger consideration, until the conditions to closing are satisfied or waived, including the receipt of required FCC and antitrust approvals. The Merger Agreement provides that either Sinclair or Tribune may terminate the Merger Agreement if the Merger is not consummated on or before May 8, 2018, subject to an automatic extension to August 8, 2018 in certain circumstances, if the only outstanding unfulfilled conditions relate to HSR approval or FCC approval. In the event that the Merger is not completed for any reason, the holders of our Common Stock will not receive any payment for their shares of Common Stock in connection with the Merger. Instead, we will remain an independent public company and holders of our Common Stock will continue to own their shares of Common Stock.
Additionally, if the Merger is not consummated in a timely manner, or at all, our ongoing business may be adversely affected, including as follows:
we may experience negative reactions from financial markets;
we may experience negative reactions from employees, customers, suppliers or other third parties;
we may be adversely affected by restrictions imposed on our operations under the terms of the Merger Agreement;
management’s focus would have been diverted from pursuing other opportunities that could have been beneficial to us; and
the costs of pursuing the Merger may be higher than anticipated.
If the Merger is not completed, there can be no assurance that these risks will not materialize and will not materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

23


Holders of our Common Stock cannot be sure of the value of the merger consideration they will receive in the Merger.
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Sinclair will acquire all of the issued and outstanding shares of our Common Stock for $35.00 in cash and 0.2300 shares of Sinclair Class A common stock for each share of our Common Stock (the “Exchange Ratio”). The Exchange Ratio is fixed and will not be adjusted for changes in the market price of Sinclair’s Class A common stock or our Common Stock. The market value of our Common Stock at the time of the Merger or at any time prior to the Merger may vary significantly from its price on the date the Merger Agreement was executed or the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Because the Exchange Ratio will not be adjusted to reflect any changes in the market price of our Common Stock, the market value of the Sinclair Class A common stock issued in the Merger and the market value of our Common Stock surrendered in the Merger may each be higher or lower than the values of those shares on earlier dates. Accordingly, at any time prior to the completion of the Merger, our stockholders will not know or be able to determine the value of the Sinclair Class A common stock they will receive upon completion of the Merger.
Changes in the market prices of our Common Stock may result from a variety of factors that are beyond our control, including changes in our businesses, operations and prospects, regulatory considerations, governmental actions, and legal proceedings and developments. Market assessments of the benefits of the Merger, the likelihood that the Merger will be completed and general and industry-specific market and economic conditions may also have an effect on the market price of our Common Stock. Changes in market prices of our Common Stock may also be caused by fluctuations and developments affecting domestic and global securities markets. We are not permitted to terminate the Merger Agreement solely because of changes in the market prices of our Common Stock. You are urged to obtain up-to-date prices for our Common Stock. There is no assurance that the Merger will be completed, that there will not be a delay in the completion of the Merger or that all or any of the anticipated benefits of the Merger will be obtained.
The proposed Merger may cause disruption in our business.
The Merger Agreement generally requires us to operate our business in the ordinary course pending consummation of the Merger and restricts us, without Sinclair’s consent, from taking certain specified actions until the Merger is completed. These restrictions may affect our ability to execute our business strategies and attain our financial and other goals and may impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In connection with the proposed Merger, our current and prospective employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles with the combined company following the Merger, which may materially adversely affect our ability to attract and retain key personnel while the Merger is pending. Key employees may depart because of issues relating to the uncertainty and difficulty of integration or a desire not to remain with the combined company following the Merger. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that we will be able to attract and retain key employees to the same extent that we have been able to in the past. If we do not succeed in attracting, hiring, and integrating excellent personnel, or retaining and motivating existing personnel, we may be unable to grow and operate our business effectively.
The proposed Merger further could cause disruptions to our business or business relationships, which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. Parties with which we have business relationships may experience uncertainty as to the future of such relationships and may delay or defer certain business decisions, seek alternative relationships with third parties or seek to alter their present business relationships with us. Parties with whom we otherwise may have sought to establish business relationships may seek alternative relationships with third parties. The pursuit of the Merger and the preparation for the integration may also place a significant burden on management and internal resources. The diversion of management’s attention away from day-to-day business concerns could adversely affect our financial results.
We have been subject to, and could be subject to further, litigation related to the Merger, which could result in significant costs and expenses. In addition to litigation-related expenses, we have incurred and will continue to incur other significant costs, expenses and fees for professional services and other transaction costs in connection with the Merger, and many of these fees and costs are payable regardless of whether or not the Merger is consummated.

24


Delays in completing the Merger may substantially reduce the expected benefits of the Merger.
Satisfying the conditions to, and completion of, the Merger may take longer than, and could cost more than, we and Sinclair expect. Any delay in completing or any additional conditions imposed in order to complete the Merger may materially adversely affect the synergies and other benefits that we and Sinclair expect to achieve from the Merger and the integration of our respective businesses. Further, there can be no assurances that the conditions to the closing of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement will be satisfied or waived or that the Merger will be completed at all. In addition, each of us and Sinclair have the right to terminate the Merger Agreement if the Merger is not completed by May 8, 2018, subject to an automatic extension to August 8, 2018, if necessary, to obtain regulatory approval under certain circumstances.
The Merger Agreement precludes us from pursuing alternatives to the Merger.
Under the Merger Agreement, we are restricted, subject to limited exceptions, from pursuing or entering into alternative transactions in lieu of the Merger following the approval by Tribune stockholders of the Merger Agreement, which occurred on October 19, 2017. In general, unless and until the Merger Agreement is terminated, we are restricted from, among other things, soliciting, initiating, causing, knowingly encouraging or knowingly facilitating any inquiries or the making of any proposals from any person that is or is reasonably likely to lead to an alternative transaction proposal. Further, we are unable to terminate the Merger Agreement following approval by Tribune stockholders even if an alternative transaction proposal, if consummated, would result in a transaction that is more favorable to our stockholders, from a financial point of view, than the Merger. These provisions effectively preclude a third party that may have an interest in acquiring all or a significant part of Tribune from considering or proposing such an acquisition, even if such third party were prepared to pay consideration with a higher per share cash or market value than the consideration proposed to be received or realized in the Merger.
Risks Related to Our Business
We expect advertising demand to continue to be impacted by economic conditions and fragmentation of the media landscape.
Advertising revenue is our primary source of revenue, representing approximately 67% of our Television and Entertainment revenue in 2017. Expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting overall economic conditions, as well as budgeting and buying patterns. National and local economic conditions, particularly in major metropolitan markets, affect the levels of advertising revenue. Changes in gross domestic product, consumer spending, auto sales, housing sales, unemployment rates, job creation, programming content and audience share and rates, as well as federal, state and local election cycles, all impact demand for advertising.
A decline in the economic prospects of advertisers or the economy in general could alter current or prospective advertisers’ spending priorities. Our revenue is sensitive to discretionary spending available to advertisers in the markets we serve, as well as their perceptions of economic trends and uncertainty. Weak economic indicators in various regions across the nation, such as high unemployment rates, weakness in housing and continued uncertainty caused by national and state governments’ inability to resolve fiscal issues in a cost efficient manner to taxpayers may adversely impact advertiser sentiment. These conditions could impair our ability to maintain and grow our advertiser base. In addition, advertising from the automotive, financial, retail and restaurant industries each constitute a large percentage of our advertising revenue. The success of these industries will continue to affect the amount of their advertising spending, which could have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations. Furthermore, consolidation across various industries, such as financial institutions and telecommunication companies, impacts demand for advertising. Competition from other media, including other broadcasters, cable systems and networks, satellite television and radio, metropolitan, suburban and national newspapers, websites, magazines, direct marketing and solo and shared mail programs, affects our ability to retain advertising clients and raise rates.
Seasonal variations in consumer spending cause our quarterly advertising revenue to fluctuate. Second and fourth quarter advertising revenue is typically higher than first and third quarter advertising revenue, reflecting the slower economic activity in the winter and summer and the stronger fourth quarter holiday season. In addition, due to demand for political advertising spots, we typically experience fluctuations in our revenues between even and

25


odd-numbered years. During elections for various state and national offices, which are primarily in even-numbered years, advertising revenues tend to increase because of political advertising in our markets. Advertising revenues in odd-numbered years tend to be less than in even-numbered years due to the significantly lower level of political advertising in our markets. Even in even-numbered years, levels of political advertising are affected by campaign finance laws and the willingness and ability of political candidates and PACs to raise and spend funds, and our advertising revenues could vary substantially based on these factors.
The proliferation of cable and satellite channels, advances in mobile and wireless technology, the migration of television audiences to the Internet and the viewing public’s increased control over the manner and timing of their media consumption through personal video recording devices, have resulted in greater fragmentation of the television viewing audience and a more difficult advertising sales environment. Demand for our products is also a factor in determining advertising rates. For example, ratings points for our television stations and cable channels are among the factors that are weighed when determining advertising rates.
All of these factors continue to affect the advertising sales market and may further adversely impact our ability to grow or maintain our revenues.
Our business operates in highly competitive markets and our ability to maintain market share and generate operating revenues depends on how effectively we compete with existing and new competition.
Our business operates in highly competitive markets. Our television and cable stations compete for audiences and advertising revenue with other broadcast stations as well as with other media such as the Internet, cable and satellite television, and radio. Some of our current and potential competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do. In addition, cable companies and others have developed national advertising networks in recent years that increase the competition for national advertising. Over the past decade, cable television programming services, other emerging video distribution platforms and the Internet have captured increasing market share, while aggregate viewership of the major broadcast television networks has declined.
Viewer accessibility is also becoming a factor as is the inability to measure new audiences which could impact advertising rates. Advertising rates are set based upon a variety of factors, including a program’s popularity among the advertiser’s target audience, the number of advertisers competing for the available time, the size and demographic make-up of the market served and the availability of alternative advertising avenues in the market. Our ability to maintain market share and competitive advertising rates depends in part on audience acceptance of our network, syndicated and local programming. Changes in market demographics, the entry of competitive stations into our markets, the transition to new methods and technologies for distributing programming and measuring audiences such as Local People Meters, the introduction of competitive local news or other programming by cable, satellite, Internet, telephone or wireless providers, or the adoption of competitive offerings by existing and new providers could result in lower ratings and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our television and cable stations generate significant percentages of their advertising revenue from a few categories, including automotive, financial institutions, retail, restaurants and political. As a result, even in the absence of a recession or economic downturn, technological, industry, or other changes specifically affecting these advertising sources could reduce advertising revenues and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Technological changes in product delivery and storage could adversely affect our business.
Our business is subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, and the emergence of new technologies. Advances in technologies or alternative methods of product delivery or storage, or certain changes in consumer behavior driven by these or other technologies and methods of delivery and storage, could have a negative effect on our business.
For example, devices that allow users to view television programs on a time-delayed basis, technologies that enable users to fast-forward or skip advertisements, such as DVRs, and portable digital devices and technology that enable users to store or make portable copies of programming, may cause changes in consumer behavior that could affect the attractiveness of our offerings to advertisers and adversely affect our revenues. In addition, the increasing delivery of content directly to consumers over the Internet and the use of digital devices, including mobile devices,

26


which allow users to view or listen to content of their own choosing, in their own time and remote locations, while avoiding traditional commercial advertisements or subscription payments, could adversely affect our advertising revenues. The growth of direct to consumer video offerings, as well as offerings by distributors of smaller packages of cable programming to customers at price points lower than traditional cable distribution offerings could adversely affect demand for our cable network.
Furthermore, in recent years, the national broadcast networks have streamed their programming on the Internet and other distribution platforms in close proximity to network programming broadcast on local television stations, including those that we own or operate. These and other practices by the networks dilute the exclusivity and value of network programming originally broadcast by our television stations and could adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of our stations.
We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights that are material to our business, or to defend successfully against intellectual property infringement claims by third parties.
Our business relies on a combination of patented and patent-pending technology, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, and other proprietary rights, as well as contractual arrangements, including licenses, to establish and protect our technology, intellectual property and brand names. We believe our proprietary technology, trademarks and other intellectual property rights are important to our continued success and our competitive position. Any impairment of any such intellectual property or brands could adversely impact the results of our operations or financial condition.
We seek to limit the threat of content piracy; however, policing unauthorized use of our broadcasts, products and services and related intellectual property is often difficult and the steps taken by us may not in every case prevent the infringement by unauthorized third parties. Developments in technology increase the threat of content piracy by making it easier to duplicate and widely distribute pirated material. Our use of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures and agreements, and trademark, copyright, unfair competition, trade secret and other laws to protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary technology may not be adequate. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights and protect our proprietary technology, or to defend against claims by third parties that the conduct of our businesses or our use of intellectual property infringes upon such third party’s intellectual property rights. Protection of our intellectual property rights is dependent on the scope and duration of our rights as defined by applicable laws in the U.S. and abroad and the manner in which those laws are construed. If those laws are drafted or interpreted in ways that limit the extent or duration of our rights, or if existing laws are changed, our ability to generate revenue from intellectual property may decrease, or the cost of obtaining and maintaining rights may increase. There can be no assurance that our efforts to enforce our rights and protect our products, services and intellectual property will be successful in preventing content piracy.
Furthermore, any intellectual property litigation or claims brought against us, whether or not meritorious, could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, and there can be no assurances that favorable final outcomes will be obtained in all cases. The terms of any settlement or judgment may require us to pay substantial amounts to the other party or cease exercising our rights in such intellectual property. In addition, we may have to seek a license to continue practices found to be in violation of a third party’s rights, which may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all. Our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected as a result.
The availability and cost of quality network, syndicated and sports programming may impact television ratings, which could lead to fluctuations in revenues and profitability.
Most of our stations’ programming is acquired from outside sources, including the networks with which our stations are affiliated. The cost of network and syndicated programming represents a significant portion of television operating expenses. Network programming is dependent on our ability to maintain our existing network affiliations and the continued existence of such networks. Syndicated programming costs are impacted largely by market factors, including demand from other stations within the market, cable channels and other distribution vehicles. Availability of syndicated programming depends on the production of compelling programming and the willingness of studios to offer the programming to unaffiliated buyers. The cost and availability of local sports programming is

27


impacted by competition from regional sports cable networks and other local broadcast stations. In addition, professional sports leagues or teams may create their own networks or the renewal costs could substantially exceed the original contract cost. Any inability to continue to acquire or produce affordable programming for our stations could adversely affect operating results or our financial condition. Additionally, as broadcast rights are recorded on the Company’s balance sheet at the lower of unamortized cost or estimated net realizable value, a downward revision in the anticipated future revenues for programming could result in a material non-cash charge.
The loss or modification of our network affiliation agreements could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations.
The non-renewal or termination of our network affiliation agreements would prevent us from being able to carry programming of the relevant network and this loss of programming would require us to obtain replacement programming, which may involve higher costs and which may not be as attractive to our target audiences, resulting in reduced revenues. Upon the termination of any of our network affiliation agreements, we would be required to establish a new network affiliation agreement for the affected station with another network or operate as an independent station. Currently, our owned and operated televisions stations include 14 stations affiliated with FOX, 12 stations affiliated with CW, 6 stations affiliated with CBS, 3 stations affiliated with ABC, 3 stations affiliated with MY, 2 stations affiliated with NBC and 2 independent television stations. We periodically renegotiate our major network affiliation agreements. We cannot predict the outcome of any future negotiations relating to our affiliation agreements or what impact, if any, they may have on our financial condition and results of operations.
We must purchase television programming based on expectations about future revenues. Actual revenues may be lower than our expectations.
One of our most significant costs is television programming. If a particular program is not popular in relation to its costs, we may not be able to sell enough advertising time or negotiate sufficient retransmission consent and carriage fee rates to cover the costs of the program. Since we generally purchase programming content from others rather than producing such content ourselves, we have limited control over the costs of the programming. Often we must purchase programming several years in advance and may have to commit to purchase more than one year’s worth of programming. We may replace programs that are doing poorly before we have recaptured any significant portion of the costs we incurred or before we have fully amortized the costs which may result in charges that would adversely affect our results of operations. Any of these factors could reduce our revenues or otherwise cause our costs to escalate relative to revenues. These factors are exacerbated during weak advertising markets. Additionally, our business is subject to the popularity of the programs provided by the networks with which we have network affiliation agreements or which provide us programming.

Our retransmission consent and carriage fee agreements may not be as profitable as we anticipate, may result in material claims and litigation against us, and may not be renewed on comparable or more favorable terms, if at all.
We depend in part upon retransmission consent and carriage fees from cable, satellite and other MVPDs, which pay those fees in exchange for the right to retransmit our broadcast programming and distribute WGN America. Fees from these retransmission consent and carriage fee agreements represented approximately 29% of our 2017 Television and Entertainment revenues. Since fees under our retransmission consent and carriage fee agreements are typically generated on a per-subscriber basis, if an MVPD with which we have a retransmission consent or carriage fee agreement loses subscribers, we would generate less revenue under such agreement. We have had in the past, and anticipate continuing to have in the future, commercial disputes with MVPDs relating to the terms of our retransmission consent and carriage fee agreements that may result in claims for monetary damages against us, litigation or termination of such agreements. Any such development could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition.
As these retransmission consent and carriage fee agreements expire, we may not be able to renegotiate such agreements at terms similar to or more favorable than our current agreements. Our inability to renegotiate retransmission consent or carriage fee agreements on terms comparable to or more favorable than our current agreements, or at all, may cause revenues or revenue growth from our retransmission consent and carriage fee

28


agreements to decrease under the renegotiated terms. During the negotiation of an expiring retransmission consent or carriage fee agreement, we may also experience disruption of service of our television stations provided through such MVPD. In addition, the non-renewal of any retransmission consent and carriage fee agreement with an MVPD upon expiration may affect the economics of our relationship with the MVPD, advertising revenues and our local brands. Furthermore, fees under our retransmission and carriage agreements are typically generated on a per subscriber basis and if an MVPD with which we have a retransmission or carriage agreement loses subscribers, our revenues would be adversely affected.
We could be faced with additional tax-related liabilities if the IRS prevails on a proposed income tax audit adjustment. We may also face additional tax liabilities stemming from an ongoing tax audit.
We are subject to both federal and state income taxes and are regularly audited by federal and state taxing authorities. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and in establishing appropriate reserves. We analyze our tax positions and reserves on an ongoing basis and make adjustments when warranted based on changes in facts and circumstances. While we believe our tax positions and reserves are reasonable, the resolutions of our tax issues are unpredictable and could negatively impact our effective tax rate, net income or cash flows for the period or periods in question. Specifically, we may be faced with additional tax liabilities for the transactions contemplated by the agreement, dated August 21, 2009, between us and Chicago Entertainment Ventures, LLC (formerly Chicago Baseball Holdings, LLC), and its subsidiaries (collectively, “New Cubs LLC”), governing the contribution of certain assets and liabilities related to the business of the Chicago Cubs Major League Baseball franchise owned by us and our subsidiaries to New Cubs LLC, and related agreements thereto (the “Chicago Cubs Transactions”).
On June 28, 2016, the IRS issued to us a Notice of Deficiency (“Notice”) which presents the IRS’s position that the gain on the Chicago Cubs Transactions (as defined and described in Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements) should have been included in our 2009 taxable income. Accordingly, the IRS has proposed a $182 million tax and a $73 million gross valuation misstatement penalty. After-tax interest on the proposed tax and penalty through December 31, 2017 would be approximately $63 million. We continue to disagree with the IRS’s position that the transaction generated a taxable gain in 2009, the proposed penalty and the IRS’s calculation of the gain. During the third quarter of 2016, we filed a petition in U.S. Tax Court to contest the IRS’s determination. We continue to pursue resolution of this disputed tax matter with the IRS. If the gain on the Chicago Cubs Transactions is deemed to be taxable in 2009, we estimate that the federal and state income taxes would be approximately $225 million before interest and penalties. Any tax, interest and penalty due will be offset by any tax payments made relating to this transaction subsequent to 2009. Through December 31, 2017, we have paid or accrued approximately $53 million through our regular tax reporting process.
We do not maintain any tax reserves related to the Chicago Cubs Transactions. Our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017, includes a deferred tax liability of $96 million related to the future recognition of taxable income and gain from the Chicago Cubs Transactions.
In addition, we may incur additional tax liabilities in the future as a result of changes in tax laws and regulations or as a result of the implementation of existing tax laws. In particular, we are continuing to analyze certain provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017. While the new law substantially decreased the U.S. federal corporate tax rate, we do not yet know what all of the consequences of this new statute will be, including the repeal of IRC Section 199, which may result in an increase to our effective tax rate.
We may not be able to access the credit and capital markets at the times and in the amounts needed and on acceptable terms.
From time to time, we may need to access the long-term and short-term capital markets to obtain financing. Our access to, and the availability of, financing on acceptable terms and conditions in the future will be impacted by many factors, including, but not limited to: (1) our financial performance, (2) our credit ratings or absence of such ratings, (3) the liquidity of the overall capital markets, including but not limited to potential investors for a prospective financing, (4) the overall state of the economy, and (5) the prospects for our Company and the sectors in which we compete. In addition, the terms of the Merger Agreement limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness. There can be no assurance that we will have access to the capital markets on terms acceptable to us.

29


We may incur significant costs to address contamination issues at sites owned, operated or used by our business.
We may incur costs in connection with the investigation or remediation of contamination at sites currently or formerly owned or operated by us. Historical operations at these sites may have resulted in releases of hazardous materials to soil or groundwater. In addition, we could be required to contribute to cleanup costs at third-party waste disposal facilities at which wastes were disposed. In connection with the Publishing Spin-off, tronc agreed to indemnify us for costs related to certain identified contamination issues at sites owned, operated or used by tronc. In turn, we agreed to indemnify tronc for certain other environmental liabilities. Environmental liabilities, including investigation and remediation obligations, could adversely affect our operating results or financial condition.
Adverse results from litigation or governmental investigations can impact our business practices and operating results.
From time to time, we could be party to litigation and regulatory, environmental and other proceedings with governmental authorities and administrative agencies. Adverse outcomes in lawsuits or investigations may result in significant monetary damages or injunctive relief that may adversely affect our operating results or financial condition as well as our ability to conduct our businesses as they are presently being conducted.
The financial performance of our equity method investments could adversely impact our results of operations.
We have investments in businesses that we account for under the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, we report our proportionate share of the net earnings or losses of our equity affiliates in our Statement of Operations under “Income on equity investments, net,” which contributes to our income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes. In fiscal 2017, our income from equity investments, net was $137 million and we received $202 million in cash distributions from our equity investments. If the earnings or losses of our equity investments are material in any year, those earnings or losses may have a material effect on our net income (loss) and financial condition and liquidity. We do not control the day-to-day operations of our equity method investments, nor have the ability to cause them to pay dividends or make other payments or advances to their stockholders, including us, and thus the management of these businesses could impact our results of operations. Additionally, these businesses are subject to laws, regulations, market conditions and other risks inherent in their operations. Any of these factors could adversely impact our results of operations and the value of our investment.
Adverse conditions in the capital markets and/or lower long-term interest rates, changes in actuarial assumptions and legislative or other regulatory actions could substantially increase our pension costs, placing greater liquidity needs upon our operations.
We maintain four single-employer defined benefit plans, three of which, representing 98% of the total projected benefit obligation, are frozen. These plans were underfunded by $397 million as of December 31, 2017, as measured in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards and using a discount rate of 3.55%.
The excess of our benefit obligations over pension assets is expected to give rise to required pension contributions over the next several years. Legislation enacted in 2012 and 2014 provided for changes in the discount rates used to calculate the projected benefit obligations for purposes of funding pension plans, which have an impact of applying a higher discount rate to determine the projected benefit obligations for funding than current long-term interest rates. Also, the earlier Pension Relief Act of 2010 provided relief in the funding requirements of such plans. However, even with the relief provided by these legislative rules, we expect future contributions to be required under our qualified pension plans. In addition, adverse conditions in the capital markets and/or lower long-term interest rates may result in greater annual contribution requirements, placing greater liquidity needs upon our operations. 
A breach of security measures for our information systems could disrupt operations and could adversely affect our businesses and results of operations.
Network and information systems and other technologies are important to our business activities. Despite our security measures, network and information systems-related events, such as computer hackings, cyber threats,

30


security breaches, viruses, or other destructive or disruptive software, process breakdowns or malicious or other activities, and natural or other disasters could result in a disruption of our services and operations or improper disclosure of personal data or confidential information, which could damage our reputation and require us to expend resources to remedy any such breaches. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We may incur fines or penalties, damage to our reputation or other adverse consequences if our employees, agents or business partners violate, or are alleged to have violated, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, export controls, competition or other laws.
We are subject to a number of anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, export controls, competition and other laws, including U.S. and foreign anti-corruption laws and regulations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”). These laws and regulations apply to companies, individual directors, officers, and employees, and to the activities of agents acting on our behalf, and may restrict our operations, trade practices, and partnering activities. We have established policies and procedures designed to assist us and our personnel to comply with applicable U.S. and international laws and regulations. However, there can be no assurance that our internal controls will protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, agents or business partners that would violate U.S. and/or foreign laws, including anti-bribery laws, export controls laws, competition laws, anti-money laundering laws, trade sanctions and regulations, and other laws. Any such improper actions could subject us to civil or criminal investigations in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions, could lead to substantial civil or criminal monetary and non-monetary penalties against us or our subsidiaries, and could damage our reputation. Even the allegation or appearance of our employees, agents or business partners acting improperly or illegally could damage our reputation and result in significant expenditures in investigating and responding to such actions. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Labor strikes, lockouts and protracted negotiations can lead to business interruptions and increased operating costs.
As of December 31, 2017, union employees comprised approximately 22% of our workforce. We are required to negotiate collective bargaining agreements across our business units on an ongoing basis. Complications in labor negotiations can lead to work slowdowns or other business interruptions and greater overall employee costs. If we or our suppliers are unable to renew expiring collective bargaining agreements, it is possible that the affected unions or others could take action in the form of strikes or work stoppages. Such actions, higher costs in connection with these agreements or a significant labor dispute could adversely affect our business by disrupting our operations. Depending on its duration, any lockout, strike or work stoppage may have an adverse effect on our operating revenues, cash flows or operating income or the timing thereof.
Events beyond our control may result in unexpected adverse operating results.
Our results could be affected in various ways by global or domestic events beyond our control, such as wars, political unrest, acts of terrorism, and natural disasters such as tropical storms, tornadoes and hurricanes. Such events may result in a loss of technical facilities for an unknown period of time and may quickly result in significant declines in advertising revenues even if we do not experience a loss of technical facilities.
The value of our existing goodwill and other intangible assets may become impaired, depending upon future operating results.
Goodwill and other intangible assets are a significant component of our consolidated total assets. We annually review for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year. In performing our reviews, we have the option of performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the goodwill has been impaired. If we conclude that it is more-likely-than-not that a reporting unit’s goodwill is impaired, we apply the quantitative assessment. As part of the quantitative assessment, the estimated fair values of the reporting units to which goodwill has been allocated are determined using many critical factors, including projected future operating cash flows, revenue and market growth, market multiples, discount rates and consideration of market valuations of comparable companies. The estimated fair values of other intangible assets subject to the annual impairment review, which include FCC licenses, are generally calculated based on projected future discounted cash flow analyses. The

31


development of estimated fair values requires the use of assumptions, including assumptions regarding revenue and market growth as well as specific economic factors in the broadcasting industry. These assumptions reflect our best estimates, but these items involve inherent uncertainties based on market conditions generally outside of our control. In the fourth quarter of 2015, as a result of the annual impairment review, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $385 million related to goodwill and other intangible assets (see Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information). In the fourth quarter of 2016, as a result of the annual impairment review, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $3 million related to our other intangible assets. Based on our assessment, no impairments were identified in 2017.
Adverse changes in expected operating results and unfavorable changes in other economic factors used to estimate fair values could result in non-cash impairment charges in the future.
Changes in accounting standards can significantly impact reported earnings and operating results.
Generally accepted accounting principles and accompanying pronouncements and implementation guidelines for many aspects of our business, including those related to revenue recognition, intangible assets, pensions, leases, income taxes and broadcast rights, are complex and involve significant judgments. Changes in these rules or their interpretation may significantly change our reported earnings and operating results.
Risks Related to Regulation
Changes in U.S. communications laws or other regulations may have an adverse effect on our business operations and asset mix.
The television and radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive regulation by the FCC under the Communications Act. For example, we are required to obtain licenses from the FCC to operate our radio and television stations with maximum terms of eight years, renewable upon application. We cannot assure you that the FCC will approve our future license renewal applications or that the renewals will be for full terms or will not include special operating conditions or qualifications. The non-renewal, or renewal with substantial conditions or modifications, of one or more of our licenses could have a material adverse effect on our revenues.
The U.S. Congress and the FCC currently have under consideration, and may in the future adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could, directly or indirectly, affect the operation of our radio and television properties. For example, from time to time, proposals have been advanced in the U.S. Congress and at the FCC to shorten license terms for broadcast stations to less than eight years, to mandate the origination of certain levels and types of local programming, or to require radio and television broadcast stations to provide free advertising time to political candidates.
Federal legislation enacted in February 2012 authorized the FCC to conduct a voluntary “incentive auction” in order to reclaim certain spectrum currently occupied by television broadcast stations and reallocate spectrum to mobile wireless broadband services. The legislation also authorized the FCC to “repack” television stations into a smaller portion of the existing television spectrum band and to require some television stations to modify their transmission facilities, subject to reimbursement for reasonable relocation costs up to an industry-wide total of $1.750 billion. On April 13, 2017, the FCC announced the conclusion of the incentive auction, the results of the reverse and forward auction and the repacking of broadcast television spectrum. We participated in the auction and have received approximately $191 million in pretax proceeds (including $26 million of proceeds received by a Dreamcatcher station) as of December 31, 2017.
Twenty-two of our television stations (including WTTK, which operates as a satellite station of WTTV) will be required to change frequencies or otherwise modify their operations as a result of the repacking. In doing so, the stations could incur substantial conversion costs, reduction or loss of over-the-air signal coverage or an inability to provide high definition programming and additional program streams. We expect that the reimbursements from the FCC’s special fund will cover the majority of our expenses related to the repacking. However, we cannot currently predict the effect of the repacking, whether the special fund will be sufficient to reimburse all of our expenses related to the repacking, the timing of reimbursements or any spectrum-related FCC regulatory action.

32


New laws or regulations that eliminate or limit the scope of retransmission consent or “must carry” rights could significantly reduce our ability to obtain carriage and therefore revenues.
A number of entities have commenced operation, or announced plans to commence operation of the Internet Protocol television (“IPTV”) systems, using digital subscriber line, fiber optic to the home and other distribution technologies. In most cases, we have entered into retransmission consent agreements with such entities for carriage of our eligible stations. However, the issue of whether those services are subject to cable television regulations, including must carry or retransmission consent obligations, has not been resolved. If IPTV systems gain a significant share of the video distribution marketplace, and new laws and regulations fail to provide adequate must carry and/or retransmission consent rights, our ability to distribute our programming to the maximum number of potential viewers will be limited and consequently our revenue potential will be limited.
In March 2014, the FCC sought comment on whether to eliminate or modify its “network non-duplication” and “syndicated exclusivity” rules, pursuant to which local television stations may invoke FCC processes to enforce their contractual exclusivity rights with respect to their network and syndicated programming. This proceeding remains pending. In February 2015, pursuant to congressional directive under STELAR (enacted in December 2014), the FCC adopted regulations prohibiting a television station from coordinating retransmission consent negotiations or negotiating retransmission consent on a joint basis with a separately owned television station in the same market. We do not currently engage in retransmission consent negotiations jointly with any other stations in our markets.
The FCC also must implement other provisions in STELAR that could affect retransmission consent negotiations. On September 2, 2015, in response to Congress’s directive in STELAR that the FCC review the “totality of the circumstances” test, the FCC sought comment on whether it should revise its rules requiring that commercial broadcast television stations and MVPDs negotiate in “good faith” for the retransmission by MVPDs of local television signals. On July 14, 2016, Chairman Wheeler announced that the FCC will not adopt additional rules governing parties’ good faith negotiation obligations, however, the FCC has not yet formally terminated the proceeding. The FCC launched a proceeding in March 2015 concerning procedures for modification of a station’s “market” for purposes of determining its entitlement to cable and/or satellite carriage in certain circumstances. We cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings.
Ownership restrictions could adversely impact our operations.
Under the FCC’s Duopoly Rule in effect on December 31, 2017, we may own up to two television stations within the same DMA (i) provided certain specified signal contours of the stations do not overlap, (ii) where certain specified signal contours of the stations overlap but, at the time the station combination was created, no more than one of the stations was a top-four-rated station and the market would continue to have at least eight independently-owned full power stations after the station combination is created or (iii) where certain waiver criteria are met. In addition, in the 2014 Quadrennial Review Order the FCC, among other things, adopted a rule applying the “top-four” ownership limitation to “affiliation swaps” within a market, thereby prohibiting transactions between networks and their local station affiliates pursuant to which affiliations are reassigned in a way that results in common ownership or control of two of the top-four rated stations in the DMA. Such arrangements existing prior to the rule’s adoption are grandfathered, and the prohibition does not apply to multiple top-four network multicast streams broadcast by a single station. In the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order, effective on February 7, 2018, the FCC eliminated the eight-voices test and provides for case-by-case review of television combinations involving two top-four ranked stations in a market.
We own duopolies permitted in the Seattle, Denver, St. Louis, Indianapolis, Oklahoma City and New Orleans DMAs. The Indianapolis duopoly is permitted under the Duopoly Rule because it met the top-four/eight voices test at the time we acquired WTTV(TV)/WTTK(TV) in July 2002. Duopoly Rule waivers granted in connection with the FCC’s approval of the Plan or the Local TV Transfer Order authorize our ownership of duopolies in the Hartford-New Haven and Fort Smith-Fayetteville DMAs, and full power “satellite” stations in the Denver and Indianapolis DMAs. All of these combinations are permitted under the Duopoly Rule as revised by the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order, subject to reauthorization of any outstanding waivers in the event of the assignment or transfer of control of any of the affected station licenses.

33


The FCC’s “National Television Multiple Ownership Rule” prohibits an entity from having attributable interests in television stations that, in the aggregate, reach more than 39% of total U.S. television households, subject to a 50% discount (the “UHF Discount”). In a Report and Order issued on September 7, 2016, the FCC repealed the UHF Discount but grandfathered existing station combinations, like ours, that exceeded the 39% national reach cap as a result of the elimination of the UHF Discount, subject to compliance in the event of a future change of control or assignment of license. The FCC reinstated the UHF Discount in an Order on Reconsideration adopted on April 20, 2017 (the “UHF Discount Reconsideration Order”). Both the September 7, 2016 order repealing the UHF Discount and the April 20, 2017 order reinstating it are subject to pending petitions for judicial review by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. Our current national reach exceeds the 39% cap on an undiscounted basis, but complies with the cap on a discounted basis. On December 18, 2017, the FCC released a notice of proposed rulemaking seeking comment generally, on the continuing propriety of a national cap and the Commission’s jurisdiction with respect to the cap. We cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings, or their effect on our business.
The NBCO Rule in effect on December 31, 2017 prohibits the common ownership of an attributable interest in a daily newspaper and a broadcast station in the same market. Our former attributable television/newspaper interests were granted either temporary or permanent waivers of the NBCO Rule in connection with the FCC’s approval of the Plan. On November 12, 2013, we filed with the FCC a request for extension of the temporary NBCO Rule waivers granted in connection with its approval of the Plan. That request is pending. Meanwhile, in the 2014 Quadrennial Review Order, effective December 31, 2017, the FCC modified the NBCO Rule by providing an exception for failed or failing entities and allowing for consideration of waivers of the rule on a case-by-case basis. The new rules became effective on December 1, 2016. The 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order eliminated the NBCO Rule altogether effective as of February 7, 2018.
Under FCC policy and precedent, a television station or newspaper publisher may provide certain operational support and other services to a separately-owned television station in the same market pursuant to a SSA where the Duopoly Rule or NBCO Rule would not permit common ownership of the properties. In the Local TV Transfer Order, the FCC authorized us to provide services (not including advertising sales) under SSAs to the Dreamcatcher stations. In the 2014 Quadrennial Review Order, the FCC adopted reporting requirements for SSAs. This rule was retained in the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order.
The 2014 Quadrennial Review Order is the subject of a pending petition judicial review by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. A petition for judicial review of the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order was filed on January 16, 2018 at the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit and is pending. We cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings or their effect on our business.
Regulation related to our licenses could adversely impact our results of operations.
The FCC has numerous other regulations and policies that affect its licensees, including rules requiring closed-captioning and video description to assist television viewing by the hearing- and visually-impaired; an EEO rule which, among other things, requires broadcast licensees to implement an equal employment opportunity program and undertake certain outreach initiatives to ensure broad recruitment efforts, and prohibits discrimination by broadcast stations based on age, race, color, religion, national origin or gender; and a requirement that all broadcast station advertising contracts contain nondiscrimination clauses. In addition, both television and radio station licensees are required to collect, submit to the FCC and/or maintain for public inspection extensive documentation regarding a number of aspects of their station operations.

34


Increased enforcement or enhancement of FCC indecency and other program content rules could have an adverse effect on our businesses and results of operations.
FCC rules prohibit the broadcast of obscene material at any time and/or indecent or profane material on television or radio broadcast stations between the hours of 6 a.m. and 10 p.m. Several years ago, the FCC stepped up its enforcement activities as they apply to indecency, and has indicated that it would consider initiating license revocation proceedings for “serious” indecency violations. In the past several years, the FCC has found indecent content in a number of cases and has issued fines to the offending licensees. The current maximum permitted fines per station if the violator is determined by the FCC to have broadcast obscene, indecent or profane material are $397,251 per incident and $3.7 million for a continuing violation, and the amount is subject to periodic adjustment for inflation. Fines have been assessed on a station-by-station basis, so that the broadcast of network programming containing allegedly indecent or profane material has resulted in fines levied against each station affiliated with that network which aired the programming containing such material. In June 2012, the U.S. Supreme Court struck down, on due process grounds, FCC Notices of Apparent Liability issued against stations affiliated with the FOX and ABC television networks in connection with their broadcast of “fleeting” or brief broadcasts of expletives or nudity and remanded the case to the FCC for further proceedings consistent with the U.S. Supreme Court’s opinion. In September 2012, the Chairman of the FCC directed FCC staff to commence a review of the FCC’s indecency policies, and to focus indecency enforcement on egregious cases while reducing the backlog of pending broadcast indecency complaints. On April 1, 2013, the FCC issued a public notice seeking comment on whether the FCC should make changes to its current broadcast indecency policies or maintain them as they are. The proceeding to review the FCC’s indecency policies is pending, and we cannot predict the timing or outcome of the proceeding. The determination of whether content is indecent is inherently subjective and therefore it can be difficult to predict whether particular content could violate indecency standards, particularly where programming is live and spontaneous. Violation of the indecency rules could lead to sanctions that may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Direct or indirect ownership of our securities could result in the violation of the FCC’s media ownership rules by investors with “attributable interests” in certain other television stations or other media properties in the same market as one or more of our broadcast stations.
Under the FCC’s media ownership rules, a direct or indirect owner of our securities could violate the FCC’s structural media ownership limitations if that person or entity owned or acquired an “attributable” interest in certain other television stations nationally or in certain types of media properties in the same market as one or more of our broadcast stations. Under the FCC’s “attribution” policies the following relationships and interests generally are cognizable for purposes of the substantive media ownership restrictions: (1) ownership of 5% or more of a media company’s voting stock (except for investment companies, insurance companies and bank trust departments, whose holdings are subject to a 20% voting stock benchmark); (2) officers and directors of a media company and its direct or indirect parent(s); (3) any general partnership or limited liability company manager interest; (4) any limited partnership interest or limited liability company member interest that is not “insulated,” pursuant to FCC-prescribed criteria, from material involvement in the management or operations of the media company; (5) certain same-market time brokerage agreements; (6) certain same-market joint sales agreements; and (7) under the FCC’s “equity/debt plus” standard, otherwise non-attributable equity or debt interests in a media company if the holder’s combined equity and debt interests amount to more than 33% of the “total asset value” of the media company and the holder has certain other interests in another media property in the same market television station JSAs. This change became effective on February 7, 2018. A petition for judicial review of the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order was filed on January 16, 2018 at the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit and is pending. We cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings or their effect on our business. Investors in our Common Stock should consult with counsel before making significant investments in Tribune or other media companies.

35


Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
We have substantial indebtedness and may incur substantial additional indebtedness, which could adversely affect our financial health and our ability to obtain financing in the future as well as to react to changes in our business.
As of December 31, 2017, we had total indebtedness of approximately $2.919 billion, net of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs of $36 million, and our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $159 million. On January 27, 2017, we entered into an amendment to the Company’s Secured Credit Facility, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Events—Financing Activities.” As of December 31, 2017, we also had $420 million of availability under our Revolving Credit Facility (as defined herein), not including $21 million of undrawn letters of credit. We are able to incur additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the limitations contained in the agreements governing our indebtedness and the Merger Agreement. On February 1, 2017, we used $400 million of proceeds from the Gracenote Sale to prepay a portion of our Term Loan Facility. During the third quarter of 2017, we used $102 million of after-tax proceeds received from our participation in the FCC spectrum auction to prepay a portion of our Term Loan Facility. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to holders of our Common Stock, including:
making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our Secured Credit Facility, consisting of a $3.773 billion term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”), of which the outstanding principal as of December 31, 2017 totaled $1.856 billion, and a $420 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), our $1.100 billion in aggregate principal amount of 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”) and our other debt;
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including under the Secured Credit Facility, are at variable rates of interest;
limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;
placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors or competitors with comparable debt and more favorable terms and thereby affecting our ability to compete; and
increasing our cost of borrowing.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or refinance our debt obligations will depend on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We might not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.
Certain factors that may cause our revenues and operating results to vary include, but are not limited to:
discretionary spending available to advertisers and consumers;
technological change in the broadcasting industry;
shifts in consumer habits and advertising expenditures toward digital media; and
changes in the regulatory landscape.

36


One or a number of these factors could cause a decrease in the amount of our available cash flow, which would make it more difficult for us to make payments under the Notes and Secured Credit Facility or any other indebtedness. For additional information regarding the risks to our business that could impair our ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, see “—Risks Related to Our Business.”
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to affect any such alternative measures on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The agreements governing our indebtedness restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from those dispositions and also restrict our ability to raise debt to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due. In addition, under the Secured Credit Facility, we are subject to mandatory prepayments on our Term Loan Facility from a portion of our excess cash flows, which may be stepped down upon the achievement of specified first lien leverage ratios. To the extent that we are required to prepay any amounts under our Term Loan Facility, we may have insufficient cash to make required principal and interest payments on other indebtedness.
Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, would materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness.
If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and lenders under our Secured Credit Facility and holders of the Notes could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable, the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility could terminate their commitments to loan money, the lenders could foreclose against the assets securing their loans and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. All of these events could result in you losing some or all of the value of your investment.
Despite our substantial indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.
We and our subsidiaries may incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the Merger Agreement, the Secured Credit Facility and the indenture governing the Notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. The terms of the Merger Agreement also restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, including guarantees, other than intercompany indebtedness and borrowings in the ordinary course consistent with past practice under the Revolving Credit Facility. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. In addition, the Revolving Credit Facility currently provides for commitments of $420 million, which are currently available, except for $21 million of undrawn outstanding letters of credit. Additionally, the indebtedness under the Secured Credit Facility may be increased by an amount equal to the sum of (x) $1.0 billion, (y) the maximum amount that would not cause our net first lien leverage ratio (treating debt incurred in reliance of this basket as secured on a first lien basis whether or not so secured), as determined pursuant to the Secured Credit Facility, to exceed 4.50 to 1.00 and (z) the aggregate amount of voluntary prepayments of term loans other than from the proceeds of long-term debt, subject to certain other conditions. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and the guarantors now face would increase and we may not be able to meet all our debt obligations.

37


The terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions, which could harm our long-term interests.
The Secured Credit Facility and the indenture governing the Notes contain covenants that, among other things, impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and limit our ability to engage in actions that may be in our long-term best interest, including restrictions on our ability to:
sell or otherwise dispose of assets;
incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees of additional indebtedness);
pay dividends and make other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, capital stock;
make voluntary prepayments on certain debt (including the Notes) or make amendments to the terms thereof;
create liens on assets;
make loans and investments (including joint ventures);
engage in mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of our assets;
engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and
change the business conducted by us.
These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. In addition, the restrictive covenants in the Secured Credit Facility require us to maintain a net first lien leverage ratio, which shall only be applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility and will be tested at the end of each fiscal quarter if revolving loans, swingline loans and outstanding unpaid letters of credit (other than undrawn letters of credit and those letters of credit that have been fully cash collateralized) exceed 25% of the amount of revolving commitments. Our ability to satisfy that financial ratio test may be affected by events beyond our control.
A breach of the covenants under the agreements governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default under those agreements. Such a default may allow certain creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the Secured Credit Facility would also permit the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility to terminate all other commitments to extend further credit under that facility. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under the Secured Credit Facility, those lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event the lenders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.
As a result of all of these restrictions, we may be:
limited in how we conduct our business;
unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns;
unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities; or
limited or unable to pay dividends to our shareholders in certain circumstances.
These restrictions might hinder our ability to grow in accordance with our strategy.
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.
Borrowings under the Secured Credit Facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. Interest rates are currently at historically low levels. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness will increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income and

38


cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. Assuming all revolving loans are fully drawn (to the extent that the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) is in excess of the current 0.75% minimum rate under the Secured Credit Facility), each quarter point change in interest rates would result in a $5 million change in our projected annual interest expense on our indebtedness under the Secured Credit Facility, which may be mitigated by interest rate swaps with a notional value of $500 million. As discussed in Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements, we entered into certain interest rate swaps with a notional value of $500 million that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce future interest rate volatility of the variable interest payments related to the Term Loan Facility. While the current expectation is to maintain the interest rate swaps through maturity of the Term Loan Facility, due to risks for hedging gains and losses and cash settlement costs, we may not elect to maintain such interest rate swaps with respect to any of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.
A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the rating assigned by a rating agency to us or our indebtedness could make it more difficult for us to obtain additional debt financing in the future.
Our indebtedness has been rated by nationally recognized rating agencies and may in the future be rated by additional rating agencies. We cannot assure you that any rating assigned to us or our indebtedness will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes in our business, so warrant. On December 20, 2016, Moody’s announced that it had downgraded our Corporate Family Rating from Ba3 to B1. Any further downgrades or any suspension or withdrawal of a rating by a rating agency (or any anticipated downgrade, suspension or withdrawal) could make it more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing in the future.
Risks Related to Our Emergence from Bankruptcy
We may not be able to settle, on a favorable basis or at all, unresolved claims filed in connection with the Chapter 11 proceedings and resolve the appeals seeking to overturn the order confirming the Plan.
On December 31, 2012, we and 110 of our direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) that had filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court on December 8, 2008 (or on October 12, 2009, in the case of Tribune CNLBC, LLC) emerged from Chapter 11. Certain of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases have not yet been closed by the Bankruptcy Court, and certain claims asserted against the Debtors in the Chapter 11 cases remain unresolved. As a result, we expect to continue to incur certain expenses pertaining to the Chapter 11 proceedings in future periods, which may be material.
On April 12, 2012, the Debtors, the official committee of unsecured creditors, and creditors under certain of our prepetition debt facilities filed the Plan with the Bankruptcy Court. On July 23, 2012, the Bankruptcy Court issued an order confirming the Plan (the “Confirmation Order”). Several notices of appeal of the Confirmation Order were filed. The appellants sought, among other relief, to overturn the Confirmation Order and certain prior orders of the Bankruptcy Court, in whole or in part, including the settlement of the Leveraged ESOP Transactions consummated by Tribune and the ESOP, EGI-TRB, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company wholly-owned by Sam Investment Trust (a trust established for the benefit of Samuel Zell and his family) (the “Zell Entity”) and Samuel Zell in 2007, that was embodied in the Plan (see Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information). Notices of appeal were filed on August 2, 2012 by Wilmington Trust Company (“WTC”), as successor indenture trustee for the Predecessor’s Exchangeable Subordinated Debentures due 2029 (“PHONES”), and on August 3, 2012 by the Zell Entity, Aurelius Capital Management LP (“Aurelius”), Law Debenture Trust Company of New York (“Law Debenture”), successor trustee under the indenture for the Predecessor’s prepetition 6.61% debentures due 2027 and the 7.25% debentures due 2096 and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (with Law Debenture, the “Trustees”), successor trustee under the indentures for the Predecessor’s prepetition medium-term notes due 2008, 4.875% notes due 2010, 5.25% notes due 2015, 7.25% debentures due 2013 and 7.5% debentures due 2023. WTC and the Zell Entity also sought to overturn determinations made by the Bankruptcy Court concerning the priority in right of payment of the PHONES and the subordinated promissory notes held by the Zell Entity and its permitted assignees, respectively. In January 2013, the Reorganized Debtors filed a motion to dismiss

39


the appeals as equitably moot, based on the substantial consummation of the Plan. On June 18, 2014, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware (the “Delaware District Court”) entered an order granting in part and denying in part the motion to dismiss. The effect of the order was to dismiss all of the appeals, with the exception of the relief requested by the Zell Entity concerning the priority in right of payment of the subordinated promissory notes held by the Zell Entity and its permitted assignees with respect to any state law fraudulent transfer claim recoveries from a creditor trust that was proposed to be formed under a prior version of the Plan, but was not formed under the Plan as confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court. The Delaware District Court vacated the Bankruptcy Court’s ruling to the extent it opined on that issue. On July 16, 2014, Aurelius and the Trustees filed notices of appeal of the Delaware District Court’s order with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit (the “Third Circuit”). On August 19, 2015, the Third Circuit affirmed the order of the Delaware District Court as to the appeal filed by Aurelius but reversed and remanded as to the appeal filed by the Trustees. On January 11, 2016, Aurelius filed a petition for a writ of certiorari with the United States Supreme Court seeking review of the Third Circuit’s decision. That petition was denied on March 31, 2016. If the Trustees are successful in overturning the Confirmation Order, in whole or in part, our financial condition may be adversely affected.
Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and the Securities Market
We cannot assure you that we will pay dividends on our Common Stock in the future.
On February 3, 2017, we paid a special cash dividend of $5.77 per share to holders of record of our Common Stock at the close of business on January 13, 2017. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, during the period before closing of the Merger, we are not permitted to declare, set aside or pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect of our capital stock or other securities, except for payment of quarterly cash dividends not to exceed $0.25 per share and consistent with record and payment dates during the year preceding the Merger Agreement.
The declaration of any future dividends and the establishment of the per share amount, record dates and payment dates for any such future dividends are subject to the discretion of the board of directors, subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, taking into account future earnings, cash flows, financial requirements and other factors. There can be no assurance that the board of directors will declare any dividends in the future. To the extent that expectations by market participants regarding the potential payment, or amount, of any special or regular dividend prove to be incorrect, the price of our Common Stock may be materially and negatively affected and investors that bought shares of our Common Stock based on those expectations may suffer a loss on their investment. Further, to the extent that we declare a regular or special dividend at a time when market participants hold no such expectations or the amount of any such dividend exceeds current expectations, the price of our Common Stock may increase and investors that sold shares of our Common Stock prior to the record date for any such dividend may forego potential gains on their investment.
The market price for our Common Stock may be volatile and the value of your investment could decline.
Many factors could cause the trading price of our Common Stock to rise and fall, including the following:
announcements or other developments related to the Merger;
announcements or other developments related to Sinclair or its business;
declining operating revenues derived from our core business;
variations in quarterly results;
availability and cost of programming;
announcements regarding dividends;
announcements of technological innovations by us or by competitors;
introductions of new products or services or new pricing policies by us or by competitors;
acquisitions or strategic alliances by us or by competitors;
recruitment or departure of key personnel or key groups of personnel;

40


the gain or loss of significant advertisers or other customers;
changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our performance or lack of research and reports by industry analysts; and
market conditions in the media industry, the industries of our customers, and the economy as a whole.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our Common Stock may depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts downgrades our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock may decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, or our amended and restated by-laws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Stockholders of our company will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
Fulfilling our obligations incident to being a public company, including with respect to the requirements of and related rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, is expensive and time-consuming and may not prevent all errors or fraud.
As a public company, we are required to file annual, quarterly and other reports with the SEC, including the timely filing of financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements. We are also subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements under the listing standards of the NYSE and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which impose significant compliance costs and obligations upon us. Being a public company requires a significant commitment of resources and management oversight which also increases our operating costs. These requirements also place significant demands on our finance and accounting staff and on our financial accounting and information technology applications. Other expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors’ fees and director and officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses.
In particular, we are required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Likewise, our independent registered public accounting firm is required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In addition, we are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), to maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We have in the past identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and we cannot assure you that our system of internal controls will be able to prevent material weaknesses in our internal controls in the future.
Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. In addition, because of the inherent limitations in all

41


control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues or instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been detected.
Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, by-laws and Delaware law may discourage takeovers.
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and amended and restated by-laws contain certain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us. For example, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and amended and restated by-laws, collectively:
establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms, which prevents stockholders from electing an entirely new board of directors at an annual or special meeting;
authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board of Directors to thwart a takeover attempt;
provide that vacancies on our Board of Directors, including vacancies resulting from an enlargement of our Board of Directors, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office; and
establish advance notice requirements for nominations of candidates for elections as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our stockholders.
These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control, even though a majority of stockholders may consider such proposal, if effected, desirable. Such provisions could also make it more difficult for third parties to remove and replace the members of the Board of Directors. Moreover, these provisions may inhibit increases in the trading price of our Common Stock that may result from takeover attempts or speculation.
Risks Related to the Publishing Spin-Off
If the Publishing Spin-off does not qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“IRC” or the “Code”), including as a result of subsequent acquisitions of stock of Tribune Media or tronc, then Tribune Media may be required to pay substantial U.S. federal income taxes.
In connection with the Publishing Spin-off, we received a private letter ruling (the “IRS Ruling”) from the IRS to the effect that the distribution and certain related transactions qualified as tax-free to us, our stockholders and warrantholders and tronc for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Although a private letter ruling from the IRS generally is binding on the IRS, the IRS Ruling did not rule that the distribution satisfies every requirement for a tax-free distribution, and the parties have relied on the opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, our special tax counsel, to the effect that the distribution and certain related transactions qualified as tax-free to us and our stockholders and warrantholders. The opinion of our special tax counsel relied on the IRS Ruling as to matters covered by it.
The IRS Ruling and the opinion of our special tax counsel was based on, among other things, certain representations and assumptions as to factual matters made by us and certain of our stockholders. The failure of any factual representation or assumption to be true, correct and complete in all material respects could adversely affect the validity of the IRS Ruling or the opinion of our special tax counsel. An opinion of counsel represents counsel’s best legal judgment, is not binding on the IRS or the courts, and the IRS or the courts may not agree with the opinion. In addition, the IRS Ruling and the opinion of our special tax counsel was based on the current law then in effect, and cannot be relied upon if current law changes with retroactive effect.
If the Publishing Spin-off was ultimately determined not to be tax free, we could be liable for the U.S. federal and state income taxes imposed as a result of the transaction. Furthermore, events subsequent to the distribution could cause us to recognize a taxable gain in connection therewith. Although tronc is required to indemnify us against taxes on the distribution that arise after the distribution as a result of actions or failures to act by tronc or any

42


member thereof, tronc’s failure to meet such obligations and our administrative and legal costs in enforcing such obligations may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws and Delaware corporate law may permit a court to void the Publishing Spin-off, which would adversely affect our financial condition and our results of operations.
In connection with the Publishing Spin-off, we undertook several corporate reorganization transactions which, along with the contribution of the Publishing Business, the distribution of tronc shares and the cash dividend that was paid to us, may be subject to challenge under federal and state fraudulent conveyance and transfer laws as well as under Delaware corporate law, even though the Publishing Spin-off has been completed. Under applicable laws, any transaction, contribution or distribution contemplated as part of the Publishing Spin-off could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if, among other things, the transferor received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for, and was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of, the transfer.
We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not any entity involved in the Publishing Spin-off was insolvent at the relevant time. In general, however, a court would look at various facts and circumstances related to the entity in question, including evaluation of whether or not:
the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated liabilities, was greater than the fair market value of all of its assets;
the present fair market value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
it could pay its debts as they become due.
If a court were to find that any transaction, contribution or distribution involved in the Publishing Spin-off was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the transaction, contribution or distribution. In addition, the distribution could also be voided if a court were to find that it is not a legal distribution or dividend under Delaware corporate law. The resulting complications, costs and expenses of either finding would materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We may be exposed to additional liabilities as a result of the Publishing Spin-off.
The separation and distribution agreement we entered into in connection with the Publishing Spin-off sets forth the distribution of assets, liabilities, rights and obligations of us and tronc following the Publishing Spin-off, and includes indemnification obligations for such liabilities and obligations. In addition, pursuant to the tax matters agreement, certain income tax liabilities and related responsibilities are allocated between, and indemnification obligations have been assumed by, each of us and tronc. In connection with the Publishing Spin-off, we also entered into an employee matters agreement, pursuant to which certain obligations with respect to employee benefit plans were allocated to tronc. Each company will rely on the other company to satisfy its performance and payment obligations under these agreements. Certain of the liabilities to be assumed or indemnified by us or tronc under these agreements are legal or contractual liabilities of the other company. However, it could be later determined that we must retain certain of the liabilities allocated to tronc pursuant to these agreements, including with respect to certain multiemployer benefit plans, which amounts could be material. Furthermore, if tronc were to breach or be unable to satisfy its material obligations under these agreements, including a failure to satisfy its indemnification obligations, we could suffer operational difficulties or significant losses.
 ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None


43


 ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We own properties throughout the United States including offices, studios, industrial buildings, antenna sites and vacant land. We also lease certain properties from third parties. Certain of our owned properties are utilized for operations while other properties are leased to outside parties.
The following table provides details of our properties as of December 31, 2017:
Television and Entertainment Segment
 
Owned(1) 
 
Leased 
 
 
Square Feet
 
Acres 
 
Square Feet 
Office and studio buildings (2)
 
847,005

 
78

 
924,479

Antenna land
 

 
781

 

 
 
 
 
 
Other Real Estate
 
Owned(1) 
 
Leased 
 
 
Square Feet
 
Acres 
 
Square Feet 
Corporate
 

 

 
173,310

Leased to outside parties (3)
 
1,775,688

 
105

 

Vacant (4)
 
117,000

 
25

 

 
 
(1)
Square feet represent the amount of office, studio or other building space currently utilized.
(2)
Includes leases for properties utilized by businesses outside the United States consisting of approximately 2,611 square feet leased by the Television and Entertainment segment.
(3)
We retained all owned real estate in the Publishing Spin-off transaction and have entered into lease and license agreements with tronc for continued use of the applicable facilities. These lease arrangements with tronc cover approximately 1.2 million square feet; tronc currently represents our largest third-party tenant. Approximately 4 acres that are currently leased to outside parties are also utilized by Television and Entertainment.
(4)
Includes 18 acres of undeveloped land that is not currently available for sale or redevelopment.
Included in the above are buildings and land available for redevelopment. These include excess land, underutilized buildings and older facilities located in urban centers. We estimate that 1 million square feet and 199 acres are available for full or partial redevelopment. Specific redevelopment properties include portions of the south parking structure and the surface lot of the Los Angeles Times Building in Los Angeles, CA, and properties located at 700 West Chicago and 777 West Chicago in Chicago, IL. The redevelopment opportunities are subject to satisfying applicable legal requirements and receiving governmental approvals.
We believe our properties are in satisfactory condition, are well maintained and are adequate for current use.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims that have arisen in the ordinary course of business. The legal entities comprising our operations are defendants from time to time in actions for matters arising out of their business operations. In addition, the legal entities comprising our operations are involved from time to time as parties in various regulatory, environmental and other proceedings with governmental authorities and administrative agencies.
On December 31, 2012, the Debtors that had filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 in the Bankruptcy Court on December 8, 2008 (or on October 12, 2009, in the case of Tribune CNLBC, LLC) emerged from Chapter 11. The Company and certain of the other legal entities included in the consolidated financial statements were Debtors or, as a result of the restructuring transactions undertaken at the time of the Debtors’ emergence, are successor legal entities to legal entities that were Debtors. The Bankruptcy Court has entered final decrees that have collectively closed 106 of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases. The remaining Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases have not yet been closed by the Bankruptcy Court, and certain claims asserted against the Debtors in the Chapter 11

44


cases remain unresolved. As a result, we expect to continue to incur certain expenses pertaining to the Chapter 11 proceedings in future periods, which may be material. See Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information.
In March 2013, the IRS issued its audit report on our federal income tax return for 2008 which concluded that the gain from the Newsday Transactions should have been included in our 2008 taxable income. Accordingly, the IRS proposed a $190 million tax and a $38 million accuracy-related penalty. We also would be subject to interest on the tax and penalty due. We disagreed with the IRS’s position and timely filed a protest in response to the IRS’s proposed tax adjustments. In addition, if the IRS prevailed, we also would have been subject to state income taxes, interest and penalties. During the second quarter of 2016, as a result of extensive discussions with the IRS administrative appeals division, we reevaluated our tax litigation position related to the Newsday transaction and re-measured the cumulative most probable outcome of such proceedings. As a result, during the second quarter of 2016, we recorded a $102 million charge which was reflected as a $125 million current income tax reserve and a $23 million reduction in deferred income tax liabilities. The income tax reserve included federal and state taxes, interest and penalties while the deferred income tax benefit is primarily related to deductible interest expense. In connection with the potential resolution of the matter, we also recorded $91 million of income tax expense to increase our deferred income tax liability to reflect the estimated reduction in the tax basis of our assets. The reduction in tax basis is required to reflect the expected negotiated reduction in the amount of the Company’s guarantee of the Newsday partnership debt which was included in the reported tax basis previously determined upon emergence from bankruptcy. During the third quarter of 2016, we reached an agreement with the IRS administrative appeals division regarding the Newsday transaction which applies for tax years 2008 through 2015. As described in Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements, on September 2, 2015, we sold our 3% interest in Newsday. Through December 31, 2015, we made approximately $136 million of federal and state tax payments through our regular tax reporting process which included $101 million that became payable upon closing of the sale of the Newsday partnership interest as further described in Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements. The terms of the agreement reached with the IRS appeals office were materially consistent with our reserve at June 30, 2016. In connection with the final agreement, we also recorded an income tax benefit of $3 million to adjust the previously recorded estimate of the deferred tax liability adjustment described above. During the fourth quarter of 2016, we recorded an additional $1 million of tax expense primarily related to the additional accrual of interest. During the second half of 2016, we paid $122 million of federal taxes, state taxes (net of state refunds), interest and penalties. The tax payments were recorded as a reduction in our current income tax reserve described above. The remaining $4 million of state liabilities are included in the income taxes payable account at December 31, 2017.
On June 28, 2016, the IRS issued to us a Notice of Deficiency (“Notice”) which presents the IRS’s position that the gain on the Chicago Cubs Transactions (as defined and described in Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements) should have been included in our 2009 taxable income. Accordingly, the IRS has proposed a $182 million tax and a $73 million gross valuation misstatement penalty. After-tax interest on the proposed tax and penalty through December 31, 2017 would be approximately $63 million. We continue to disagree with the IRS’s position that the transaction generated a taxable gain in 2009, the proposed penalty and the IRS’s calculation of the gain. During the third quarter of 2016, we filed a petition in U.S. Tax Court to contest the IRS’s determination. We continue to pursue resolution of this disputed tax matter with the IRS. If the gain on the Chicago Cubs Transactions is deemed to be taxable in 2009, we estimate that the federal and state income taxes would be approximately $225 million before interest and penalties. Any tax, interest and penalty due will be offset by any tax payments made relating to this transaction subsequent to 2009. Through December 31, 2017, we have paid or accrued approximately $53 million through our regular tax reporting process.
We do not maintain any tax reserves related to the Chicago Cubs Transactions. In accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017 includes deferred tax liabilities of $96 million related to the future recognition of taxable income and gain from the Chicago Cubs Transactions. Our liability for unrecognized tax benefits totaled $23 million at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.
In July 2017, following the initial filing of the proxy statement/prospectus (the “Proxy Statement/Prospectus”) by each of Sinclair and us with the SEC relating to the Merger, four purported Tribune Media Company shareholders (the “Plaintiffs”) filed putative class action lawsuits against us, members of our Board, and, in certain instances,

45


Sinclair and Samson Merger Sub, Inc. (collectively, the “Parties”) in the United States District Courts for the Districts of Delaware and Illinois. The actions are captioned McEntire v. Tribune Media Company, et al., 1:17-cv-05179 (N.D. Ill.), Duffy v. Tribune Media Company, et al., 1:17-cv-00919 (D. Del.), Berg v. Tribune Media Company, et al., 1:17-cv-00938 (D. Del.), and Pill v. Tribune Media Company, et al., 1:17-cv-00961 (D. Del.) (collectively, the “Actions”). These lawsuits allege that the Proxy Statement/Prospectus omitted material information and was materially misleading in violation of the Exchange Act, and SEC Rule 14a-9 and generally seek preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, rescission or rescissory damages, and unspecified damages. On September 15, 2017, the Parties entered into a memorandum of understanding (the “MOU”) to resolve the individual claims asserted by the Plaintiffs. The MOU acknowledges that we, in part in response to the claims asserted in the Actions, filed certain supplemental disclosures with the SEC on August 16, 2017 and that we, solely in response to the Actions, communicated to four third parties that participated in the sale process and twenty-three third parties that have signed confidentiality agreements in connection with potential divestitures that the “standstill” obligations of such third parties were waived. The Parties further agreed that we would make the additional supplemental disclosures, which are set forth in our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2017. Further, the MOU specifies that within five business days of the closing of the Merger, the Parties will file stipulations of dismissal for the Actions pursuant to Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 41(a), which will dismiss Plaintiffs’ individual claims with prejudice, and dismiss the claims asserted on behalf of a purported class of our shareholders without prejudice. The MOU will not affect the timing of the Merger or the amount or form of consideration to be paid in the Merger.
We do not believe that any other matters or proceedings presently pending will have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on our combined financial position, results of operations or liquidity. However, legal matters and proceedings are inherently unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. As such, there can be no assurance that the final outcome of these matters and proceedings will not materially and adversely affect our combined financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
 ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
None

PART II
 ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information; Holders
Since December 5, 2014, our Class A Common Stock has traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “TRCO.” Our Class B Common Stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board (“OTC”) under the symbol “TRBAB.” Each share of the Class B Common Stock is convertible upon request of the holder into one share of Class A Common Stock, provided the holder is in compliance with certain rules, as further described in Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

46


The following table presents the high and low bid price for our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock on the NYSE and OTC, as applicable, for the periods indicated:
 
 
Class A
Common Stock
 
Class B
Common Stock* 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017
 
High 
 
Low 
 
High
 
Low
Quarter ended December 31, 2017
 
$
42.68

 
$
40.10

 
$
40.61

 
$
40.61

Quarter ended September 30, 2017
 
$
42.39

 
$
39.59

 
$
41.75

 
$
40.21

Quarter ended June 30, 2017
 
$
43.04

 
$
36.18

 
$
42.00

 
$
38.75

Quarter ended March 31, 2017
 
$
40.00

 
$
27.75

 
N/A

 
N/A

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarter ended December 31, 2016
 
$
36.94

 
$
29.75

 
N/A

 
N/A

Quarter ended September 30, 2016
 
$
40.13

 
$
34.44

 
N/A

 
N/A

Quarter ended June 30, 2016
 
$
40.72

 
$
36.47

 
N/A

 
N/A

Quarter ended March 31, 2016
 
$
39.90

 
$
26.10

 
$
40.77

 
$
32.78

 
*
The prices above for Class B Common Stock for all periods are as reported by the OTC and may reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions. No trading data was reported in the second, third and fourth quarter of 2016 as well as the first quarter of 2017.

As of December 31, 2017, we had issued 101,429,999 shares of Class A Common Stock, of which 14,102,185 were held in treasury, and 5,557 shares of Class B Common Stock. We had eight holders of record of Class A Common Stock at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, and we had one holder of record of Class B Common Stock at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. Additionally, as of December 31, 2017, 30,551 shares of our Common Stock were subject to outstanding Warrants to purchase our Common Stock (“Warrants”), which are governed by the Warrant Agreement between us, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., dated as of December 31, 2012 (the “Warrant Agreement”). See Note 15 to the audited consolidated financial statements for further information.
Dividends
Our Board declared quarterly cash dividends on our Common Stock to holders of record of Common Stock and Warrants as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
 
2017
 
2016
 
Per Share
 
Total
Amount
 
Per Share
 
Total
Amount
First quarter
$
0.25

 
$
21,742

 
$
0.25

 
$
23,215

Second quarter
0.25

 
21,816

 
0.25

 
22,959

Third quarter
0.25

 
21,834

 
0.25

 
22,510

Fourth quarter
0.25

 
21,837

 
0.25

 
21,612

Total quarterly cash dividends declared and paid
$
1.00

 
$
87,229

 
$
1.00

 
$
90,296

On February 3, 2017, we paid a special cash dividend of $5.77 per share to holders of record of our Common Stock and Warrants at the close of business on January 13, 2017. The total aggregate payment on February 3, 2017 totaled $499 million, including the payment to holders of Warrants.
The actual declaration of any such future dividends and the establishment of the per share amount, record dates, and payment dates for any such future dividends are at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon various factors then existing, including earnings, financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends (including the restricted payment covenant contained in the credit agreement governing the Secured Credit Facility and the

47


indenture governing the Notes, as further described in Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements), restrictions imposed by applicable law, general business conditions and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, concurrently with any cash dividend made to holders of our Common Stock, holders of Warrants are entitled to receive a cash payment equal to the amount of the dividend paid per share of Common Stock for each Warrant held. Under the Merger Agreement, we may not pay dividends other than quarterly dividends of $0.25 or less per share.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table provides information about our Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of options and other rights under our equity incentive plans as of December 31, 2017:
Plan category 
 
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of
outstanding options
and vesting of restricted stock
units and performance share
units (1)(2) 
 
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options 
 
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a)) 
 
 
(a)
 
(b)
 
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (3)
 
1,830,389

 
$
32.81

 
3,201,201

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (3)
 
2,650,550

 
41.71

 

Total
 
4,480,939

 
$
39.00

 
3,201,201

 
(1)
Does not include 10,147 of vested stock awards issued to members of our Board of Directors from the 2016 Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.
(2)
Performance share units are assumed to be issued at a maximum payout for all periods, although performance targets for some of them have not been set and no expense is being recognized.
(3)
Our 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan and Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors were approved by shareholders on May 5, 2016. These plans replaced the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan that was adopted by our Board of Directors on March 1, 2013. Awards previously granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will remain outstanding in accordance with their terms but no additional awards will be made.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
On December 31, 2012, we emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy and pursuant to the Plan, issued 78,754,269 shares of Class A Common Stock, 4,455,767 shares of Class B Common Stock, and 16,789,972 Warrants, which are governed by the Warrant Agreement. The Warrants are exercisable at the holder’s option into Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, or a combination thereof, at an exercise price of $0.001 per share or through “cashless exercise,” whereby the number of shares to be issued to the holder is reduced, in lieu of a cash payment for the exercise price.
Since the initial issuance of the Warrants on December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2017, we have issued 16,615,891 shares of Class A Common Stock and 143,477 shares of our Class B Common Stock upon the exercise of 16,759,421 Warrants. Of these exercises, we issued 12,636,807 shares of Class A Common Stock and 25,244 shares of Class B Common Stock, respectively, for cash, receiving total proceeds of $12,662 from the exercises. In addition, we issued 3,979,084 shares of Class A Common Stock and 118,233 shares of Class B Common Stock, respectively, upon “cashless exercises.”
The issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock and Warrants at the time of emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy, and the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants, were exempt from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, which generally exempts distributions of securities in connection with plans of reorganization. The issuances of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of options were exempt from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 701 or Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions.

48


Repurchases of Equity Securities
During the year ended December 31, 2017, we did not make any share repurchases pursuant to the 2016 Stock Repurchase Program authorized by our Board of Directors on February 24, 2016, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Repurchases of Equity Securities.” As of December 31, 2017, the remaining authorized amount under the current authorization totaled $168 million. The Merger Agreement prohibits us from engaging in additional share repurchases.
Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative total return on our Class A Common Stock since it began trading on the NYSE on December 5, 2014 with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and our peer group index. The graph assumes, in each case, an initial investment of $100 on December 5, 2014, based on the market prices at the end of each fiscal quarter through and including December 31, 2017, and reinvestment of dividends.
stockchart2017.jpg
Company/
Peer Group Index/Market Index
(In Dollars)
 
 
 
 
 
Tribune Media Company (TRCO)
 
100.0

 
85.6

 
54.5

 
57.9

 
86.0

Peer Group Index
 
100.0

 
99.2

 
90.6

 
100.0

 
112.4

S&P 500
 
100.0

 
100.7

 
100.7

 
112.8

 
137.4

Our peer group consists of the following companies considered our market competitors, or that have been selected based on the basis of industry: AMC Entertainment Holdings, Inc.; TEGNA; Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. (“Nexstar”); Scripps Networks Interactive, Inc.; and Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. Our 2017 peer group omits Media General, Inc., as it was acquired by Nexstar on January 17, 2017 and Rovi Corporation as a result of the sale of our Digital and Data business to Nielsen on January 31, 2017.

49


This performance graph and other information furnished under this Part II Item 5 of this Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated and has been adjusted to reflect the Gracenote Sale and the Publishing Spin-off. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes contained in this Annual Report. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2015, December 28, 2014, December 29, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and for the years ended December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, have been derived from our consolidated financial statements and related notes not included herein. The selected historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report.
 
Successor
 
 
Predecessor
 
As of and for the year
ended 
 
 
As of and
for
(in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Revenues
$
1,848,959

 
$
1,947,930

 
$
1,801,967

 
$
1,780,625

 
$
1,075,407

 
 
$

Operating Profit (Loss)(2)
$
108,468

 
$
433,574

 
$
(269,335
)
 
$
304,824

 
$
184,705

 
 
$

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations(2)
$
183,077

 
$
87,040

 
$
(315,337
)
 
$
476,619

 
$
165,030

 
 
$
7,085,277

Earnings (Loss) Per Share from Continuing Operations of Tribune Media Company Attributable to Common Shareholders(3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
2.06

 
$
0.96

 
$
(3.33
)
 
$
4.76

 
$
1.65

 
 
 

Diluted
$
2.04

 
$
0.96

 
$
(3.33
)
 
$
4.75

 
$
1.65

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regular dividends declared per common share
$
1.00

 
$
1.00

 
$
0.75

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Special dividends declared per common share
$
5.77

 
$

 
$
6.73

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Assets
$
8,169,328

 
$
9,401,051

 
$
9,708,863

 
$
11,326,102

 
$
11,391,966

 
 
$
8,668,829

Total Non-Current Liabilities
$
4,297,881

 
$
5,304,515

 
$
5,336,341

 
$
5,457,478

 
$
5,679,678

 
 
$
3,305,084

 
(1)
Operating results for December 31, 2012, the first day of the Company’s 2013 fiscal year, include only (i) reorganization adjustments which resulted in a net gain of $4.739 billion before taxes ($4.543 billion after taxes), including a $5 million gain ($9 million loss after taxes) recorded in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes and (ii) fresh-start reporting adjustments which resulted in a net loss of $3.372 billion before taxes ($2.567 billion after taxes, including a gain of $22 million ($34 million after taxes) reflected in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes). See Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information.
(2)
Consolidated income (loss) from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes non-cash pretax impairment charges totaling $181 million to write down our investment in CareerBuilder and a provisional discrete net tax benefit of $256 million, primarily due to a remeasurement of the net deferred tax liabilities resulting from the decrease in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Events—Tax Reform.” Consolidated operating profit (loss) and income (loss) from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 include impairment charges of $3 million and $385 million, respectively, related to other intangible assets and goodwill, respectively. See Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information.
(3)
See Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements for a description of our computation of basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to the holders of our Common Stock.

50


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the other sections of this Annual Report, including “Item 1. Business,” “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” and our audited consolidated financial statements for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 and notes thereto included in this Annual Report.
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains a number of forward-looking statements, all of which are based on our current expectations and could be affected by the uncertainties and other factors described throughout this Annual Report and particularly in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Introduction
The following discussion and analysis compares our and our subsidiaries’ results of operations for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017. As a result of the Gracenote Sale (as further described below), the historical results of operations for the businesses included in the Gracenote Sale are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Accordingly, all references made to financial data in this Annual Report are to Tribune Media Company’s continuing operations, unless specifically noted.
Overview
We are a diversified media and entertainment company comprised of 42 local television stations, which we refer to as “our television stations,” that are either owned by us or owned by others, but to which we provide certain services, along with a national general entertainment cable network, a radio station, a production studio, a portfolio of real estate assets and investments in a variety of media, websites and other related assets. We believe our diverse portfolio of assets, including our equity investments that provide cash distributions, distinguishes us from traditional pure-play broadcasters.
As further described in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements, on December 19, 2016, we entered into the Gracenote SPA with Nielsen to sell our equity interest in substantially all of the Digital and Data business as part of the transaction, which was completed on January 31, 2017. Prior to the Gracenote Sale, we reported our operations through the Television and Entertainment and Digital and Data reportable segments. Our Digital and Data segment consisted of several businesses driven by our expertise in collection, creation and distribution of data and innovation in unique services and recognition technology that used data, including Gracenote Video, Gracenote Music and Gracenote Sports. In accordance with ASU 2014-08, assets and liabilities of Digital and Data businesses included in the Gracenote Sale as of December 31, 2016 are classified as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the results of operations are reported as discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for all periods presented.
Our business consists of our Television and Entertainment operations and the management of certain of our real estate assets. We also hold a variety of investments in cable and digital assets, including equity investments in TV Food Network and CareerBuilder. Television and Entertainment is a reportable segment, which provides audiences across the country with news, entertainment and sports programming on Tribune Broadcasting local television stations and distinctive, high quality television series and movies on WGN America as well as news, entertainment and sports information via our websites and other digital assets. Television and Entertainment includes 42 local television stations and related websites, including 39 owned stations and 3 stations to which we provide certain services (the “SSAs”) with Dreamcatcher Broadcasting LLC (“Dreamcatcher”); WGN America, a national general entertainment cable network; Antenna TV and THIS TV, national multicast networks; and WGN-AM, a radio station in Chicago.

51


The television stations, including the 3 stations owned by Dreamcatcher (a fully-consolidated VIE), are comprised of 14 FOX television affiliates; 12 CW television affiliates; 6 CBS television affiliates; 3 ABC television affiliates; 3 MY television affiliates; 2 NBC television affiliates; and 2 independent television stations.
In addition, we report and include under Corporate and Other the management of certain of our real estate assets, including revenues from leasing our owned office and production facilities and any gains or losses from the sales of our owned real estate, as well as certain administrative activities associated with operating corporate office functions and managing our predominantly frozen company-sponsored defined benefit pension plans.
Television and Entertainment represented 99% of our consolidated operating revenues in 2017. Approximately 67% of these revenues came from the sale of advertising spots. Changes in advertising revenues are heavily correlated with and influenced by changes in the level of economic activity and the demand for political advertising spots in the United States. Changes in gross domestic product, consumer spending levels, auto sales, political advertising levels, programming content, audience share, and rates all impact demand for advertising on our television stations. Our advertising revenues are subject to changes in these factors both on a national level and on a local level in the markets in which we operate. Television and Entertainment operating revenues also included retransmission revenues, carriage fees, and barter/trade revenues, which represented approximately 22%, 7% and 2%, respectively, of Television and Entertainment’s 2017 total operating revenues.
Significant expense categories for Television and Entertainment include compensation expense, programming expense, depreciation expense, amortization expense, primarily resulting from the adoption of fresh-start reporting on the Effective Date (as defined below), and other expenses. Compensation expense represented 33% of Television and Entertainment’s 2017 total operating expenses and is impacted by many factors, including the number of full-time equivalent employees, changes in the design and costs of the various employee benefit plans, the level of pay increases and our actions to reduce staffing levels. Programming expense represented 37% of Television and Entertainment’s 2017 total operating expenses. The level of programming expense is affected by the cost of programs available for purchase and the selection of programs aired by our television stations. Depreciation expense and amortization expense represented 3% and 10% of Television and Entertainment’s 2017 total operating expenses, respectively. Other expenses represented 17% of Television and Entertainment’s 2017 total operating expenses and are principally for sales and marketing activities, occupancy costs and other station operating expenses.
We use operating revenues and operating profit as ways to measure the financial performance of our business segments. In addition, we use audience and revenue share for our television stations, together with other factors, to measure our Television and Entertainment market shares and performance.
Our results of operations, when examined on a quarterly basis, reflect the historical seasonality of our advertising revenues. Typically, second and fourth quarter advertising revenues are higher than first and third quarter advertising revenues. Results for the second quarter usually reflect spring seasonal advertising, while the fourth quarter includes advertising related to the holiday season. In addition, our operating results are subject to fluctuations from political advertising as political spending is usually significantly higher in even numbered years due to advertising expenditures preceding local and national elections.
Significant Events
Sinclair Merger Agreement
On May 8, 2017, we entered into the Merger Agreement with Sinclair, providing for the acquisition by Sinclair of all of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock by means of a merger of Samson Merger Sub Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Sinclair, with and into Tribune Media Company, with Tribune Media Company surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Sinclair.
In the Merger, each share of our Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive (i) $35.00 in cash, without interest and less any required withholding taxes (such amount, the “Cash Consideration”), and (ii) 0.2300 (the “Exchange Ratio”) of a validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Sinclair Common Stock”), of Sinclair (the “Stock Consideration”, and together with the Cash

52


Consideration, the “Merger Consideration”). The Merger Agreement provides that each holder of an outstanding Tribune Media Company stock option (whether or not vested) will receive, for each share of our Common Stock subject to such stock option, a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the Merger Consideration (with the Stock Consideration valued over a specified period prior to the consummation of the Merger) and the exercise price per share of such option, without interest and less any required withholding taxes. Each outstanding Tribune Media Company restricted stock unit award will be converted into a cash-settled restricted stock unit award reflecting a number of shares of Sinclair Common Stock equal to the number of shares of our Common Stock subject to such award multiplied by a ratio equal to (a) the sum of (i) the Exchange Ratio plus (ii) the Cash Consideration divided by (b) the trading value of the Sinclair Common Stock over a specified period prior to the consummation of the Merger. Otherwise, each such award will continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as such award was subject prior to the Merger. Each outstanding Tribune Media Company performance stock unit (other than supplemental performance stock units) will automatically become vested at “target” level of performance and will be entitled to receive an amount of cash equal to (a) the number of shares of our Common Stock that are subject to such unit as so vested multiplied by (b) the sum of (i) the Cash Consideration and (ii) the Exchange Ratio multiplied by the trading value of the Sinclair Common Stock over a specified period prior to the consummation of the Merger without interest and less any required withholding taxes. Each holder of an outstanding Tribune Media Company supplemental performance stock unit that will vest in accordance with its existing terms will be entitled to receive an amount of cash equal to (a) the number of shares of our Common Stock that are subject to such unit as so vested multiplied by (b) the sum of (i) the Cash Consideration and (ii) the Exchange Ratio multiplied by the trading value of the Sinclair Common Stock over a specified period prior to the consummation of the Merger without interest and less any required withholding taxes. Any supplemental performance stock units that do not vest in accordance with their terms will be canceled without any consideration. Each holder of an outstanding Tribune Media Company deferred stock unit will be entitled to receive an amount of cash equal to (a) the number of shares of our Common Stock that are subject to such unit multiplied by (b) the sum of (i) the Cash Consideration and (ii) the Exchange Ratio multiplied by the trading value of the Sinclair Common Stock over a specified period prior to the consummation of the Merger without interest and subject to all applicable withholding. Each outstanding Tribune Media Company Warrant will become a warrant exercisable, at its current exercise price, for the Merger Consideration in respect of each share of our Common Stock subject to the Warrant prior to the Merger.
The consummation of the Merger is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain important conditions, including, among others: (i) the approval of the Merger by our stockholders, (ii) the receipt of approval from the FCC and the expiration or termination of the waiting period applicable to the Merger under the HSR Act, (iii) the effectiveness of a registration statement on Form S-4 registering the Sinclair Common Stock to be issued in connection with the Merger and no stop order or proceedings seeking the same having been initiated by the SEC, (iv) the listing of the Sinclair Common Stock to be issued in the Merger on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and (v) the absence of certain legal impediments to the consummation of the Merger.
On September 6, 2017, Sinclair’s registration statement on Form S-4 registering the Sinclair Common Stock to be issued in the Merger was declared effective by the SEC.
On October 19, 2017, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting as a single class, voted on and approved the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement at a duly called special meeting of Tribune Media Company shareholders.
The applications seeking FCC approval of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Applications”) were filed on June 26, 2017, and the FCC issued a public notice of the filing of the Applications and established a comment cycle on July 6, 2017. Several petitions to deny the Applications, and numerous other comments, both opposing and supporting the transaction, were filed in response to the public notice. Sinclair and us jointly filed an opposition to the petitions to deny on August 22, 2017 (the “Joint Opposition”). Petitioners and others filed replies to the Joint Opposition on August 29, 2017. On September 14, 2017, the FCC’s Media Bureau issued an RFI seeking additional information regarding certain matters discussed in the Applications. Sinclair submitted a response to the RFI on October 5, 2017. On October 18, 2017, the FCC’s Media Bureau issued a public notice pausing the FCC’s 180-day transaction review “shot-clock” for 15 days to afford interested parties an opportunity to comment on the response to the RFI. On January 11, 2018, the FCC’s Media Bureau issued a public

53


notice pausing the FCC’s shot-clock as of January 4, 2018 until Sinclair has filed amendments to the Applications along with divestiture applications and the FCC staff has had an opportunity to review any such submissions. On February 20, 2018, the parties filed an amendment to the Applications that, among other things, (1) requested authority under the Duopoly Rule for Sinclair to own two top four rated stations in each of three television markets and (2) identified stations (the “Divestiture Stations”) in 11 television markets that Sinclair proposes to divest in order for the Merger to comply with the Duopoly Rule and the National Television Multiple Ownership Rule. Concurrently, Sinclair filed applications proposing to place certain of the Divestiture Stations in an FCC-approved divestiture trust, if and as necessary, in order to facilitate the orderly divestiture of those stations following the consummation of the Merger.
On August 2, 2017, we received a request for additional information and documentary material, often referred to as a “second request,” from the DOJ in connection with the Merger Agreement. The second request was issued under the HSR Act. Sinclair received a substantively identical request for additional information and documentary material from the DOJ in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. Issuance of the second request extends the waiting period under the HSR Act until 30 days after we and Sinclair have substantially complied with the second request, unless the waiting period is terminated earlier by the DOJ or the parties voluntarily extend the time for closing. The parties entered into the DOJ Timing Agreement on September 15, 2017, by which they agreed not to consummate the Merger Agreement before December 31, 2017, or 60 days following the date on which both parties have certified compliance with the second request, whichever is later. In addition, the parties agreed to provide the DOJ with 10 calendar days notice prior to consummating the Merger Agreement. The DOJ Timing Agreement has been amended twice, on October 30, 2017, to extend the date before which the parties may not consummate the Merger Agreement to January 30, 2018, and on January 27, 2018, to extend that date to February 11, 2018. The DOJ Timing Agreement thus currently provides that the parties will not consummate the Merger Agreement before February 11, 2018, or 60 days following the date on which both parties have certified compliance with the second request, whichever is later, and that the parties will provide the DOJ with 10 days notice before consummating the Merger Agreement.
Sinclair’s and our respective obligation to consummate the Merger are also subject to certain additional customary conditions, including (i) material accuracy of representations and warranties in the Merger Agreement of the other party, (ii) performance by the other party of its covenants in the Merger Agreement in all material respects and (iii) since the date of the Merger Agreement, no material adverse effect with respect to the other party having occurred.
If the Merger Agreement is terminated (i) by either us or Sinclair because the Merger has not occurred by the end date described below or (ii) by Sinclair in respect of a willful breach of our covenants or agreements that would give rise to the failure of a closing condition that is incapable of being cured within the time periods prescribed by the Merger Agreement, and an alternative acquisition proposal has been made to us and publicly announced and not withdrawn prior to the termination, and within twelve months after termination of the Merger Agreement, we enter into a definitive agreement with respect to an alternative acquisition proposal (and subsequently consummate such transaction) or consummate a transaction with respect to an alternative acquisition proposal, we will pay Sinclair $135.5 million less Sinclair’s costs and expenses paid.
In addition to the foregoing termination rights, either party may terminate the Merger Agreement if the Merger is not consummated on or before May 8, 2018, with an automatic extension to August 8, 2018, if necessary to obtain regulatory approval under circumstances specified in the Merger Agreement.
Tax Reform
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Reform”) was signed into law. Under ASC Topic 740, the effects of Tax Reform are recognized in the period of enactment and as such are recorded in the fourth quarter of 2017. We are in the process of analyzing certain provisions of Tax Reform including but not limited to the repeal of the domestic production activities deduction and changes to the deductibility of executive compensation. Consistent with the guidance under ASC Topic 740, and subject to Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 118, which provides for a measurement period to complete the accounting for certain elements of Tax Reform, we recorded the provisional

54


impact from the enactment of Tax Reform in the fourth quarter of 2017. As a result of Tax Reform, we recorded a provisional discrete net tax benefit of $256 million, primarily due to a remeasurement of the net deferred tax liabilities resulting from the decrease in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. Further impacts of Tax Reform may be reflected in future quarters upon issuance of clarifications to existing law or additional technical guidance from the Department of Treasury and the completion of our tax return filings. Tax Reform also provided for a one-time deemed mandatory repatriation of post-1986 undistributed foreign subsidiary earnings and profits (“E&P”) through the year ended December 31, 2017. We do not have any net accumulated E&P in our foreign subsidiaries and therefore are not subject to tax for the year ended December 31, 2017. Further, we have analyzed the effects of new taxes due on certain foreign income, such as global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”), base-erosion anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”), foreign-derived intangible income (“FDII”) and limitations on interest expense deductions (if certain conditions apply) that are effective starting in fiscal 2018. We have determined that these new provisions are not applicable to us.
Sale of Digital and Data Business
On December 19, 2016, we entered into the Gracenote SPA with Nielsen to sell equity interest in substantially all of the Digital and Data business for $560 million in cash, subject to certain purchase price adjustments. We completed the Gracenote Sale on January 31, 2017 and received gross proceeds of $581 million. In the second quarter of 2017, we received additional proceeds of $3 million as a result of purchase price adjustments. In the year ended December 31, 2017, we recognized a pretax gain of $33 million as a result of the Gracenote Sale. The Digital and Data segment consisted of several businesses focused on collection, creation and distribution of data and innovation in unique services and recognition technology that used data, including Gracenote Video, Gracenote Music and Gracenote Sports. On February 1, 2017, we used $400 million of proceeds from the Gracenote Sale to prepay a portion of our Term Loan Facility. Furthermore, in connection with the Gracenote Sale, we entered into a transition services agreement and a reverse transition services agreement that govern the relationships between Nielsen and us following the Gracenote Sale. The transition services agreement was extended through March 31, 2018, however, upon mutual agreement between the Company and Nielsen, it may be extended further. See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information.
Special Cash Dividends
On February 3, 2017 and April 9, 2015, we paid special cash dividends of $5.77 per share and $6.73 per share to holders of record of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock at the close of business on January 13, 2017 and March 25, 2015, respectively. The total aggregate payments on February 3, 2017 and April 9, 2015 totaled $499 million and $649 million, respectively, including payments to holders of Warrants. Under the Merger Agreement, we may not pay dividends other than quarterly dividends of $0.25 or less per share.

55


Discontinued Operations
Results of operations for Digital and Data businesses included in the Gracenote Sale are presented in discontinued operations in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for all periods presented. Summarized results of our discontinued operations are as follows (in thousands):
 
Year Ended
 
 
 
Operating revenues
$
18,168

 
$
225,903

 
$
209,964

Direct operating expenses
7,292

 
75,457

 
59,789

Selling, general and administrative
15,349

 
110,713

 
104,968

Depreciation (2)

 
13,584

 
9,735

Amortization (2)

 
29,999

 
28,826

Operating (loss) profit
(4,473
)
 
(3,850
)
 
6,646

Interest income
16

 
96

 
109

Interest expense (3)
(1,261
)
 
(15,317
)
 
(15,843
)
Other non-operating gain, net

 

 
912

Loss before income taxes
(5,718
)
 
(19,071
)
 
(8,176
)
Pretax gain on the disposal of discontinued operations
33,492

 

 

Total pretax income (loss) on discontinued operations
27,774

 
(19,071
)
 
(8,176
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (4)
13,354

 
53,723

 
(3,595
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
$
14,420

 
$
(72,794
)
 
$
(4,581
)
 
(1)
Results of operations for the Gracenote Companies are reflected through January 31, 2017, the date of the Gracenote Sale.
(2)
No depreciation expense or amortization expense was recorded by us in 2017 as the Gracenote Companies’ assets were held for sale as of December 31, 2016.
(3)
We used $400 million of proceeds from the Gracenote Sale to prepay a portion of our outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility. Interest expense associated with our outstanding Term Loan Facility was allocated to discontinued operations based on the ratio of the $400 million prepayment to the total outstanding indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility in effect in each respective period.
(4)
In the fourth quarter of 2016, as a result of meeting all criteria under ASC Topic 205, “Presentation of Financial Statements,” to classify Gracenote Companies as discontinued operations, we recorded tax expense of $62 million to increase our deferred tax liability for the outside basis difference related to the Gracenote Companies included in the Gracenote Sale. This charge was required to be recorded in the period we signed a definitive agreement to divest the business. Exclusive of the $62 million charge described above, the effective tax rates on pretax income from discontinued operations was 48.1%, 45.0% and 44.0% for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, respectively. These rates differ from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the impact of certain nondeductible transaction costs, state income taxes (net of federal benefit), foreign tax rate differences and other adjustments.
The results of discontinued operations include selling and transaction costs, including legal and professional fees incurred by us to complete the Gracenote Sale, of $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
The net assets of discontinued operations included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2016, totaled $521 million, as further described in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
The Gracenote SPA provides for indemnification against specified losses and damages which became effective upon completion of the transaction. We do not expect to incur material costs in connection with these indemnifications. We have no material contingent liabilities relating to the Gracenote Sale as of December 31, 2017.

56


Monetization of Real Estate Assets
In the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we sold several properties for net pretax proceeds totaling $144 million and $506 million, respectively, and recognized a net pretax gain of $29 million and $213 million, respectively. Our real estate sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 were not material. We define net proceeds as pretax cash proceeds on the sale of properties, net of associated selling costs. See Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements for details on real estate sales for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017.
FCC Spectrum Auction
On April 13, 2017, the FCC announced the conclusion of the incentive auction, the results of the reverse and forward auction and the repacking of broadcast television spectrum. We participated in the auction and have received approximately $191 million in pretax proceeds (including $26 million of proceeds received by a Dreamcatcher station) as of December 31, 2017. The proceeds reflect the FCC’s acceptance of one or more bids placed by us or channel share partners of television stations owned or operated by us during the auction to modify and/or surrender spectrum used by certain of such bidder’s television stations. We used $102 million of after-tax proceeds to prepay a portion of our Term Loan Facility. After-tax proceeds of $12.6 million received by a Dreamcatcher station were used to prepay a substantial portion of the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility. FCC licenses with a carrying value of $39 million are included in assets held for sale as of December 31, 2017. We received $172 million in gross pretax proceeds for these licenses as part of the FCC spectrum auction and expect to recognize a net pretax gain of $133 million in the first quarter of 2018 related to the surrender of the spectrum of television stations in January 2018. We also received $84 million of pretax proceeds for sharing arrangements whereby we will provide hosting services to the counterparties. Additionally, we paid $66 million of proceeds to counterparties who will host certain of our television stations under sharing arrangements. Twenty-two of our television stations (including WTTK, which operates as a satellite station of WTTV) will be required to change frequencies or otherwise modify their operations as a result of the repacking, as further described in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements. In doing so, the stations could incur substantial conversion costs, reduction or loss of over-the-air signal coverage or an inability to provide high definition programming and additional program streams. The legislation authorizing the incentive auction provides the FCC with a $1.750 billion fund to reimburse reasonable capital costs and expenses incurred by stations that are reassigned to new channels in the repacking. We expect that the reimbursements from the FCC’s special fund will cover the majority of our capital costs and expenses related to the repacking. However, we cannot currently predict the effect of the repacking, whether the special fund will be sufficient to reimburse all of our expenses related to the repacking, the timing of reimbursements or any spectrum-related FCC regulatory action.
Chapter 11 Reorganization
On December 8, 2008 (the “Petition Date”) the Debtors filed voluntary petitions for relief (collectively, the “Chapter 11 Petitions”) under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court. As further defined and described in Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements, a plan of reorganization for the Debtors became effective and the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 on December 31, 2012 (the “Effective Date”). The Bankruptcy Court has entered final decrees that have collectively closed 106 of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases. The remaining Debtors’ Chapter 11 proceedings continue to be jointly administered under the caption In re: Tribune Media Company, et al., Case No.08-13141.
From the Petition Date and until the Effective Date, the Debtors operated their businesses as “debtors-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and applicable orders of the Bankruptcy Court. In general, as debtors-in-possession, the Debtors were authorized under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code to continue to operate as ongoing businesses, but could not engage in transactions outside the ordinary course of business without the prior approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

57


On the Effective Date, all of the conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Plan were satisfied or waived, the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11, and the settlements, agreements and transactions contemplated by the Plan to be effected on the Effective Date were implemented, including, among other things, the appointment of a new board of directors and the initiation of distributions to creditors. As a result, our ownership changed from the ESOP to certain of our creditors on the Effective Date. On January 17, 2013, our Board of Directors appointed a chairman of the board and a new chief executive officer. Such appointments were effective immediately.
Since the Effective Date, we have substantially consummated the various transactions contemplated under the Plan. In particular, we have made all distributions of cash, Common Stock and Warrants that were required to be made under the terms of the Plan to creditors holding allowed claims as of December 31, 2012. Claims of general unsecured creditors that become allowed claims on or after the Effective Date have been or will be paid on the next quarterly distribution date after such allowance. At December 31, 2017, restricted cash held by us to satisfy the remaining claims obligations was $18 million and is estimated to be sufficient to satisfy such obligations. If the aggregate allowed amount of the remaining claims exceeds the restricted cash held for satisfying such claims, we will be required to satisfy the allowed claims from our cash on hand from operations. See Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the Chapter 11 proceedings.
Secured Credit Facility
On December 27, 2013, in connection with our acquisition of Local TV, we as borrower, along with certain of our operating subsidiaries as guarantors, entered into a $4.073 billion secured credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”) (the “Secured Credit Facility”). The Secured Credit Facility consists of the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility. The proceeds of the Term Loan Facility were used to pay the purchase price for Local TV and refinance the existing indebtedness of Local TV and the Term Loan Exit Facility. On June 24, 2015, we, the Guarantors (as defined below) and JPMorgan, as administrative agent, entered into an amendment (the “Amendment”) to the Secured Credit Facility. Prior to the Amendment and the Prepayment (as defined below), $3.479 billion of term loans (the “Former Term Loans”) were outstanding under the Secured Credit Facility. Pursuant to the Amendment, certain lenders under the Secured Credit Facility converted their Former Term Loans into the new tranche of term loans (the “Converted Term B Loans”), along with term loans advanced by certain new lenders, of $1.802 billion (the “New Term B Loans” and, together with the Converted Term B Loans, the “Term B Loans”). The proceeds of Term B Loans advanced by the new lenders were used to prepay in full all of the Former Term Loans that were not converted into Term B Loans. In addition, we used the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes (as defined below), together with cash on hand, to prepay (the “Prepayment”) $1.100 billion of Term B Loans. After giving effect to the Amendment and all prepayments contemplated thereby (including the Prepayment), there were $2.379 billion of Term B Loans outstanding under the Secured Credit Facility. All amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facility are due and payable on December 27, 2020. We may repay the term loans at any time without premium penalty, subject to certain breakage costs. Availability under the Revolving Credit Facility will terminate, and all amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility will be due and payable on December 27, 2018, but we may repay outstanding loans under the Revolving Credit Facility at any time without premium or penalty, subject to breakage costs in certain circumstances. We recorded a loss of $37 million on the extinguishment of the Former Term Loans in our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 as a portion of the facility was considered extinguished for accounting purposes.
Our obligations under the Secured Credit Facility are guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”). The Secured Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of our personal property and assets and those of the Guarantors, subject to certain exceptions. The Secured Credit Facility contains customary limitations, including, among other things, on the ability of us and our subsidiaries to incur indebtedness and liens, sell assets, make investments and pay dividends to our shareholders.
The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Facility are available for working capital and other purposes not prohibited under the Secured Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility includes borrowing capacity for letters

58


of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as “swingline loans.” Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of defaults and accuracy of representations and warranties. Under the terms of the Secured Credit Facility, the amount of the Term Loan Facility and/or the Revolving Credit Facility may be increased and/or one or more additional term or revolving facilities may be added to the Secured Credit Facility by entering into one or more incremental facilities, subject to a cap equal to the greater of (x) $1.000 billion and (y) the maximum amount that would not cause our net first lien senior secured leverage ratio (treating debt incurred in reliance of this basket as secured on a first lien basis whether or not so secured), as determined pursuant to the terms of the Secured Credit Facility, to exceed 4.50:1.00, subject to certain conditions. See Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information and significant terms and conditions associated with the Secured Credit Facility, including but not limited to interest rates, repayment terms, fees, restrictions, and affirmative and negative covenants. The Secured Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of our and our domestic subsidiaries’ personal property and assets, subject to certain exceptions. Our obligations under the Secured Credit Facility are guaranteed by all of our wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, other than the Guarantors.
On January 27, 2017, we, the Subsidiary Guarantors, JPMorgan, as administrative agent and certain extending lenders, entered into an amendment (the “2017 Amendment”) to the Company’s First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2013 (as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 24, 2015, the “Existing Credit Agreement”) and its Security Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2013 (as supplemented from time to time, the “Security Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, (i) certain term lenders under the term loan facility (the “Secured Credit Facility”) under the Existing Credit Agreement converted a portion (the “Term B Loans”) of their term loans outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the 2017 Amendment (the “Existing Term Loans”) into a new tranche of term loans in an aggregate amount (after giving effect to the Term Loan Increase Supplement (as defined below)) of approximately $1.761 billion (the “Term C Loans”), electing to extend the maturity date of the Term C Loans from December 27, 2020 to the earlier of (A) January 27, 2024 and (B) solely to the extent that more than $600 million in aggregate principal amount of the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 remain outstanding on such date, the date that is 91 days prior to July 15, 2022 (as such date may be extended from time to time) and (ii) certain revolving lenders under the revolving credit facility under the Existing Credit Agreement (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) converted all of their revolving commitments into a new tranche of revolving commitments (the “New Initial Revolving Credit Commitments”), electing to extend the maturity date of the New Initial Revolving Credit Commitments from December 27, 2018 to January 27, 2022. See Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the 2017 Amendment and significant terms and conditions associated with the Secured Credit Facility, including, but not limited to, interest rates, repayment terms, fees, restrictions, and affirmative and negative covenants.
On January 27, 2017, immediately following effectiveness of the 2017 Amendment, we increased (A) the amount of our Term C Loans pursuant to an Increase Supplement (the “Term Loan Increase Supplement”) between us and the term lender party thereto and (B) the amount of commitments under our Revolving Credit Facility from $300 million to $420 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility Increase”), pursuant to (i) an Increase Supplement, among us and certain existing revolving lenders and (ii) a Lender Joinder Agreement, among us, a new revolving lender and JPMorgan, as administrative agent.
On January 31, 2017, we completed the Gracenote Sale and received gross proceeds of $581 million. On February 1, 2017, we used $400 million of proceeds from the Gracenote Sale to prepay a portion of our Term B Loans (as defined below). In the first quarter of 2017, as a result of the $400 million prepayment and the 2017 Amendment (as defined below), we recorded a charge of $19 million on the extinguishment and modification of debt. In the third quarter of 2017, we used after-tax proceeds of $102 million from our participation in the FCC spectrum auction to prepay a portion of the Term Loan Facility and as a result recorded charges of $1 million on the extinguishment of debt.
5.875% Senior Notes due 2022
On June 22, 2017, we announced that we received consents from 93.23% of holders of the Notes outstanding as of the record date of June 12, 2017 to effect certain proposed amendments to the indenture governing the Notes,

59


dated as of June 24, 2015 (the Indenture). We undertook the consent solicitation (the “Consent Solicitation”) at the request and expense of Sinclair in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. In conjunction with receiving the requisite consents, on June 22, 2017, we, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee for the Notes (the “Trustee”), entered into the fourth supplemental indenture (the “Fourth Supplemental Indenture) to the Indenture to effect the proposed amendments to (i) eliminate any requirement for us to make a “Change of Control Offer” (as defined in the Indenture) to holders of the Notes in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (ii) clarify the treatment under the Indenture of the proposed structure of the Merger and to facilitate the integration of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Notes with and into Sinclair’s debt capital structure, and (iii) eliminate the expense associated with producing and filing with the SEC separate financial reports for Sinclair Television Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sinclair, as successor issuer of the Notes, if Sinclair or any other parent entity of the successor issuer of the Notes, in its sole discretion, provides an unconditional guarantee of the payment obligations of the successor issuer under the Notes (collectively, the “Amendments”). The Fourth Supplemental Indenture became effective immediately upon execution, but the Amendments will not become operative until immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger. See Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information and significant terms and conditions associated with the Notes, including but not limited to repayment terms, fees, restrictions, and affirmative and negative covenants.
Dreamcatcher Credit Facility
In the third quarter of 2017, we used $12.6 million of after-tax proceeds from the FCC spectrum auction to prepay the obligations of Dreamcatcher under its senior secured credit facility (the “Dreamcatcher Credit Facility”). The debt extinguishment charge associated with this prepayment was immaterial. We made the final payment to pay off the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility in full in September 2017.
Newsday and Chicago Cubs Transactions
As further described in Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements, we consummated the closing of the Newsday Transactions on July 29, 2008. As a result of these transactions, CSC Holdings, LLC (“CSC”), formerly CSC Holdings, Inc., through NMG Holdings, Inc., owned approximately 97% and we owned approximately 3% of Newsday Holdings LLC (“NHLLC”). The fair market value of the contributed Newsday Media Group business’ (“NMG”) net assets exceeded their tax basis and did not result in an immediate taxable gain because the transaction was structured to comply with the partnership provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) and related regulations. On September 2, 2015, we sold our 3% interest in Newsday. Through December 31, 2015 we made approximately $136 million of federal and state tax payments through our regular tax reporting process which included $101 million that became payable upon closing of the sale of the Newsday partnership interest as further described in Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
In March 2013, the IRS issued its audit report on our federal income tax return for 2008 which concluded that the gain should have been included in our 2008 taxable income. Accordingly, the IRS proposed a $190 million tax and a $38 million accuracy-related penalty. We disagreed with the IRS’s position and timely filed our protest in response to the IRS’s proposed tax adjustments. In addition, if the IRS prevailed, we also would have been subject to state income taxes, interest and penalties.
During the second quarter of 2016, as a result of extensive discussions with the IRS administrative appeals division, we reevaluated our tax litigation position related to the Newsday transaction and re-measured the cumulative most probable outcome of such proceedings. As a result, during the second quarter of 2016, we recorded a $102 million charge which was reflected as a $125 million current income tax reserve and a $23 million reduction in deferred income tax liabilities. The income tax reserve included federal and state taxes, interest and penalties while the deferred income tax benefit is primarily related to deductible interest expense. In connection with the potential resolution of the matter, we also recorded $91 million of income tax expense to increase our deferred income tax liability to reflect the estimated reduction in the tax basis of our assets. The reduction in tax basis is required to reflect the expected negotiated reduction in the amount of the Company’s guarantee of the Newsday

60


partnership debt which was included in the reported tax basis previously determined upon emergence from bankruptcy. During the third quarter of 2016, we reached an agreement with the IRS administrative appeals division regarding the Newsday transaction which applies for tax years 2008 through 2015. The terms of the agreement reached with the IRS appeals office were materially consistent with our reserve at June 30, 2016. In connection with the final agreement, we also recorded an income tax benefit of $3 million to adjust the previously recorded estimate of the deferred tax liability adjustment described above. During the fourth quarter of 2016, we recorded an additional $1 million of income tax expense primarily related to the additional accrual of interest. During the second half of 2016, we paid $122 million of federal taxes, state taxes (net of state refunds), interest and penalties. The remaining $4 million of state liabilities are included in the income taxes payable account in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.
As further described in Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements, we consummated the closing of the Chicago Cubs Transactions on October 27, 2009. As a result of these transactions, Ricketts Acquisition LLC owns 95% and we own 5% of the membership interests in New Cubs LLC. The fair market value of the contributed assets exceeded the tax basis and did not result in an immediate taxable gain because the transaction was structured to comply with the partnership provisions of the IRC and related regulations. On June 28, 2016, the IRS issued to us a Notice of Deficiency (“Notice”) which presents the IRS’s position that the gain should have been included in our 2009 taxable income. Accordingly, the IRS has proposed a $182 million tax and a $73 million gross valuation misstatement penalty. In addition, after-tax interest on the aforementioned proposed tax and penalty through December 31, 2017 would be approximately $63 million. We continue to disagree with the IRS’s position that the transaction generated a taxable gain in 2009, the proposed penalty and the IRS’s calculation of the gain. During the third quarter of 2016, we filed a petition in U.S. Tax Court to contest the IRS’s determination. We continue to pursue resolution of this disputed tax matter with the IRS. If the IRS prevails in their position, the gain on the Chicago Cubs Transactions would be deemed to be taxable in 2009. We estimate that the federal and state income taxes would be approximately $225 million before interest and penalties. Any tax, interest and penalty due will be offset by tax payments made relating to this transaction subsequent to 2009. As of December 31, 2017, we have paid or accrued approximately $53 million of federal and state tax payments through our regular tax reporting process. We do not maintain any tax reserves relating to the Chicago Cubs Transactions. In accordance with ASC Topic 740, our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 include a deferred tax liability of $96 million and $158 million, respectively, related to the future recognition of taxable income related to the Chicago Cubs Transactions.
CareerBuilder
On September 7, 2016, TEGNA announced that it began evaluating strategic alternatives, including a possible sale, for CareerBuilder. In 2017, we recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges totaling $181 million to write down our investment in CareerBuilder prior to the sale. The impairment charges resulted from declines in the fair value of the investment that we determined to be other than temporary.
On June 19, 2017, TEGNA announced that it entered into an agreement (the “CareerBuilder Sale Agreement”), together with the other owners of CareerBuilder, including us, to sell a majority interest in CareerBuilder to an investor group led by investment funds managed by affiliates of Apollo Global Management, LLC and the Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board. The transaction closed on July 31, 2017 and we received cash of $158 million, which included an excess cash distribution of $16 million. We recognized a gain on sale of $4 million in 2017. As a result of the sale, our ownership in CareerBuilder declined from 32% to approximately 7%, on a fully diluted basis. As of December 31, 2017, our ownership interest in CareerBuilder was approximately 6% on a fully diluted basis (including CareerBuilder employees’ unvested equity awards).
Employee Reductions
We recorded pretax charges, mainly consisting of employee severance costs, associated termination benefits and related expenses totaling $5 million, $10 million and $5 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These

61


charges are included in direct operating expenses or selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”), as appropriate, in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The following table summarizes these severance and related charges included in income (loss) from continuing operations by business segment for 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Television and Entertainment
$
4,367

 
$
9,228

 
$
2,317

Corporate and Other
372

 
1,178

 
2,959

Total
$
4,739

 
$
10,406

 
$
5,276

Severance and related expenses included in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes totaled $0.5 million and $1 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The accrued liability for severance and related expenses was $5 million and $9 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
Non-Operating Items
Non-operating items for 2017, 2016 and 2015 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Loss on extinguishments and modification of debt
$
(20,487
)
 
$

 
$
(37,040
)
Gain on investment transactions, net
8,131

 

 
12,173

Write-downs of investments
(193,494
)
 

 

Other non-operating gain, net
71

 
5,427

 
7,228

Total non-operating (loss) gain, net
$
(205,779
)
 
$
5,427

 
$
(17,639
)
Non-operating items for 2017 included a $20 million pretax loss on the extinguishments and modification of debt. The loss included a write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $7 million and an unamortized discount of $2 million as a portion of the Term Loan Facility was considered extinguished for accounting purposes as well as an expense of $12 million of third party fees as a portion of the Term Loan Facility was considered a modification transaction under ASC 470, “Debt.” Gain on investment transactions, net included a pretax gain of $5 million from the sale of our tronc shares and a pretax gain of $4 million from the partial sale of CareerBuilder. Write-downs of investments included non-cash pretax impairment charges of $193 million to write down our investments in CareerBuilder (as further described above) and Dose Media, LLC (“Dose Media”) as well as one of our cost method investments.
Non-operating items for 2016 included a $5 million non-cash favorable workers’ compensation reserve adjustment related to businesses divested by the Company in prior years.
Non-operating items in 2015 included a $37 million pretax loss on the extinguishment of the Former Term Loans, which includes the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and discounts, as further described in Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements. Gain on investment transactions, net in 2015 included a pretax gain of $8 million for an additional cash distribution from CV pursuant to the collection of a contingent receivable subsequent to our sale of our interest in CV and a pretax gain of $3 million on the sale of our 3% interest in NHLLC on September 2, 2015. See Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information on the sale of NHLLC. Other non-operating items in 2015 included a $9 million non-cash favorable workers’ compensation reserve adjustment related to businesses divested by us in prior years and a $2 million non-cash pretax charge to write off a convertible note receivable resulting from a decline in the fair value of the convertible note receivable that we determined to be other than temporary.

62


Results of Operations
As described under “—Significant Events—Digital and Data Sale,” on December 19, 2016, we entered into the Gracenote SPA with Nielsen to sell equity interest in substantially all of the Digital and Data business. As a result, the historical results of operations for businesses included in the Gracenote Sale are reported in discontinued operations for 2017, 2016 and 2015. The following discussion of our annual results of operations only relates to our continuing operations, unless otherwise noted.
Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2016, the Television and Entertainment reportable segment includes the operations of Covers, a business-to-consumer website, which was previously included in the Digital and Data reportable segment. Beginning in fiscal 2015, the Television and Entertainment reportable segment includes our Screener entertainment website business, which was previously included in the Digital and Data reportable segment. Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation; the impact of this reclassification was immaterial.
On April 16, 2015, our Board of Directors approved the change of our fiscal year end from the last Sunday in December of each year to December 31 of each year and to change our fiscal quarter end to the last calendar day of each quarter. This change in fiscal year end was effective with the second fiscal quarter of 2015, which ended on June 30, 2015. As a result of this change, the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 has two less days compared to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015. The disparity in days had an impact on our consolidated operating revenues, operating expenses and operating profit (loss) of approximately 1%.
For the Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2017
CONSOLIDATED
Our consolidated operating results for 2017, 2016 and 2015 are shown in the table below.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change
(in thousands)
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
17-16
 
16-15
Operating revenues
$
1,848,959

 
$
1,947,930

 
$
1,801,967

 
-5
 %
 
+8
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Before impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets
$
108,468

 
$
436,974

 
$
115,665

 
-75
 %
 
*

Impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets

 
(3,400
)
 
(385,000
)
 
-100
 %
 
-99
 %
After impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets
$
108,468

 
$
433,574

 
$
(269,335
)
 
-75
 %
 
*

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income on equity investments, net
$
137,362

 
$
148,156

 
$
146,959

 
-7
 %
 
+1
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
$
183,077

 
$
87,040

 
$
(315,337
)
 
*

 
*

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
$
14,420

 
$
(72,794
)
 
$
(4,581
)
 
*

 
*

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to Tribune Media Company
$
194,119

 
$
14,246

 
$
(319,918
)
 
*

 
*

 
*
Represents positive or negative change in excess of 100%

63


Operating Revenues and Profit (Loss)—Consolidated operating revenues and operating profit (loss) by business segment were as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change
(in thousands)
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
17-16
 
16-15
Operating revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Television and Entertainment
$
1,835,423

 
$
1,909,896

 
$
1,752,542

 
-4
 %
 
+9
 %
Corporate and Other
13,536

 
38,034

 
49,425

 
-64
 %
 
-23
 %
Total operating revenues
$
1,848,959

 
$
1,947,930

 
$
1,801,967

 
-5
 %
 
+8
 %
Operating profit (loss)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Television and Entertainment:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

Before impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets
$
196,100

 
$
328,237

 
$
209,860

 
-40
 %
 
+56
 %
Impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets

 
(3,400
)
 
(385,000
)
 
-100
 %
 
-99
 %
After impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets
196,100

 
324,837

 
(175,140
)
 
-40
 %
 
*

Corporate and Other
(87,632
)
 
108,737

 
(94,195
)
 
*

 
*

Total operating profit (loss)
$
108,468

 
$
433,574

 
$
(269,335
)
 
-75
 %
 
*

 
*
Represents positive or negative change in excess of 100%
2017 compared to 2016
Consolidated operating revenues decreased 5%, or $99 million, in 2017 primarily due to a decrease of $74 million in Television and Entertainment revenues driven by lower advertising and other revenue, partially offset by higher retransmission revenue and carriage fees. Additionally, Corporate and Other revenues declined by $24 million primarily due to the loss of revenue from real estate properties sold in 2016 and 2017. Consolidated operating profit was $108 million in 2017 compared to $434 million in 2016, representing a decrease of $325 million primarily due to a $185 million decline in gains recorded on the sales of real estate from $213 million in 2016 to $29 million in 2017 and lower Television and Entertainment operating profit. Television and Entertainment operating profit decreased due to lower revenues and higher programming expenses partly resulting from a $43 million increase in program impairment charges. Programming expenses included a program impairment charge of $80 million for the syndicated programs Elementary and Person of Interest at WGN America in 2017 compared to a program impairment charge of $37 million in 2016 for the syndicated program Elementary at WGN America.
2016 compared to 2015
Consolidated operating revenues increased 8%, or $146 million, in 2016 primarily due to an increase of $157 million in Television and Entertainment revenues, driven by higher advertising revenue, retransmission revenue and carriage fees, partially offset by lower other revenue and a decrease of $11 million in Corporate and Other primarily due to the loss of revenue from real estate properties sold in 2016. Consolidated operating profit was $434 million in 2016, which included an impairment charge of $3 million related to other intangible assets, compared to an operating loss of $269 million in 2015, which included an impairment charge of $385 million related to goodwill and other intangible assets. Consolidated operating profit before impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets was $437 million in 2016 compared to $116 million in 2015, representing an increase of $321 million primarily due to $213 million of gains recorded on the sales of real estate. Additionally, Television and Entertainment operating profit increased primarily due to higher revenues and lower programming expenses partly due to lower impairment charges. Programming expenses included a program impairment charge of $37 million in 2016 for the syndicated program Elementary at WGN America compared to a program impairment charge of $74 million in 2015 for the syndicated programs Person of Interest and Elementary at WGN America.

64


Operating Expenses—Consolidated operating expenses were as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change
(in thousands)
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
17-16
 
16-15
Programming
$
604,068

 
$
515,738

 
$
535,799

 
+17
 %
 
-4
 %
Direct operating expenses
391,770

 
390,595

 
376,383

 
 %
 
+4
 %
Selling, general and administrative
550,193

 
592,220

 
543,065

 
-7
 %
 
+9
 %
Depreciation
56,314

 
58,825

 
64,554

 
-4
 %
 
-9
 %
Amortization
166,679

 
166,664

 
166,404

 
 %
 
 %
(Gain) loss on sales of real estate, net
(28,533
)
 
(213,086
)
 
97

 
-87
 %
 
*

Total operating expenses before impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets
1,740,491

 
1,510,956

 
1,686,302

 
+15
 %
 
-10
 %
Impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets

 
3,400

 
385,000

 
-100
 %
 
-99
 %
Total operating expenses
$
1,740,491

 
$
1,514,356

 
$
2,071,302

 
+15
 %
 
-27
 %
 
*
Represents positive or negative change in excess of 100%
2017 compared to 2016
Programming expenses, which represented 33% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 26% for the year ended December 31, 2016, increased 17%, or $88 million, due largely to a $43 million increase in program impairment charges and a total of $19 million of expense related to a shift in programming strategy at WGN America in the second quarter of 2017. This includes cancellation costs for Outsiders and Underground and the associated accelerated amortization of remaining programming assets for both shows as well as the write-off of certain other capitalized program development projects. The remaining increase was due to higher network affiliate fees of $27 million and $7 million of higher amortization of license fees primarily related to airing higher cost feature presentations on WGN America.
Direct operating expenses, which represented 21% of revenues in the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 20% for the year ended December 31, 2016, were essentially flat as a $2 million increase in compensation expense at Television and Entertainment was mostly offset by declines in other direct operating expenses.
SG&A expenses, which represented 30% of revenues in both of the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, decreased 7%, or $42 million, due mainly to lower other expenses and outside services expense. Outside services expense decreased 6%, or $5 million, driven by a $12 million decrease in professional fees primarily related to technology, a $3 million decrease in costs for operating websites and a $3 million decrease in costs associated with real estate sold in 2016, partially offset by a $14 million increase in professional and legal fees primarily associated with the Merger. Other expenses decreased 15%, or $35 million, primarily due to a $13 million decline in promotion expense, a $13 million decline in real estate impairment charges, a $2 million decrease in bad debt write-offs and a $9 million decrease in real estate taxes and other costs associated with real estate sold in 2016.
Gain on sales of real estate, net of $29 million for 2017 primarily related to the sales of our properties in Costa Mesa, CA and Ft. Lauderdale, FL, as further described in Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
Depreciation expense fell 4%, or $3 million, in 2017. The decrease is primarily due to lower levels of depreciable property. Amortization expense remained flat in 2017.

65


2016 compared to 2015
Programming expenses, which represented 26% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 30% for the year ended December 31, 2015, decreased 4%, or $20 million, due primarily to a $37 million decline in program impairment charges and a $20 million reduction in outside production costs, partially offset by higher network affiliate fees of $29 million and higher amortization of license fees of $6 million.
Direct operating expenses, which represented 20% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 21% for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased 4%, or $14 million. Compensation expense increased 2%, or $6 million, primarily at Television and Entertainment driven by higher direct pay and benefit costs. All other direct operating expenses increased 13%, or $8 million, primarily due to the absence of a $6 million payment received in the first quarter of 2015 related to the settlement of a music license fee class action lawsuit and an increase of $2 million in costs of operating the websites and mobile applications of our television stations.
SG&A expenses, which represented 30% of revenues for both years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, increased 9%, or $49 million, due mainly to higher compensation, promotion expenses, outside services and other expenses. Compensation expense increased $16 million due to a $5 million increase in severance related to employee reductions, a $6 million increase at Television and Entertainment driven by merit increases and a $3 million increase in stock-based compensation. Promotion expense increased 11%, or $12 million, primarily for first run original programs and syndicated programs airing on WGN America, increased advertising related to the DISH Network blackout and increased sales research services. Outside services expense increased 18%, or $14 million, primarily due to a $6 million increase in costs of operating the websites and mobile applications of our television stations resulting in higher digital revenues, a $4 million increase in professional and legal fees and a $5 million increase for license fees related to technology application implementations. Other expenses increased primarily due to an $8 million increase in impairment charges associated with certain real estate properties from $7 million in 2015 to $15 million in 2016.
Gain on sales of real estate, net of $213 million for 2016 primarily related to the sales of Tribune Tower, the LA Times Property and the Olympic Printing Plant facility.
Depreciation expense fell 9%, or $6 million, in 2016. The decrease is primarily due to property sales and the real estate properties held for sale which are no longer depreciable. Amortization expense remained flat in 2016.
During the fourth quarter of 2016, we recorded non-cash impairment charges of $3 million related to the impairment of FCC licenses at two of our television stations. During the fourth quarter of 2015, we recorded non-cash impairment charges of $385 million at Television and Entertainment, consisting of a $381 million charge related to the impairment of goodwill at the cable reporting unit and a $4 million charge related to the impairment of an FCC license at one of our televisions stations (see Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information).
Income (Loss) From Discontinued Operations, Net of Taxes—The results of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 include the operating results of the Digital and Data businesses included in the Gracenote Sale. Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes in 2017 totaled $14 million, including a pretax gain on the sale of $33 million, compared to a loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes in 2016 and 2015 of $73 million and $5 million, respectively. Interest expense allocated to discontinued operations totaled $1 million, $15 million and $16 million for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The results of discontinued operations also include transaction costs, including legal and professional fees, incurred by us to complete the Gracenote Sale, of $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information.

66


TELEVISION AND ENTERTAINMENT
Operating Revenues and Profit (Loss)—Our Television and Entertainment operating revenues include advertising revenues, retransmission revenues, carriage fees, barter/trade revenues and other revenues. The following table presents Television and Entertainment operating revenues, operating expenses and operating profit:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change
(in thousands)
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
17-16
 
16-15
Operating revenues
$
1,835,423

 
$
1,909,896

 
$
1,752,542

 
-4
 %
 
+9
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

Before impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets
$
1,639,323

 
$
1,581,659

 
$
1,542,682

 
+4
 %
 
+3
 %
Impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets

 
3,400

 
385,000

 
-100
 %
 
-99
 %
After impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets
$
1,639,323

 
$
1,585,059

 
$
1,927,682

 
+3
 %
 
-18
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Before impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets
$
196,100

 
$
328,237

 
$
209,860

 
-40
 %
 
+56
 %
Impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets

 
(3,400
)
 
(385,000
)
 
-100
 %
 
-99
 %
After impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets
$
196,100

 
$
324,837

 
$
(175,140
)
 
-40
 %
 
*

 
*
Represents positive or negative change in excess of 100%
2017 compared to 2016
Television and Entertainment operating revenues decreased 4%, or $74 million, in 2017 due largely to a decrease in advertising and other revenue, partially offset by an increase in retransmission revenues and carriage fees, as further described below.
Television and Entertainment operating profit decreased $129 million to $196 million in 2017 compared to $325 million in 2016, which included an impairment of other intangible assets of $3 million. The decrease was due primarily to lower operating revenues of $74 million and higher programming expenses of $88 million, mainly from a $43 million increase in program impairment charges, higher network affiliate fees and additional expenses related to the shift in programming strategy at WGN America, partially offset by a decrease in other expenses of $23 million and compensation expense of $6 million, as further described below.
2016 compared to 2015
Television and Entertainment operating revenues increased 9%, or $157 million, in 2016 due largely to an increase in advertising revenue, retransmission revenues and carriage fees, partially offset by lower other revenue, as further described below.
Television and Entertainment operating profit was $325 million in 2016, which included an impairment of other intangible assets of $3 million, compared to an operating loss of $175 million in 2015, which included an impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets of $385 million. Television and Entertainment operating profit before impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets was $328 million and $210 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase was due primarily to higher operating revenues of $157 million and lower programming expenses resulting from a $37 million reduction in program impairment charges and lower outside production costs, partially offset by higher amortization of license fees and network fees, higher compensation of $21 million and increased other expenses of $41 million, as further described below.

67


Operating Revenues—Television and Entertainment operating revenues, by classification, were as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change
(in thousands)
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
17-16
 
16-15
Advertising
$
1,225,900

 
$
1,374,571

 
$
1,303,220

 
-11
 %
 
+5
 %
Retransmission revenues
412,309

 
334,724

 
283,140

 
+23
 %
 
+18
 %
Carriage fees
127,935

 
121,044

 
85,344

 
+6
 %
 
+42
 %
Barter/trade
37,381

 
39,025

 
38,243

 
-4
 %
 
+2
 %
Other
31,898

 
40,532

 
42,595

 
-21
 %
 
-5
 %
Total operating revenues
$
1,835,423

 
$
1,909,896

 
$
1,752,542

 
-4
 %
 
+9
 %
2017 compared to 2016
Advertising Revenues—Advertising revenues, net of agency commissions, decreased 11%, or $149 million, in 2017 primarily due to a $115 million decrease in net political advertising revenues and a $36 million decrease in net core advertising revenues (comprised of local and national advertising, excluding political and digital), partially offset by a $2 million increase in digital revenues. The decrease in net core advertising revenue was primarily due to a decline in market revenues, partially offset by an increase in revenues associated with airing the Super Bowl on 14 FOX-affiliated stations in 2017 compared to 6 CBS-affiliated stations in 2016. Net political advertising revenues, which are a component of total advertising revenues, were $22 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $137 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 as 2016 was a presidential election year.
Retransmission Revenues—Retransmission revenues increased 23%, or $78 million, in 2017 primarily due to a $76 million increase from higher rates included in retransmission consent renewals of our MVPD agreements, partially offset by a decrease in the number of subscribers. Additionally, 2016 was negatively impacted due to the blackout of our stations by DISH network from June 12, 2016 to September 3, 2016.
Carriage Fees—Carriage fees increased 6%, or $7 million, in 2017 due mainly to a $9 million increase from higher rates for the distribution of WGN America, partially offset by a decline in the number of subscribers.
Barter/Trade Revenues—Barter/trade revenues decreased 4%, or $2 million, in 2017. As discussed in Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements, barter revenue will no longer be recognized pursuant to new revenue recognition guidance that we will adopt in the first quarter of 2018.
Other Revenues—Other revenues are primarily derived from profit sharing, revenue on syndicated content and copyright royalties. Other revenues decreased 21%, or $9 million, in 2017 due primarily to 2016 including profit sharing from original programming that was cancelled.
2016 compared to 2015
Advertising Revenues—Advertising revenues, net of agency commissions, grew 5%, or $71 million, in 2016 primarily due to a $117 million increase in net political advertising revenues and a $7 million increase in digital advertising revenue. The increase was partially offset by lower net core advertising revenues (comprised of local and national advertising, excluding political and digital) of $53 million primarily due to a decline in the core advertising market spend, partially the result of displacement from significant political advertising during 2016 and the 2016 Summer Olympics, which negatively impacted advertising revenues for stations other than NBC affiliates. Net political advertising revenues, which are a component of total advertising revenues, were $137 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $20 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 due to 2016 being a presidential election year.

68


Retransmission Revenues—Retransmission revenues increased 18%, or $52 million, in 2016 primarily due to a $73 million increase from higher rates included in retransmission consent renewals of our MVPD agreements, partially offset by a decrease in the number of subscribers. Additionally, there was a decline in revenue due to the blackout of our stations by DISH network during a portion of 2016, as noted above.
Carriage Fees—Carriage fees increased 42%, or $36 million, in 2016 due mainly to a $23 million increase from higher rates for the distribution of WGN America and additional revenue of $13 million resulting from an increase in the number of subscribers due to expanded distribution.
Barter/Trade Revenues—Barter/trade revenues increased 2%, or $1 million, in 2016.
Other Revenues—Other revenues are primarily derived from profit sharing, revenue on syndicated content and copyright royalties. Other revenues decreased 5%, or $2 million, in 2016 due primarily to a $7 million decline in copyright royalties attributed to the full conversion in 2015 of the subscribers of WGN America from a superstation to a cable network. As a cable network, WGN America no longer generates copyright royalties revenue. The decrease was partially offset by additional profit sharing from Outsiders and Manhattan.
Operating Expenses—Television and Entertainment operating expenses for 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change
(in thousands)
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
17-16
 
16-15
Compensation
$
544,494

 
$
550,256

 
$
528,758

 
-1
 %
 
+4
 %
Programming
604,068

 
515,738

 
535,799

 
+17
 %
 
-4
 %
Depreciation
42,713

 
45,083

 
48,437

 
-5
 %
 
-7
 %
Amortization
166,679

 
166,664

 
166,404

 
 %
 
 %
Other
281,369

 
303,918

 
263,284

 
-7
 %
 
+15
 %
Total operating expenses before impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets
1,639,323

 
1,581,659

 
1,542,682

 
+4
 %
 
+3
 %
Impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets

 
3,400

 
385,000

 
-100
 %
 
-99
 %
Total operating expenses
$
1,639,323

 
$
1,585,059

 
$
1,927,682

 
+3
 %
 
-18
 %
2017 compared to 2016
Television and Entertainment operating expenses increased $54 million in 2017 largely due to higher programming expense, partially offset by lower other expenses and a decline in compensation expense, as further described below.
Compensation Expense—Compensation expense, which is included in both direct operating expenses and SG&A expense, decreased 1%, or $6 million, in 2017 primarily due to a $5 million decrease in severance expense and a $3 million decrease in incentive compensation, partially offset by a $2 million increase in stock-based compensation. Severance expense was $4 million in 2017 compared to $9 million in 2016.
Programming Expense—Programming expense increased 17%, or $88 million, in 2017 due primarily to the increase of $43 million in program impairment charges and $19 million of additional expenses related to the shift in programming strategy at WGN America, higher network affiliate fees and higher amortization of license fees. Network affiliate fees increased by $27 million mainly due to renewals of certain network affiliate agreements in the third quarter of 2016 as well as other contractual increases. The increase in amortization of license fees of $7 million was primarily attributable to airing higher cost feature presentations on WGN America.

69


Depreciation and Amortization Expense—Depreciation expense decreased 5%, or $2 million, in 2017 due to lower levels of depreciable property. Amortization expense remained flat in 2017.
Other Expenses—Other expenses include sales and marketing, occupancy, outside services and other miscellaneous expenses, which are included in direct operating expenses or SG&A expense, as applicable. Other expenses decreased 7%, or $23 million, in 2017. The decrease was due primarily to a $13 million decline in promotion expense, a $3 million decrease due to impairment charges recorded in 2016 associated with one real estate property, a $3 million decrease in outside services primarily related to professional fees and costs for operating websites of our television stations and a $2 million decrease in bad debt write-offs.
2016 compared to 2015
Television and Entertainment operating expenses decreased 18%, or $343 million, in 2016 largely due to lower impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets compared to 2015. Television and Entertainment operating expenses before impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets increased 3%, or $39 million, primarily due to higher compensation, other programming expenses and other expenses, partially offset by a $37 million decline in program impairment charges, as further described below.
Compensation Expense—Compensation expense, which is included in both direct operating expenses and SG&A expense, increased 4%, or $21 million, in 2016 primarily due to higher direct pay and benefits of $14 million and a $7 million increase in severance expense. Severance expense was $9 million in 2016 compared to $2 million in 2015.
Programming Expense—Programming expense decreased 4%, or $20 million, in 2016 due primarily to a $37 million decline in program impairment charges and a $20 million reduction in outside production costs, partially offset by higher network affiliate fees of $29 million and higher amortization of license fees of $6 million. In 2016, we recorded a $37 million impairment charge for the syndicated program Elementary at WGN America compared to a $74 million impairment charge for the syndicated programs Person of Interest and Elementary at WGN America in 2015. The reduction in outside production expenses was related to the first seasons of the original programs Underground and Outsiders, which premiered in 2016 but were produced in 2015 with no comparable production costs in 2016. The increase in network affiliate fees was mainly related to renewals of certain network affiliation agreements in the second quarter of 2015 and the third quarter of 2016, as well as other contractual increases. The increase in amortization of license fees was primarily due to first-run original programs Outsiders and Underground and syndicated programs Person of Interest and Elementary, partially offset by the cancellation of Manhattan and the delay in airing Salem season 3 to the fall of 2016.
Depreciation and Amortization Expense—Depreciation expense decreased 7%, or $3 million, in 2016 due to lower levels of depreciable property. Amortization expense remained flat in 2016.
Other Expenses—Other expenses include sales and marketing, occupancy, outside services and other miscellaneous expenses, which are included in direct operating expenses or SG&A expense, as applicable. Other expenses increased 15%, or $41 million, in 2016. The increase was due primarily to a $12 million increase in promotion costs primarily due to first-run original programs and syndicated programs airing on WGN America, advertising related to the DISH Network blackout and sales research services, a $9 million increase in costs of operating the websites and mobile applications of our television stations which helped generate higher digital revenues, $3 million of impairment charges associated with one real estate property, and bad debt write-offs of $3 million. In 2015, we benefited from a $6 million payment received in the first quarter of 2015 related to the settlement of a music license fee class action lawsuit, a $2 million gain resulting from the relinquishment for compensation of our CW network affiliation in Indianapolis and a $2 million gain resulting from a legal settlement.

70


Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets—During 2016, we recorded non-cash impairment charges of $3 million related to the impairment of FCC licenses at two of our television stations compared to a charge of $4 million in 2015 related to the impairment of an FCC license at one of our television stations. In 2015, we also recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $381 million related to the impairment of goodwill at our cable reporting unit.
CORPORATE AND OTHER
Operating Revenues and Expenses—Corporate and Other operating revenues and expenses for 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change
(in thousands)
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
17-16
 
16-15
Real estate revenues
$
13,536

 
$
38,034

 
$
49,425

 
-64
 %

-23
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate (1)
$
11,564

 
$
34,111

 
$
41,736

 
-66
 %
 
-18
 %
Corporate (2)
139,867

 
132,379

 
130,953

 
+6
 %
 
+1
 %
Pension credit
(22,047
)
 
(24,110
)
 
(29,166
)
 
-9
 %
 
-17
 %
(Gain) loss on sales of real estate
(28,216
)
 
(213,083
)
 
97

 
-87
 %
 
*

Total operating expenses
$
101,168

 
$
(70,703
)
 
$
143,620

 
*

 
*

 
*
Represents positive or negative change in excess of 100%
(1)
Real estate operating expenses included $2 million, $2 million and $8 million of depreciation expense in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
(2)
Corporate operating expenses included $12 million, $11 million and $8 million of depreciation expense in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
2017 compared to 2016
Real Estate Revenues—Real estate revenues decreased 64%, or $24 million, in 2017 primarily due to the loss of revenue from real estate properties sold during 2016 and 2017.
Real Estate Expenses—Real estate operating expenses decreased 66%, or $23 million, in 2017 primarily resulting from a $12 million decrease in real estate taxes and other costs associated with real estate sold in 2016 as well as a $9 million reduction of impairment charges associated with certain real estate properties from $12 million 2016 to $2 million in 2017.
Corporate Expenses—Corporate expenses increased 6%, or $7 million, in 2017 primarily due to a $5 million increase in compensation expense as a result of $6 million of severance expense related to the resignation of the CEO in the first quarter of 2017, a $5 million increase in transaction related bonuses, and a $2 million increase in outside services, partially offset by a $4 million decrease in equity compensation and a $2 million decrease in other compensation. The $2 million increase in outside services was driven by a $14 million increase in professional and legal fees primarily associated with the Merger, partially offset by a $12 million decrease in professional fees primarily related to technology.
Pension Credit—The pension credit decreased 9%, or $2 million, in 2017.
(Gain) Loss on Sales of Real Estate—In 2017, we recorded net pretax gains on real estate of $28 million primarily related to the sales of our properties in Costa Mesa, CA and Ft. Lauderdale, FL, as further described in Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

71


2016 compared to 2015
Real Estate Revenues—Real estate revenues decreased 23%, or $11 million, in 2016 primarily due to the loss of revenue from real estate properties sold during 2016.
Real Estate Expenses—Real estate operating expenses decreased $8 million in 2016 primarily resulting from a $6 million decrease in depreciation primarily due to property sales and the real estate properties held for sale which are no longer depreciable. The sales of properties in 2016 also resulted in a $4 million decrease in real estate taxes and other costs associated with owning real estate. These reductions were partially offset by a $4 million increase in impairment charges related to certain real estate properties from $8 million in 2015 to $12 million in 2016.
Corporate Expenses—Corporate expenses increased 1%, or $1 million, in 2016 primarily due to a $3 million increase in professional fees and a $4 million increase in depreciation expense primarily due to our investments in computer hardware and software, partially offset by a $5 million decrease in compensation expense.
Pension Credit—The pension credit decreased 17%, or $5 million, in 2016.
(Gain) Loss on Sales of Real Estate—In 2016, we recorded net pretax gains on real estate of $213 million primarily related to the sales of Tribune Tower, the LA Times Property and the Olympic Printing Plan facility as further described in Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
INCOME ON EQUITY INVESTMENTS, NET
Our income on equity investments, net from continuing operations for 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change
(in thousands)
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
17-16
 
16-15
Income from equity investments, net, before amortization of basis difference
$
190,864

 
$
202,758

 
$
201,207

 
-6
 %
 
+1
%
Amortization of basis difference
(53,502
)
 
(54,602
)
 
(54,248
)
 
-2
 %
 
+1
%
Income from equity investments, net
$
137,362

 
$
148,156

 
$
146,959

 
-7
 %
 
+1
%

Income on equity investments, net decreased 7%, or $11 million, in 2017 primarily due to lower equity income from CareerBuilder of $29 million as a result of a decline in operating performance, a decline in our ownership due to the sale of a majority of our interest in CareerBuilder on July 31, 2017, and non-recurring transaction expenses incurred by CareerBuilder in connection with the transaction. This decline was partially offset by an increase in equity income from TV Food Network of $18 million.
As described under “—Significant Events—CareerBuilder” in 2017, we recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges of $181 million to write down our investment in CareerBuilder. Additionally, we recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of $10 million to write down our investment in Dose Media. These impairment charges are included in write-downs of investments in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Income on equity investments, net increased 1%, or $1 million, in 2016. This increase is primarily due to higher equity income from CareerBuilder of $6 million as the prior year results included a one-time non-cash goodwill impairment charge related to their international reporting unit in the fourth quarter of 2015, of which our share was $16 million. This increase was offset by lower equity income from TV Food Network and Dose Media of $3 million and $2 million, respectively.
As of the Effective Date, fresh-start reporting adjustments increased the total carrying value of equity method investments by $1.615 billion of which $1.108 billion was attributable to our share of theoretical increases in the carrying values of the investees’ amortizable intangible assets had the fair value of the investments been allocated to the identifiable intangible assets of the investees’ in accordance with ASC Topic 805. The remaining $507 million of

72


the increase was attributable to goodwill and other identifiable intangibles not subject to amortization, including trade names. We amortize the differences between the fair values and the investees’ carrying values of the identifiable intangible assets subject to amortization and record the amortization (the “amortization of basis difference”) as a reduction of income on equity investments, net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. In 2017, 2016 and 2015 income on equity investments, net was reduced by such amortization of $54 million, $55 million and $54 million, respectively.
Cash distributions from our equity method investments were as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change
(in thousands)
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
17-16
 
16-15
Cash distributions from equity investments (1)
$
201,892

 
$
170,527

 
$
180,207

 
+18
%
 
-5
 %
 
(1)
Certain distributions received from CareerBuilder in 2017 and 2015 exceeded our share of CareerBuilder’s cumulative earnings. As a result, we determined that these distributions were a return of investment and, therefore, presented such distributions totaling $4 million in 2017 and $10 million in 2015 as an investing activity in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for 2017 and 2015.
Cash distributions from our equity method investments totaled $202 million, $171 million and $180 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Cash distributions in the year ended December 31, 2017 included a $16 million distribution of excess cash from CareerBuilder prior to the closing of the CareerBuilder Sale.
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME, INTEREST EXPENSE AND INCOME TAX EXPENSE
Interest and dividend income, interest expense and income tax expense from continuing operations for 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change
(in thousands)
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
17-16
 
16-15
Interest and dividend income
$
3,149

 
$
1,226

 
$
720

 
*

 
+70
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense (1)
$
159,387

 
$
152,719

 
$
148,587

 
+4
%
 
+3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax (benefit) expense (2)
$
(301,373
)
 
$
347,202

 
$
25,918

 
*

 
*

 
*
Represents positive or negative change in excess of 100%
(1)
Interest expense excludes $1 million, $15 million and $16 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, related to discontinued operations. On February 1, 2017, we used $400 million of the proceeds from the Gracenote Sale to prepay a portion of our Term Loan Facility and the interest expense associated with our outstanding debt was allocated to discontinued operations based on the ratio of the $400 million prepayment to the total outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility.
(2)
Income tax (benefit) expense excludes $13 million and $54 million of expense in 2017 and 2016, respectively, and benefit of $4 million in 2015, related to discontinued operations.
Interest and Dividend Income—Interest and dividend income from continuing operations was $3 million in 2017 and $1 million in each of 2016 and 2015.
Interest Expense—Interest expense from continuing operations was $159 million in 2017, $153 million in 2016 and $149 million in 2015 from our borrowing under the Secured Credit Facility, as discussed under “—Significant Events—Secured Credit Facility,” and our borrowing under the Notes, as discussed under “—Significant Events—5.875% Senior Notes due 2022.” Interest expense in 2017, 2016 and 2015 includes amortized debt issue costs of $7 million, $10 million and $11 million, respectively, and amortization of original issue discounts of $1 million in each year.

73


Income Tax Expense—In 2017, we recorded an income tax benefit related to continuing operations of $301 million. The effective tax rate on pretax loss from continuing operations was 254.8% in 2017. This rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to a $256 million provisional discrete net tax benefit due to Tax Reform as further described in “—Significant Events—Tax Reform,” state income taxes (net of federal benefit), a one-time benefit of $7 million due to a decrease our net state deferred tax liabilities as a result of a change in our state effective income tax rate, the domestic production activities deduction, and other non-deductible expenses. Excluding the tax reform and net favorable adjustments, the effective tax rate on pretax income was 33.1%.
In 2016, we recorded income tax expense related to continuing operations of $347 million. The effective tax rate on pretax income from continuing operations was 80.0% in 2016. This rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to state income taxes (net of federal benefit), a $103 million charge related to the settlement of the Newsday dispute, a related $88 million charge to adjust our deferred taxes (as further described in Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements), the domestic production activities deduction, other non-deductible expenses, a $12 million benefit related to the resolution of certain federal and state income tax matters and other adjustments, a $4 million charge related to the write-off of unrealized deferred tax assets related to stock-based compensation and a $3 million benefit resulting from a change in the Company’s state tax rates. Excluding the Newsday settlement impact and net favorable adjustments, the effective tax rate on pretax income was 38.5%.
In 2015, we recorded income tax expense related to continuing operations of $26 million. The effective tax rate on pretax loss from continuing operations was 9.0% in 2015. This rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to state income taxes (net of federal benefit), the reversal of $381 million of book loss related to an impairment of non-deductible goodwill and favorable adjustments of $8 million related to the resolution of certain federal and state income tax matters and other adjustments. Excluding the goodwill impairment impact and net favorable adjustments, the effective tax rate on pretax income was 37.4%.
Although we believe our estimates and judgments are reasonable, the resolutions of our income tax issues are unpredictable and could result in income tax liabilities that are significantly higher or lower than that which has been provided by us.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash flows generated from operating activities is our primary source of liquidity. We expect to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions, interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, income tax payments, potential payments related to our uncertain tax positions, dividend payments on our Common Stock (see “—Cash Dividends” below) and related distributions to holders of Warrants and other operating requirements in the next twelve months through a combination of cash flows from operations, cash on our balance sheet, distributions from or sales of our investments, sales of real estate assets, available borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility, and any refinancings thereof, additional debt financing, if any, and disposals of assets or operations, if any. We intend to continue the monetization of our real estate portfolio to take advantage of robust market conditions although there can be no assurance that any such divestitures can be completed in a timely manner, on favorable terms or at all. The Merger Agreement for the proposed Merger with Sinclair places certain limitations on our use of cash, including our application of cash to repurchase shares of our Common Stock, our ability to declare any dividends other than quarterly dividends of $0.25 or less per share, our ability to make certain capital expenditures (except pursuant to our capital expenditures budget), and our ability to pursue significant business acquisitions.
For our long-term liquidity needs, in addition to these sources, we may rely upon the issuance of long-term debt, the issuance of equity or other instruments convertible into or exchangeable for equity, or the sale of non-core assets. The Merger Agreement for the proposed Merger places certain limitations on the amount of debt we can incur.
Our financial and operating performance remains subject to prevailing economic and industry conditions and to financial, business and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and, despite our current liquidity position, no assurances can be made that cash flows from operations and investments, future borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, and any refinancings thereof, or dispositions of assets or operations will be sufficient to satisfy our future liquidity needs.

74


Sources and Uses
For the Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2017
The table below details the total operating, investing and financing activity cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
222,502

 
$
284,163

 
$
25,944

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
956,340

 
402,337

 
(125,733
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(1,095,566
)
 
(358,735
)
 
(1,092,750
)
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
$
83,276

 
$
327,765

 
$
(1,192,539
)
Operating activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $223 million in 2017, down $62 million from $284 million in 2016. The decrease was primarily due to lower cash flows from operating results and unfavorable working capital changes, partially offset by lower cash paid for income taxes and higher distributions from equity investments. Cash paid for income taxes, net of income tax refunds, decreased by $83 million to $183 million in 2017, from $266 million in 2016. The decrease was primarily due to the payment of taxes in the third quarter of 2016 related to the Newsday settlement. Distributions from equity investments increased by $28 million to $198 million in 2017 from $171 million in 2016.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $284 million in 2016, up $258 million from $26 million in 2015. The increase was primarily due to lower cash paid for income taxes, higher operating cash flows from operating results and favorable working capital changes. Cash paid for income taxes, net of income tax refunds, decreased by $169 million to $266 million in 2016, from $435 million in 2015. The decrease was primarily due to the payment of taxes in 2015 on the gain from the sale of our equity interest in CV in the fourth quarter of 2014, partially offset by payment of taxes in the third quarter of 2016 related to the Newsday settlement. Distributions from equity investments increased by $1 million to $171 million in 2016 from $170 million in 2015.
Investing activities
Net cash provided by investing activities totaled $956 million in 2017. Our capital expenditures totaled $67 million in 2017. In 2017, we received $558 million from the Gracenote Sale, $172 million related to gross proceeds from the sale of certain FCC licenses in the FCC spectrum auction, $143 million related to the sale of a majority of our interest in CareerBuilder, $144 million primarily related to the sales of real estate (as further described in “—Significant Events—Monetization of Real Estate Assets” above) and $6 million related to the sale of marketable securities. We made investments of $5 million in 2017, primarily consisting of a capital contribution to New Cubs LLC.
Net cash provided by investing activities totaled $402 million in 2016. Our capital expenditures totaled $100 million in 2016. We had investments of $6 million, primarily consisting of our investment in Share Rocket, Inc. for $3 million and a capital contribution to New Cubs LLC totaling $3 million. We received net proceeds of approximately $508 million from the sales of our real estate and other assets (see Note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information).
Net cash used in investing activities totaled $126 million in 2015. Our acquisitions totaled $75 million and included acquisitions, net of cash acquired, for Infostrada Sports, SportsDirect, Covers and Enswers (see Note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information on these acquisitions) and certain intellectual

75


property. Our capital expenditures totaled $89 million in 2015. We had investments of $23 million, primarily consisting of our investment in Dose Media, LLC for $15 million and capital contributions to New Cubs LLC totaling $8 million. We received net proceeds of approximately $50 million from the sales of our investments and real estate of which $28 million related to the sale of our equity interest in CV in October 2014 that was held in escrow and paid in the fourth quarter of 2015, $8 million related to a cash distribution pursuant to CV’s collection of a contingent receivable, $8 million related to the sale of our investment in Newsday Holdings, LLC and $5 million related to the sale of two real estate properties which were held for sale as of December 28, 2014.
Financing activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $1.096 billion in 2017. During 2017, we repaid $704 million of borrowings under our Term Loan Facility and the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility, which included using $400 million of proceeds from the Gracenote Sale to prepay a portion of our Term B Loans in the first quarter of 2017 and using $102 million of after-tax proceeds received from our participation in the FCC spectrum auction to prepay $10 million of the Term B Loans and $91 million of the Term C Loans in the third quarter of 2017. Additionally, we used $203 million of long-term borrowings of Term C Loans to repay $184 million of Term B Loans, with the remainder used to pay fees associated with the 2017 Amendment. We paid dividends of $586 million consisting of quarterly cash dividends of $87 million and the special cash dividend of $499 million.
Net cash used in financing activities was $359 million in 2016. During 2016, we paid regular quarterly cash dividends of $90 million. In 2016, cash paid for the Class A Common Stock repurchases pursuant to our $400 million stock repurchase program totaled $232 million (see Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information).
Net cash used in financing activities was $1.093 billion in 2015. In connection with the Amendment of our Secured Credit Facility on June 24, 2015, we issued $1.100 billion aggregate principal amount of the Notes and used the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes, together with cash on hand, to prepay $1.100 billion of Term B Loans under the Secured Credit Facility, as further described below. During 2015, we paid dividends of $720 million, including regular quarterly cash dividends of $71 million and a special cash dividend paid in the second quarter of 2015 of $649 million. In 2015, cash paid for the Class A Common Stock repurchases pursuant to our previous stock repurchase program totaled $340 million (see Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information).
Debt and Capital Structure
Our debt consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
Term Loan Facility
 
 
 
Term B Loans due 2020, effective interest rate of 3.84% and 3.82%, net of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs of $1,900 and $31,230
$
187,725

 
$
2,312,218

Term C Loans due 2024, effective interest rate of 3.85%, net of unamortized discount and debt issuance cost of $21,783
1,644,109

 

5.875% Senior Notes due 2022, net of debt issuance costs of $12,649 and $15,437
1,087,351

 
1,084,563

Dreamcatcher Credit Facility due 2018, effective interest rate of 4.08%, net of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs of $80

 
14,770

Total debt (1)
$
2,919,185

 
$
3,411,551

 
(1)
Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, Sinclair will assume, repay or refinance all of our outstanding debt on the date the Merger is closed.

76


Secured Credit Facility—On December 27, 2013, in connection with our acquisition of Local TV, we, as borrower, along with certain of our operating subsidiaries as guarantors, entered into a $4.073 billion Secured Credit Facility. The Secured Credit Facility consisted of the $3.773 billion Term Loan Facility and a $300 million Revolving Credit Facility. On June 24, 2015, we, the Guarantors and JPMorgan, as administrative agent, entered into the Amendment to the Secured Credit Facility. Prior to the Amendment and the Prepayment, $3.479 billion of Former Term Loans were outstanding under the Secured Credit Facility. Pursuant to the Amendment, certain lenders under the Secured Credit Facility converted their Former Term Loans into the Converted Term B Loans in an aggregate amount, along with term loans advanced by certain new lenders, of $1.802 billion. The proceeds of Term B Loans advanced by the new lenders were used to prepay in full all of the Former Term Loans that were not converted into Term B Loans. In addition, we used the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes, together with cash on hand, to make the Prepayment of $1.100 billion of Term B Loans. After giving effect to the Amendment and all prepayments contemplated thereby (including the Prepayment), there were $2.379 billion of Term B Loans outstanding under the Secured Credit Facility. We recorded a loss of $37 million on the extinguishment of the Former Term Loan in our Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 as a portion of the facility was considered extinguished for accounting purposes. See Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information and significant terms and conditions associated with the Secured Credit Facility, including, but not limited to, interest rates, repayment terms, fees, restrictions, and affirmative and negative covenants. The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Facility are available for working capital and other purposes not prohibited under the Secured Credit Facility. At December 31, 2017, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility; however, there were $21 million of standby letters of credit outstanding primarily in support of our workers’ compensation insurance programs.
As described under “—Significant Events—Financing Activities,” on January 27, 2017, we, the Subsidiary Guarantors, JPMorgan, as administrative agent and certain extending lenders, entered into the 2017 Amendment pursuant to which we converted approximately $1.761 billion of the Existing Term Loans into the Term C Loans and extended the maturity date of the Term C Loans. Under the Secured Credit Facility, the Term C Loans bear interest, at our election, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the sum of LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements on Euro currency liabilities (“Adjusted LIBOR”), subject to a minimum rate of 0.75%, plus an applicable margin of 3.0% or (ii) the sum of a base rate determined as the highest of (a) the federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate of interest announced by the administrative agent as its prime rate, and (c) Adjusted LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of 2.0%. Under the Revolving Credit Facility, the loans made pursuant to a New Initial Revolving Credit Commitment bear interest initially, at the Company’s election, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the sum of Adjusted LIBOR, subject to a minimum rate of zero, plus an applicable margin of 3.0% or (ii) the sum of a base rate determined as the highest of (a) the federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate of interest announced by the administrative agent as its prime rate, and (c) Adjusted LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of 2.0%.
The Term C Loans and the New Initial Revolving Credit Loans are secured by the same collateral and guaranteed by the same guarantors as the Existing Term Loans. Voluntary prepayments of the Term C Loans are permitted at any time, in minimum principal amounts, without premium or penalty, subject to a 1.00% premium payable in connection with certain repricing transactions within the first six months after the 2017 Amendment. The financial covenant is the same as in the Existing Credit Agreement, except such covenant is only required to be tested at the end of each fiscal quarter if the aggregate amount of revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit (other than undrawn letters of credit and letters of credit that have been fully cash collateralized) outstanding exceed 35% of the aggregate amount of revolving commitments as of the date of the 2017 Amendment (after giving effect to Revolving Credit Facility Increase). The other terms of the Term C Loans and the New Initial Revolving Credit Loans are also generally the same as the terms of the Existing Term Loans and the revolving loans outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the 2017 Amendment (the “Existing Revolving Loans”). A portion of each of the Existing Term Loans and the Existing Revolving Loans remained in place following the 2017 Amendment and each will mature on its respective existing maturity date.
On January 27, 2017, immediately following effectiveness of the 2017 Amendment, we increased the amount of commitments under our Revolving Credit Facility from $300 million to $420 million.

77


As further described in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, on February 1, 2017, we used $400 million of proceeds from the Gracenote Sale to prepay a portion of our Term B Loans.
In the first quarter of 2017, as a result of the 2017 Amendment and the $400 million prepayment, we recorded a loss of $19 million on the extinguishment and modification of debt, as further described in Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
During the third quarter of 2017, we used $102 million of after-tax proceeds received from our participation in the FCC spectrum auction to prepay $10 million of the Term B Loans and $91 million of the Term C Loans. Subsequent to these payments, our quarterly installments related to the remaining principal amount of the Term C Loans are not due until the third quarter of 2022. We recorded charges of $1 million associated with debt extinguishment in 2017. See Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our participation in the FCC’s incentive auction.
Under the Merger Agreement, we may not incur debt, other than pursuant to our Revolving Credit Facility.
5.875% Senior Notes due 2022—On June 24, 2015, we issued $1.100 billion aggregate principal amount of our 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022, which we exchanged for substantially identical securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on May 4, 2016. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.875% per annum and interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15, commencing on January 15, 2016. The Notes mature on July 15, 2022. See “—Significant Events—5.875% Senior Notes due 2022” for additional information regarding the Consent Solicitation undertaken by us in the second quarter of 2017 relating to the Fourth Supplemental Indenture.
Dreamcatcher Credit Facility—We and the Guarantors guarantee the obligations of Dreamcatcher under its Dreamcatcher Credit Facility. See Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements for a description of the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility. Our obligations and the obligators of the Guarantors under the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility are secured on a pari passu basis with our obligations under the Secured Credit Facility. During the third quarter of 2017, we used $12.6 million of after-tax proceeds from the FCC spectrum auction to prepay the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility as any proceeds received by Dreamcatcher as a result of the FCC spectrum auction were required to first be used to repay the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility. The debt extinguishment charge recorded in 2017 associated with this prepayment was immaterial. We made the final payment to pay off the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility in full in September 2017.
Capital Structure
As of the Effective Date, we issued 78,754,269 shares of Class A Common Stock and 4,455,767 shares of Class B Common Stock. In addition, on the Effective Date, we entered into the Warrant Agreement, pursuant to which we issued 16,789,972 Warrants. As permitted under the Plan, we adopted a new equity incentive plan for the purpose of granting awards to our directors, officers and employees and the directors, officers and employees of our subsidiaries (see Note 15 and Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information related to our capital structure and equity incentive plan, respectively). At December 31, 2017, the following amounts were issued: 30,551 Warrants, 101,429,999 shares of Class A Common Stock, of which 14,102,185 were held in treasury, and 5,557 shares of Class B Common Stock.
Since the Effective Date, we have substantially consummated the various transactions contemplated under the Plan. In particular, we have made all distributions of cash, common stock and warrants that were required to be made under the terms of the Plan to creditors holding allowed claims as of December 31, 2012. Claims of general unsecured creditors that become allowed on or after the Effective Date have been or will be paid on the next quarterly distribution date after such allowance.
Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, we are also obligated to make certain additional payments to certain creditors, including certain distributions that may become due and owing subsequent to the Effective Date and certain payments to holders of administrative expense priority claims and fees earned by professional advisors during the

78


Chapter 11 proceedings. At December 31, 2017, restricted cash held by the Company to satisfy the remaining claim obligations was $18 million and is estimated to be sufficient to satisfy such obligations.
Contractual Obligations
The table below includes future payments required for long-term debt, contractual agreements for broadcast rights recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, future minimum lease payments to be made under certain non-cancellable operating leases, and expected future payments under our multi-year talent and employment contracts related to our Television and Entertainment operations as well as certain other purchase obligations as of December 31, 2017:
 
Required or Expected Payments by Fiscal Year
(in thousands)
Total
 
2018
 
2019-2020
 
2021-2022
 
Thereafter
Long-term debt (1)
$
2,955,517

 
$

 
$
189,625

 
$
1,105,727

 
$
1,660,165

Interest on long-term debt (1)(2)
839,148

 
154,574

 
308,221

 
290,363

 
85,990

Broadcast rights contracts payable
553,664

 
253,244

 
244,610

 
55,810

 

Minimum operating lease payments
210,500

 
28,717

 
52,380

 
39,162

 
90,241

Talent and employment contracts (3)
145,023

 
65,806

 
69,671

 
9,513

 
33

Programming not yet available for broadcast
859,653

 
241,810

 
318,851

 
164,189

 
134,803

Other purchase obligations (4)
186,117

 
88,766

 
78,052

 
13,132

 
6,167

Total (5)
$
5,749,622

 
$
832,917

 
$
1,261,410

 
$
1,677,896

 
$
1,977,399

 
(1)
As of December 31, 2017, we have $1.666 billion of Term C Loans outstanding. The Term C Loans maturity date is the earlier of (A) January 27, 2024 and (B) solely to the extent that more than $600 million in aggregate principal amount of the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 remain outstanding on such date, the date that is 91 days prior to July 15, 2022 (as such date may be extended from time to time), as further described in Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements. For purposes of the above table, Term C Loans are deemed to mature in 2024.
(2)
Interest payments on long-term debt include the impact of our hedging program with respect to $500 million of Term C Loans, as further described in Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
(3)
Our talent and employment contracts primarily secure our on-air talent and other personnel for our television and entertainment businesses through multi-year talent and employment agreements. Certain agreements may be terminated under certain circumstances or at certain dates prior to expiration. We expect our contracts will be renewed or replaced with similar agreements upon their expiration. Amounts due under the contracts, assuming the contracts are not terminated prior to their expiration, are included in the contractual commitments table.
(4)
Other purchase obligations shown in the above table include contractual commitments related to capital projects, technology services, news and market data services and other legally binding commitments.
(5)
The above table does not include $23 million of liabilities as of December 31, 2017 associated with our uncertain tax positions as we cannot reliably estimate the timing of the future cash outflows related to these liabilities. See Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
We have funding obligations with respect to our company-sponsored pension and other postretirement plans and our participation in multiemployer defined benefit pension plans which are not included in the tables above. See Note 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our funding obligations for these benefit plans.
Repurchases of Equity Securities
On February 24, 2016, the Board authorized a new stock repurchase program, under which we may repurchase up to $400 million of our outstanding Class A Common Stock. During 2016, we repurchased 6,432,455 shares for $232 million at an average price of $36.08 per share. We did not repurchase any shares of Common Stock during 2017 and the Merger Agreement prohibits us from engaging in additional share repurchases.
On October 13, 2014, the Board authorized a stock repurchase program, under which we may repurchase up to $400 million of our outstanding Class A Common Stock in open-market purchases in accordance with all applicable securities laws and regulations, including Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act. During fiscal 2015, we repurchased 6,569,056 shares of Class A Common Stock in open market transactions for $332 million at an average price of

79


$50.59 per share. As of December 31, 2015, we repurchased the full $400 million, totaling 7,670,216 shares, authorized under this repurchase program.
Cash Dividends
On February 3, 2017, we paid a special cash dividend of $5.77 per share to holders of record of our Common Stock at the close of business on January 13, 2017. The total aggregate payment on February 3, 2017 totaled $499 million, including the payment to holders of Warrants.
On April 9, 2015, we paid a special cash dividend of $6.73 per share to holders of record of our Common Stock at the close of business on March 25, 2015. The total aggregate payment on April 9, 2015 totaled $649 million, including the payment to holders of Warrants.
Additionally, the Board declared quarterly cash dividends on our Common Stock to holders of record of Common Stock and Warrants as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
 
2017
 
2016
 
Per Share
 
Total
Amount
 
Per Share
 
Total
Amount
First quarter
$
0.25

 
$
21,742

 
$
0.25

 
$
23,215

Second quarter
0.25

 
21,816

 
0.25

 
22,959

Third quarter
0.25

 
21,834

 
0.25

 
22,510

Fourth quarter
0.25

 
21,837

 
0.25

 
21,612

Total quarterly cash dividends declared and paid
$
1.00

 
$
87,229

 
$
1.00

 
$
90,296

On February 21, 2018, the Board declared a quarterly cash dividend on Common Stock of $0.25 per share to be paid on March 26, 2018 to holders of record of Common Stock and Warrants as of March 12, 2018.
The declaration of any future dividends and the establishment of the per share amount, record dates and payment dates for any such future dividends are at the discretion of the Board and will depend upon various factors then existing, including earnings, financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends (including the restricted payment covenant contained in the credit agreement governing the Secured Credit Facility and the Indenture, as further described in Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements), restrictions imposed by applicable law, general business conditions and other factors that the Board may deem relevant. Under the Merger Agreement, we may not pay dividends other than quarterly dividends of $0.25 or less per share. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, concurrently with any cash dividend made to holders of the Company’s Common Stock, holders of Warrants are entitled to receive a cash payment equal to the amount of the dividend paid per share of Common Stock for each Warrant held. See Item 5 “Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.”
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission include the following four categories: obligations under certain guarantee contracts; retained or contingent interests in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar arrangements that serve as credit, liquidity or market risk support; obligations under certain derivative arrangements classified as equity; and obligations under material variable interests. Except as described in the following paragraphs, we have not entered into any material arrangements which would fall under any of these four categories and would be reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity or capital expenditures.
Concurrent with the closing of the Chicago Cubs Transactions as discussed and defined in Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements, we executed guarantees of collection of certain debt facilities entered into by New

80


Cubs LLC in 2009. The guarantees are capped at $699 million plus unpaid interest. The guarantees are reduced as New Cubs LLC makes principal payments on the underlying loans. To the extent that payments are made under the guarantees, we will be subrogated to, and will acquire, all rights of the debt lenders against New Cubs LLC.
Capital Spending
Our capital expenditures, including expenditures by the Gracenote Companies prior to the Gracenote Sale, totaled $67 million in 2017, $100 million in 2016 and $89 million in 2015.
Major capital projects during 2017 included investments at Television and Entertainment to build a new facility for one of our television stations and to enhance and update news gathering equipment, studio production equipment, news vehicles and computers. Corporate and Other investments primarily consisted of the build out of new Corporate offices in Chicago.
Major capital projects during 2016 included investments at Television and Entertainment to continue improvements to our facilities and to enhance and update news gathering equipment, studio production equipment and master control hardware. Our Digital and Data business continued to invest in infrastructure to support new business platforms and computer hardware. Corporate and Other investments primarily consisted of technology upgrades and real estate improvements.
Major capital projects during 2015 included investments at Television and Entertainment to replace certain equipment and refurbish facilities, update studio production equipment and upgrade master control hardware. Our Digital and Data businesses continued to invest in computer hardware and infrastructure to support new business platforms as well as to upgrade their office facilities. Corporate and Other investments primarily consisted of real estate improvements.
The Company currently expects capital spending to be $78 million in 2018, which represents an $11 million increase over 2017. This increase is due to capital spending related to several stations that are required to change frequencies due to the FCC spectrum repacking. We expect that reimbursements from the FCC will cover the majority of our capital costs related to the repacking.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our significant accounting policies are summarized in Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements. These policies conform with U.S. GAAP and reflect practices appropriate to our businesses. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto. Actual results could differ from these estimates. We evaluate our policies, estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis.
Our critical accounting policies and estimates relate to revenue recognition, broadcast rights, production costs, goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, impairment review of long-lived assets, income taxes, pension and other postretirement benefits and self-insurance liabilities. Management continually evaluates the development, selection and disclosure of our critical accounting policies and estimates and the application of these policies and estimates. In addition, there are other items within the consolidated financial statements that require the application of accounting policies and estimation, but are not deemed to be critical accounting policies and estimates. Changes in the estimates used in these and other items could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition—Our primary sources of revenue related to Television and Entertainment are from local and national advertising, retransmission revenues and carriage fee revenues on our television, cable and radio stations, as applicable, as well as from direct and indirect display advertising. We also recognize revenues from leases of our owned real estate.

81


We recognize revenue when the following conditions are met: (i) there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered, (iii) the fees are fixed or determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured. Revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are divided into separate units of accounting when the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. Where elements are delivered over different periods of time, and when allowed under U.S. GAAP, revenue is allocated to the respective elements based on their relative selling prices at the inception of the arrangement, and revenue is recognized as each element is delivered. We use a hierarchy to determine the fair value to be used for allocating revenue to elements: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence, and (iii) best estimate of selling price (“ESP”).
Television and Entertainment advertising revenue is recorded, net of agency commissions, when commercials are aired. Television operations may trade certain advertising time for products or services, as well as barter advertising time for program material. Trade transactions are generally reported at the estimated fair value of the product or services received, while barter transactions are reported based on our estimate of the value of the advertising time exchanged, which approximates the fair value of the program material received. Barter/trade revenue is reported when commercials are broadcast and expenses are reported when products or services are utilized or when programming airs. We record rebates when earned as a reduction of advertising revenue. Retransmission revenues represent revenues that we earn from MVPDs for the distribution of our television stations’ broadcast programming. We recognize these revenues over the contract period, generally based on a negotiated fee per subscriber. Carriage fees represent fees that we earn from MVPDs for the carriage of our cable channel. We recognize carriage fees over the contract period, generally based on the number of subscribers and negotiated rates.
Broadcast Rights—We acquire rights to broadcast syndicated programs, original licensed series and feature films. Pursuant to ASC Topic 920, “Entertainment-Broadcasters,” these rights and the related liabilities are recorded as an asset and a liability when the license period has begun, the cost of the program is determinable and the program is accepted and available for airing. The current portion of programming inventory includes those rights available for broadcast that are expected to be amortized in the succeeding year. We amortize our broadcast rights costs over the period in which an economic benefit is expected to be derived based on the timing of the usage and benefit from such programming. Newer licensed/acquired programming and original produced programming are generally amortized on an accelerated basis as the episodes are aired. For certain categories of licensed programming and feature films that have been exploited through previous cycles, amortization expense is recorded on a straight-line basis. Program amortization for certain categories of programming is calculated on either an accelerated or straight-line basis based upon the greater amortization resulting from either the number of episodes aired or the portion of the license period consumed. We also have commitments for network and sports programming that are expensed on a straight-line basis as the programs are available to air. Management’s judgment is required in determining the timing of the expensing of these costs, and includes analyses of historical and estimated future revenue and ratings patterns for similar programming. We regularly review, and revise when necessary, our revenue estimates, which may result in a change in the rate of amortization. Amortization of broadcast rights are expensed to programming in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
We carry the broadcast rights at the lower of unamortized cost or estimated net realizable value. We evaluate the net realizable value of broadcast rights on a daypart, series, or title-by-title basis, as appropriate. Changes in management’s intended usage of a specific daypart, series, or program would result in a reassessment of the net realizable value, which could result in an impairment. We determine the net realizable value and estimated fair value, as appropriate, based on a projection of the estimated advertising revenues and carriage/retransmission revenues, less certain direct costs of delivery, expected to be generated by the program material, all of which are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. If our estimates of future revenues decline, amortization expense could be accelerated or impairment adjustments may be required. We assess future seasons of syndicated programs that we are committed to acquire for impairment as they become available to us for airing. Any impairments of programming rights are expensed to programming in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
As a result of the evaluation of the recoverability of the unamortized costs associated with broadcast rights, we recognized impairment charges at WGN America of $80 million for the syndicated programs Person of Interest and Elementary in 2017, $37 million for the syndicated program Elementary in 2016 and $74 million for the syndicated

82


programs Person of Interest and Elementary in 2015. We have commitments to acquire up to five additional seasons of Elementary in future periods, if produced. Additional impairments may be required when these seasons become available to air if estimates of future revenues for these programs have not improved. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we had broadcast rights assets of $263 million and $311 million, respectively.
Production Costs—We produce and enter into arrangements with third parties to co-produce original programming to exhibit on our broadcast stations and cable network. These arrangements, which are referred to as co-financing arrangements, take various forms. In accordance with ASC Topic 926, “Entertainment-Films,” we estimate total revenues to be earned and costs to be incurred throughout the life of each television program. Estimates for remaining total lifetime revenues are limited to the amount of revenue contracted for each episode in the initial market (which is the US television market). Accordingly, television programming costs and participation costs incurred in excess of the amount of revenue contracted in the initial market are expensed as incurred. Estimates for all secondary market revenues such as domestic and foreign syndication, digital streaming, home entertainment and merchandising are included in the estimated lifetime revenues of such television programming once it can be demonstrated that a program can be successfully licensed in such secondary market. Television programming costs incurred subsequent to the establishment of the secondary market are initially capitalized and amortized based on the proportion that current period revenues bear to the estimated remaining total lifetime revenues. As several of our produced programming television series have either recently launched or have yet to premiere, we do not have a demonstrated history of participating in secondary market revenues to support that these programs can be successfully licensed in such secondary markets. Production costs are expensed to programming in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets—We review goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired, in accordance with ASC Topic 350, “IntangiblesGoodwill and Other.” Under ASC Topic 350, the impairment review of goodwill and other intangible assets not subject to amortization must be based on estimated fair values. On January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350).” We adopted the standard on a prospective basis, effective January 1, 2017. The standard simplifies the subsequent measure of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under ASU 2017-04, companies recognize an impairment charge for the amount the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. However, the loss recognized cannot exceed the total goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Goodwill and other intangibles not subject to amortization totaled $3.984 billion and $4.022 billion at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
Our annual impairment review measurement date is in the fourth quarter of each year. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is at or one level below our operating segment level. The reporting units are determined based on the components of our operating segment that constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly review the operating results of the component.
As of the fourth quarter of 2017 and 2016, we conducted our annual impairment test in accordance with ASC Topic 350. In performing our annual assessment, we have the option of performing a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that a reporting unit has been impaired. As part of the qualitative assessment for our reporting units, we evaluate the impact of factors that are specific to the reporting units as well as industry and macroeconomic factors. The reporting unit specific factors include a comparison of the current year results to prior year, current year budget and the budget for next fiscal year. We also consider the significance of the excess fair value over the carrying value reflected in prior quantitative assessments, the changes to the reporting units’ carrying value since the last impairment test and the change in the overall enterprise value of the Company compared to the prior year.
If we conclude that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit is impaired or if we elect not to perform the optional qualitative assessment, we will perform a quantitative assessment. The quantitative assessment tests for potential impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit with the reporting unit’s net asset value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the reporting unit’s net assets, goodwill is not

83


impaired and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit does not exceed the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, an impairment is recorded as the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit and the carrying value. In performing the quantitative assessment, the fair value of a reporting units is determined with consideration of both the income and market valuation approaches. Under the income approach, the fair value is based on projected future discounted cash flows, which requires management’s assumptions of projected revenues and related growth rates, operating margins, discount rates and terminal growth rates. Under the market valuation approach, the fair value is based on market multiples and consideration of market valuations of comparable companies.
During our 2017 annual goodwill impairment test, we performed a qualitative assessment of the television and cable reporting units (reporting units within the Television and Entertainment reportable segment) which, at December 31, 2017, had goodwill balances of $2.506 billion and $723 million, respectively. Based on the qualitative assessment, we concluded that there were no impairments for either reporting unit. The conclusion was supported by the overall and budgeted financial performance, declines in carrying values after considering the headroom from the prior year of 16% and 23%, for the television and cable reporting units, respectively, the overall stability of the Company’s enterprise value and other industry and macroeconomic factors.
No goodwill impairment charges were recorded in 2016.
During our 2015 annual impairment test of goodwill balances, we determined that the fair value of our cable reporting unit (a reporting unit within the Television and Entertainment reportable segment) was below its carrying value. We estimated the fair value of our cable reporting unit using both the income and market valuation approaches. As a result of the first step test, it was determined that the fair value of the cable reporting unit was below the carrying amount by approximately 9%. Accordingly, under the accounting guidance effective in 2015, a second step of the goodwill impairment test was performed specific to the cable reporting unit which compared the implied fair value of the goodwill to the carrying value of such goodwill. Based on the results from the second step process, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $381 million during the fourth quarter of 2015. See Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information.
The estimated fair values of other intangible assets subject to the annual impairment review, which include FCC licenses and a trade name, are generally calculated based on projected future discounted cash flow analyses. The determination of estimated fair values of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets requires many judgments, assumptions and estimates of several critical factors, including projected revenues and related growth rates, projected operating margins and cash flows, estimated income tax rates, capital expenditures, market multiples and discount rates, as well as specific economic factors such as market share for broadcasting and royalty rates for the trade name intangible. For our FCC licenses, significant assumptions also include start-up operating costs for an independent station, initial capital investments and market revenue forecasts. Fair value estimates for each of our indefinite-lived intangible assets are inherently sensitive to changes in these estimates, particularly with respect to the FCC licenses. Adverse changes in expected operating results and/or unfavorable changes in other economic factors could result in additional non-cash impairment charges in the future under ASC Topic 350.
No impairment charges were recorded in 2017 for either FCC licenses or the trade name. In the fourth quarter of 2016 and 2015, we recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of $3 million and $4 million, respectively, related to our FCC licenses in connection with our annual impairment review under ASC Topic 350. See Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information.
Impairment Review of Long-Lived Assets—In accordance with ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment,” we evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or asset group may be impaired. The carrying value of a long-lived asset or asset group is considered impaired when the projected future undiscounted cash flows to be generated from the asset or asset group over its remaining depreciable life are less than its current carrying value. We measure impairment based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the long-lived asset or asset group. The fair value is determined primarily by using the projected future cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved as well as market valuations. Losses on long-lived assets to

84


be disposed of are determined in a similar manner, except that the fair values are reduced for an estimate of the cost to dispose or abandon.
For the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we recorded charges totaling $2 million, $15 million and $7 million, respectively, to write down certain real estate properties to their estimated fair value, less the expected selling costs. Adverse changes in expected operating results and/or unfavorable changes in other economic factors used to estimate future undiscounted cash flows could result in additional non-cash impairment charges in the future under ASC Topic 360.
Income Taxes—Provisions for federal and state income taxes are calculated on reported pretax earnings based on current tax laws and also include, in the current period, the cumulative effect of any changes in tax rates from those used previously in determining deferred tax assets and liabilities. Taxable income reported to the taxing jurisdictions in which we operate often differs from pretax earnings because some items of income and expense are recognized in different time periods for income tax purposes. We provide deferred taxes on these temporary differences in accordance with ASC Topic 740. Taxable income also may differ from pretax earnings due to statutory provisions under which specific revenues are exempt from taxation and specific expenses are not allowable as deductions. The consolidated tax provision and related accruals include estimates of the potential taxes and related interest as deemed appropriate. These estimates are reevaluated and adjusted, if appropriate, on a quarterly basis. Although management believes its estimates and judgments are reasonable, the resolutions of our tax issues are unpredictable and could result in tax liabilities that are significantly higher or lower than that which has been provided by us.
ASC Topic 740 addresses the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Under ASC Topic 740, a company may recognize the tax benefit of an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. ASC Topic 740 requires the tax benefit recognized in the financial statements to be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods and disclosure. See Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further discussion.
Our effective tax rate and income tax expense could vary from estimated amounts due to future impacts of various items, including changes in tax laws, tax planning as well as forecasted financial results. Management believes current estimates are reasonable, however, actual results can differ from these estimates.
Tax Reform significantly changes how the U.S. taxes corporations. Tax Reform requires complex computations to be performed that were not previously required in U.S. tax law, significant judgments to be made in interpretation of the provisions of Tax Reform and significant estimates in calculations, and the preparation and analysis of information not previously relevant or regularly produced. The U.S. Treasury Department, the IRS, and other standard-setting bodies could interpret or issue guidance on how provisions of Tax Reform will be applied or otherwise administered that is different from our interpretation. As we complete our analysis of Tax Reform, collect and prepare necessary data, and interpret any additional guidance, we may make adjustments to provisional amounts that we have recorded that may materially impact our provision for income taxes in the period in which the adjustments are made.
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits—Retirement benefits are provided to employees through defined benefit pension plans sponsored either by us or by unions. Under our company-sponsored plans, pension benefits are primarily a function of both the years of service and the level of compensation for a specified number of years, depending on the plan. It is our policy to fund the minimum for our company-sponsored pension plans as required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). Contributions made to union-sponsored plans are based upon collective bargaining agreements. We also provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for retired employees. The expected cost of providing these benefits is accrued over the years that the employees render services. It is our policy to fund postretirement benefits as claims are incurred. Accounting for pension and other postretirement benefits requires the use of several assumptions and estimates. Actual experience

85


or changes to these assumptions and other estimates could have a significant impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial position. See Note 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements for a summary of all of the key assumptions related to pension and other postretirement benefits as well as a description of our defined benefit pension and postretirement plans as well as additional disclosures.
We recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of our defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans (other than a multiemployer plan) as an asset or liability in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which changes occur through comprehensive income (loss).
We utilize the Aon Hewitt AA-Only Bond Universe Yield Curve (the “Aon Hewitt Yield Curve”) for discounting future benefit obligations and calculating interest cost. The Aon Hewitt Yield Curve represents the yield on high quality (AA and above) corporate bonds that closely match the cash flows of the estimated payouts for our benefit obligations. As of December 31, 2017, a 0.5% decrease in our discount rate assumptions of 4.05% for our pension plans and 3.30% for our other postretirement plans would result in a $5 million increase in our 2017 net pension income and a $0.03 million increase in our 2017 other postretirement benefit income.
We used a multi-pronged approach to determine our 6.60% assumption for the long-term expected rate of return on pension plan assets. This approach included a review of actual historical returns achieved and anticipated long-term performance of each asset class. As of December 31, 2017, a 0.5% decrease in our long-term rate of return assumption would result in an $8 million decrease in our 2017 net pension income. Our pension plan assets earned a return of 14.6% in 2017 and 7.8% in 2016. The asset returns are net of administrative expenses.
Our pension actuarial valuation also incorporates other factors such as mortality rates. The actuarial assumptions used by us may differ materially from actual results due to, among other things, longer or shorter life spans of plan participants. Differences in these assumptions could significantly impact the actual amount of net periodic benefit cost and pension liability recorded by us.
For purposes of measuring postretirement health care costs for 2017, we assumed a 7.0% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 5.0% for 2024 and remain at that level thereafter. For purposes of measuring postretirement health care obligations at December 31, 2017, we assumed a 7.0% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 5.0% for 2025 and remain at that level thereafter.
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for health care plans. As of December 31, 2017, a 1% change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects (in thousands):
 
1% Increase
 
1% Decrease
Service cost and interest cost
$
7

 
$
(6
)
Projected benefit obligation
$
217

 
$
(199
)
In accordance with ASC Topic 715, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits,” unrecognized net actuarial gains and losses will be recognized in net periodic pension expense over approximately 24 years, which represents the estimated average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants receiving benefits, due to plans being frozen and participants are deemed inactive for purposes of determining remaining useful life. Our policy is to incorporate asset-related gains and losses into the asset value used to calculate the expected return on plan assets and into the calculation of amortization of unrecognized net actuarial loss over a four-year period.
Self-Insurance Liabilities—We self-insure for certain employee medical and disability income benefits, workers’ compensation costs and automobile and general liability claims. The recorded liabilities for self-insured risks are calculated using actuarial methods. We carry insurance coverage to limit exposure for self-insured workers’ compensation costs and automobile and general liability claims. Our deductibles under these coverages are generally $1 million per occurrence, depending on the applicable policy period. The recorded liabilities for self-insured risks totaled $24 million at December 31, 2017 and $26 million at December 31, 2016.

86


New Accounting Standards
See Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates of our variable rate debt, which, as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, primarily consisted of the borrowings under the Term Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we had $1.856 billion and $2.343 billion aggregate principal amounts outstanding under our Term Loan Facility, respectively. The Term Loan Facility bears interest, at our election, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the sum of LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements on Euro currency liabilities (“Adjusted LIBOR”), subject to a minimum rate of 0.75%, plus an applicable margin of 3.0% or (ii) the sum of a base rate determined as the highest of (a) the federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate of interest announced by the administrative agent as its prime rate, and (c) Adjusted LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of 2.0%. See Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information on the Term Loan Facility and its terms. Based on the amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facility as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, adding 1% to the applicable interest rate under the Term Loan Facility would result in an increase of approximately $19 million and $23 million in our annual interest expense, respectively, which may be mitigated by interest rate swaps with a notional value of $500 million, as described below. See Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the fair value of our long-term debt.
As discussed in Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements, we entered into certain interest rate swaps with a notional value of $500 million that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce future interest rate volatility of the variable rate interest payments related to the Term Loan Facility. While the current expectation is to maintain the interest rate swaps through maturity of the Term Loan Facility, due to risks for hedging gains and losses, cash settlement costs or changes to our capital structure, we may not elect to maintain such interest rate swaps with respect to any of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The financial statements required by this Item are located beginning on page F-1 of this report and within Exhibit 99.1.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as of December 31, 2017. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information we are required to disclose in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Based upon management’s evaluation described above, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2017.

87


Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of an issuer’s assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that an issuer’s receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of its management and board of directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of an issuer’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. Management’s assessment was based on criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Based upon this assessment, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Inherent Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls
Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. Internal controls, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, errors or misstatements, if any, within our company have been or will be detected.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None

88


PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this item with respect to our directors and executive officers will be contained in our 2018 Proxy Statement under the caption “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” and is incorporated in this report by reference; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2018, such information will be included in an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date.
The information required by this item with respect to Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance will be contained in our 2018 Proxy Statement under the caption “Section 16(A) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated in this report by reference; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2018, such information will be included in an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date.
The information required by this item with respect to corporate governance matters will be contained in our 2018 Proxy Statement under the caption “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” and is incorporated in this report by reference; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2018, such information will be included in an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date.
We have adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, to which all directors, officers and employees of the Company are subject, and a Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers, to which certain members of management are subject. We also have made these documents available on our website at http://investors.tribunemedia.com/corporate-governance.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item will be contained in our 2018 Proxy Statement under the captions “Director Compensation for Fiscal Year 2017,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “Executive Compensation” and is incorporated in this report by reference; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2018, such information will be included in an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this item with regard to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will be contained in our 2018 Proxy Statement under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and is incorporated in this report by reference; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2018, such information will be included in an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date.
The information required by this item with regard to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans will be contained in our 2018 Proxy Statement under the caption ‘‘Securities Authorized for Issuance under our Equity Compensation Plans” and is incorporated in this report by reference; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2018, such information will be included in an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item will be contained in our 2018 Proxy Statement under the captions “Related Party Transactions” and “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” and is incorporated in this report by reference; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2018, such information will be included in an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date.

89


ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item will be contained in our 2018 Proxy Statement under the caption ‘‘Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and is incorporated in this report by reference; provided that if such proxy statement is not filed on or before April 30, 2018, such information will be included in an amendment to this Report on Form 10-K filed on or before such date.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
a) The following documents are filed as a part of this report:
(1) Financial Statements
The financial statements and notes thereto are annexed to this report beginning on page F-1 and within Exhibit 99.1.
(2) Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules are omitted because they are either not applicable or the required information is disclosed in our audited consolidated financial statements or the accompanying notes.
(3) Exhibits
Exhibit No.
 
Description
  2.1
 
 
 
 
  2.2
 
 
 
 
2.3
 
 
 
 
2.4
 
 
 
 
  3.1
 
 
 
 
3.2
 
 
 
 
  3.3
 
 
 
 

90


Exhibit No.
 
Description
4.1
 
 
 
 
4.2
 
 
 
 
4.3
 
 
 
 
4.4
 
 
 
 
4.5
 
 
 
 
4.6
 
 
 
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
10.2
 
 
 
 
10.3
 
 
 
 
10.4
 
 
 
 
10.5
 
 
 
 
10.6
 
 
 
 

91


Exhibit No.
 
Description
10.7
 
 
 
 
10.8§
 
 
 
 
10.9§
 
 
 
 
10.10§
 
 
 
 
10.11§
 
 
 
 
10.12§
 
 
 
 
10.13§
 
 
 
 
10.14§
 
 
 
 
10.15§
 
 
 
 
10.16§
 
 
 
 
10.17§
 
 
 
 
10.18§
 
 
 
 
10.19§
 
 
 
 
10.20§
 
 
 
 
10.21
 
 
 
 
10.22§
 

92


Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
 
 
10.23§
 
 
 
 
10.24§
 
 
 
 
10.25§
 
 
 
 
10.26§
 
 
 
 
10.27§
 
 
 
 
10.28§
 
 
 
 
10.29§
 
 
 
 
10.30§
 
 
 
 
10.31§
 
 
 
 
10.32
 
 
 
 
10.33§
 
 
 
 
10.34§
 
 
 
 
10.35§
 
 
 
 
10.36§
 
 
 
 
10.37§
 
 
 
 
10.38§
 

93


Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
 
 
21.1s
 
 
 
 
23.1s
 
 
 
 
23.2s
 
 
 
 
31.1s
 
 
 
 
31.2s
 
 
 
 
32.1s
 
 
 
 
32.2s
 
 
 
 
99.1s
 
 
 
 
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
 
 
 
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
 
 
 
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
 
 
 
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
 
 
 
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
 
 
 
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
 
 
§
Constitutes a compensatory plan or arrangement.
s
Filed herein
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None

94


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 1, 2018.
 
TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY
 
 
By:
Name:
Title:
Chief Executive Officer, Director
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer, Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 

95



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Note 1:
Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies
Note 2:
Discontinued Operations
Note 3:
Proceedings Under Chapter 11
Note 4:
Acquisitions
Note 5:
Changes in Operations and Non-Operating Items
Note 6:
Real Estate Sales and Assets Held for Sale
Note 7:
Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Intangible Liabilities
Note 8:
Investments
Note 9:
Debt
Note 10:
Fair Value Measurements
Note 11:
Contracts Payable for Broadcast Rights
Note 12:
Commitments and Contingencies
Note 13:
Income Taxes
Note 14:
Pension and Other Retirement Plans
Note 15:
Capital Stock
Note 16:
Stock-Based Compensation
Note 17:
Earnings Per Share
Note 18:
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Note 19:
Related Party Transactions
Note 20:
Business Segments
Note 21:
Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
Note 22:
Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements
Note 23:
Subsequent Events

F-1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Tribune Media Company

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tribune Media Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
We did not audit the financial statements of Television Food Network, G.P. (“TV Food Network”), an approximate 31 percent-owned equity investment of the Company, which reflects a net investment totaling $379 million and $374 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, (such amounts are prior to adjustments recorded by the Company for the application of fresh-start reporting, net of amortization of basis difference, of $855 million and $905 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively), and equity income of $191 million, $172 million and $176 million (such amounts are prior to the amortization of basis difference of $50 million, $50 million and $50 million) for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, respectively. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report thereon has been furnished to us, and our opinion expressed herein, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for TV Food Network, prior to the adjustments for the application of fresh-start reporting and the amortization of basis differences, is based solely on the report of the other auditors. We audited the adjustments necessary to reflect fresh-start reporting and the amortization of basis differences in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Basis for Opinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

F-2


Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois
March 1, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since at least 1916. We have not determined the specific year we began serving as auditor of the Company.

F-3


TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share data)

 
Year Ended
 
 
 
Operating Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
Television and Entertainment
 
 
 
 
 
Advertising
$
1,225,900

 
$
1,374,571

 
$
1,303,220

Retransmission revenue and carriage fees
540,244

 
455,768

 
368,484

Other
69,279

 
79,557

 
80,838

Total
1,835,423

 
1,909,896

 
1,752,542

Other
13,536

 
38,034

 
49,425

Total operating revenues
1,848,959

 
1,947,930

 
1,801,967

Operating Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
Programming
604,068

 
515,738

 
535,799

Direct operating expenses
391,770

 
390,595

 
376,383

Selling, general and administrative
550,193

 
592,220

 
543,065

Depreciation
56,314

 
58,825

 
64,554

Amortization
166,679

 
166,664

 
166,404

Impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets

 
3,400

 
385,000

(Gain) loss on sales of real estate, net
(28,533
)
 
(213,086
)
 
97

Total operating expenses
1,740,491

 
1,514,356

 
2,071,302

Operating Profit (Loss)
108,468

 
433,574

 
(269,335
)
Income on equity investments, net
137,362

 
148,156

 
146,959

Interest and dividend income
3,149

 
1,226

 
720

Interest expense
(159,387
)
 
(152,719
)
 
(148,587
)
Loss on extinguishments and modification of debt
(20,487
)
 

 
(37,040
)
Gain on investment transactions, net
8,131

 

 
12,173

Write-downs of investments
(193,494
)
 

 

Other non-operating gain, net
71

 
5,427

 
7,228

Reorganization items, net
(2,109
)
 
(1,422
)
 
(1,537
)
(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes
(118,296
)
 
434,242

 
(289,419
)
Income tax (benefit) expense
(301,373
)
 
347,202

 
25,918

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations
183,077

 
87,040

 
(315,337
)
Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, net of taxes (Note 2)
14,420

 
(72,794
)
 
(4,581
)
Net Income (Loss)
$
197,497

 
$
14,246

 
$
(319,918
)
Net income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests
(3,378
)
 

 

Net Income (Loss) attributable to Tribune Media Company
$
194,119

 
$
14,246

 
$
(319,918
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share Attributable to Tribune Media Company from:
 
 
 
 
 
   Continuing Operations
$
2.06

 
$
0.96

 
$
(3.33
)
   Discontinued Operations
0.17

 
(0.80
)
 
(0.05
)
   Net Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share
$
2.23

 
$
0.16

 
$
(3.38
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share Attributable to Tribune Media Company from:
 
 
 
 
 
   Continuing Operations
$
2.04

 
$
0.96

 
$
(3.33
)
   Discontinued Operations
0.16

 
(0.80
)
 
(0.05
)
   Net Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share
$
2.20

 
$
0.16

 
$
(3.38
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regular dividends declared per common share
$
1.00

 
$
1.00

 
$
0.75

 
 
 
 
 
 
Special dividends declared per common share
$
5.77

 
$

 
$
6.73


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-4


TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands of dollars)

 
Year Ended
 
 
 
Net Income (Loss)
$
197,497

 
$
14,246

 
$
(319,918
)
Less: Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, net of taxes
14,420

 
(72,794
)
 
(4,581
)
Net Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations
183,077

 
87,040

 
(315,337
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations, net of taxes
 
 
 
 
 
Pension and other post-retirement benefit items:
 
 
 
 
 
Change in unrecognized benefit plan gains and losses arising during the period, net of taxes of $6,725, $(4,717), and $(5,176), respectively
19,231

 
(7,316
)
 
(8,032
)
Adjustment for previously unrecognized benefit plan gains and losses included in net income, net of taxes of $(103), $(114) and $(25), respectively
(160
)
 
(176
)
 
(36
)
Change in unrecognized benefit plan gains and losses, net of taxes
19,071

 
(7,492
)
 
(8,068
)
Marketable securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in unrealized holding gains and losses arising during the period, net of taxes of $(60), $604 and $(2,133), respectively
(95
)
 
936

 
(3,308
)
Adjustment for gain on investment sales included in net income net of taxes of $(1,921)
(2,980
)
 

 

Change in marketable securities, net of taxes
(3,075
)
 
936

 
(3,308
)
Cash flow hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes of $(3,054)
(3,591
)
 

 

Gains and losses reclassified to net income, net of taxes of $2,127
3,298

 

 

Change in unrecognized gains and losses on cash flow hedging instruments, net of taxes
(293
)
 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments, net of taxes of $2,774, $(1,545), and $(1,458), respectively
6,247

 
(2,362
)
 
(3,519
)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations, net of taxes   
21,950


(8,918
)

(14,895
)
Comprehensive Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations, net of taxes
205,027

 
78,122

 
(330,232
)
Comprehensive Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, net of taxes
26,191

 
(74,642
)
 
(14,161
)
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
$
231,218

 
$
3,480

 
$
(344,393
)
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
(3,378
)
 

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) attributable to Tribune Media Company
$
227,840

 
$
3,480

 
$
(344,393
)



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-5


TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands of dollars)

 
 
Assets
 
 
 
Current Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
673,685

 
$
577,658

Restricted cash and cash equivalents
17,566

 
17,566

Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $4,814 and $12,504)
420,095

 
429,112

Broadcast rights
129,174

 
157,817

Income taxes receivable
18,274

 
9,056

Current assets of discontinued operations

 
62,605

Prepaid expenses
20,158

 
35,862

Other
14,039

 
6,624

Total current assets
1,292,991

 
1,296,300

Properties
 
 
 
Machinery, equipment and furniture
318,891

 
280,589

Buildings and leasehold improvements
171,113

 
154,557

 
490,004

 
435,146

Accumulated depreciation
(233,387
)
 
(187,148
)
 
256,617

 
247,998

Land
157,298

 
214,730

Construction in progress
26,380

 
61,192

Net properties
440,295

 
523,920

Other Assets
 
 
 
Broadcast rights
133,683

 
153,457

Goodwill
3,228,988

 
3,227,930

Other intangible assets, net
1,613,665

 
1,819,134

Non-current assets of discontinued operations

 
608,153

Assets held for sale
38,900

 
17,176

Investments
1,281,791

 
1,674,883

Other
139,015

 
80,098

Total other assets
6,436,042

 
7,580,831

Total Assets (a)
$
8,169,328

 
$
9,401,051



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6


TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands of dollars, except for share and per share data)

 
 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
48,319

 
$
60,553

Debt due within one year (net of unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs of $7,917)

 
19,924

Income taxes payable
36,252

 
21,166

Employee compensation and benefits
71,759

 
77,123

Contracts payable for broadcast rights
253,244

 
241,255

Deferred revenue
11,942

 
13,690

Interest payable
30,525

 
30,305

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

 
54,284

Deferred spectrum auction proceeds (Note 6)
172,102

 

Other
30,124

 
32,553

Total current liabilities
654,267

 
550,853

Non-Current Liabilities
 
 
 
Long-term debt (net of unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs of $36,332 and $38,830)
2,919,185

 
3,391,627

Deferred income taxes
508,174

 
984,248

Contracts payable for broadcast rights
300,420

 
314,840

Pension obligations, net
396,875

 
444,401

Postretirement medical, life and other benefits
9,328

 
11,385

Other obligations
163,899

 
62,700

Non-current liabilities of discontinued operations

 
95,314

Total non-current liabilities
4,297,881

 
5,304,515

Total Liabilities (a)
4,952,148

 
5,855,368

Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Note 12)


 


Shareholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock ($0.001 par value per share)
 
 
 
Authorized: 40,000,000 shares; No shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and at December 31, 2016

 

Class A Common Stock ($0.001 par value per share)
 
 
 
Authorized: 1,000,000,000 shares; 101,429,999 shares issued and 87,327,814 shares outstanding at December 31, 2017; 100,416,516 shares issued and 86,314,063 shares outstanding at December 31, 2016
101

 
100

Class B Common Stock ($0.001 par value per share)
 
 
 
Authorized: 1,000,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: 5,557 shares at December 31, 2017 and 5,605 shares at December 31, 2016

 

Treasury stock, at cost: 14,102,185 shares at December 31, 2017 and 14,102,453 shares at December 31, 2016
(632,194
)
 
(632,207
)
Additional paid-in-capital
4,011,530

 
4,561,760

Retained deficit
(114,240
)
 
(308,105
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(48,061
)
 
(81,782
)
Total Tribune Media Company shareholders’ equity
3,217,136

 
3,539,766

Noncontrolling interests
44

 
5,917

Total shareholders’ equity
3,217,180

 
3,545,683

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
$
8,169,328

 
$
9,401,051

 
(a)
The Company’s consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 include total assets of variable interest entities (“VIEs”) of $81 million and $97 million, respectively, which can only be used to settle the obligations of the VIEs. The Company’s consolidated total liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 include total liabilities of the VIEs of $29 million and $3 million, respectively, for which the creditors of the VIEs have no recourse to the Company (see Note 1).

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7


TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS
 EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Additional Paid-In Capital
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
Retained Earnings (Deficit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A
 
Class B
 
Total
 
 
 
 
Treasury Stock
 
Non-controlling Interests
 
Amount
(at Cost)
 
Shares
 
Amount
 (at Cost)
 
Shares
$
5,195,431

 
$
718,218

 
$
(46,541
)
 
$
4,591,470

 
$
(67,814
)
 
$

 
$
96

 
95,708

 
$
2

 
2,438

Comprehensive loss:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
(319,918
)
 
(319,918
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes
(24,475
)
 
 
 
(24,475
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss
(344,393
)
 
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special dividends declared to shareholders and warrant holders, $6.73 per share
(648,644
)
 
(648,644
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regular dividends declared to shareholders and warrant holders, $0.75 per share
(71,275
)
 
(72,007
)
 

 
732

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock

 
 
 

 
 
 

 

 
2

 
2,432

 
(2
)
 
(2,432
)
Warrant exercises

 
 
 

 
(2
)
 

 

 
2

 
1,719

 

 

Stock-based compensation
32,547

 
 
 

 
32,547

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net share settlements of stock-based awards
(4,251
)
 
 
 

 
(4,251
)
 

 

 

 
156

 

 

Change in excess tax benefits from stock-based awards
(878
)
 
 
 

 
(878
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock repurchases
(332,339
)
 
 
 

 

 
(332,339
)
 

 

 

 

 

Contributions from noncontrolling interests
5,524

 
 
 

 

 

 
5,524

 

 

 

 

$
3,831,722

 
$
(322,351
)
 
$
(71,016
)
 
$
4,619,618

 
$
(400,153
)
 
$
5,524

 
$
100

 
100,015

 
$

 
6

Comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
14,246

 
14,246

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes
(10,766
)
 

 
(10,766
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income
3,480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regular dividends declared to shareholders and warrant holders, $1.00 per share
(90,296
)
 

 

 
(90,296
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant exercises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
163

 

 

Stock-based compensation
37,002

 

 

 
37,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net share settlements of stock-based awards
(4,553
)
 

 

 
(4,564
)
 
11

 

 

 
238

 

 

Common stock repurchases
(232,065
)
 

 

 

 
(232,065
)
 

 

 

 

 

Contributions from noncontrolling interest
393

 

 

 

 

 
393

 

 

 

 

$
3,545,683

 
$
(308,105
)
 
$
(81,782
)
 
$
4,561,760

 
$
(632,207
)
 
$
5,917

 
$
100

 
100,416

 
$

 
6

Comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
197,497

 
194,119

 

 

 

 
3,378

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of taxes
33,721

 

 
33,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income
231,218

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special dividends declared to shareholders and warrant holders, $5.77 per share
(499,107
)
 

 

 
(499,107
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Regular dividends declared to shareholders and warrant holders, $1.00 per share
(87,229
)
 

 

 
(87,229
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrant exercises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
98

 

 

Stock-based compensation
33,159

 

 

 
33,159

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net share settlements of stock-based awards
2,543

 

 

 
2,529

 
13

 

 
1

 
916

 

 

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
164

 
(254
)
 

 
418

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributions to noncontrolling interests, net
(9,251
)
 

 

 

 

 
(9,251
)
 

 

 

 

$
3,217,180

 
$
(114,240
)
 
$
(48,061
)
 
$
4,011,530

 
$
(632,194
)
 
$
44

 
$
101

 
101,430

 
$

 
6



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-8


TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands of dollars)

 
Year Ended
 
 
 
Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
197,497

 
$
14,246

 
$
(319,918
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
32,933

 
37,189

 
32,493

Pension credit, net of contributions
(22,047
)
 
(24,110
)
 
(29,417
)
Depreciation
56,314

 
72,409

 
74,289

Amortization of contract intangible assets and liabilities
869

 
(10,566
)
 
(14,980
)
Amortization of other intangible assets
166,679

 
196,663

 
195,230

Impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets

 
3,400

 
385,000

Income on equity investments, net
(137,362
)
 
(148,156
)
 
(146,959
)
Distributions from equity investments
198,124

 
170,527

 
169,879

Non-cash loss on extinguishments and modification of debt
8,258

 

 
33,480

Original issue discount payments
(7,360
)
 

 
(6,158
)
Write-downs of investments
193,494

 

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount
7,875

 
11,172

 
12,258

Gain on sale of business
(33,492
)
 

 

Gain on investment transactions, net
(8,131
)
 

 
(12,173
)
Impairments of real estate
2,399

 
15,102

 
6,650

(Gain) loss on sales of real estate
(28,533
)
 
(213,086
)
 
97

Other non-operating gain, net
(71
)
 
(5,427
)
 
(6,183
)
Change in excess tax benefits from stock-based awards

 

 
868

Changes in working capital items, excluding effects from acquisitions:
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable, net
10,638

 
(998
)
 
(23,444
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
10,310

 
18,171

 
(36,997
)
Accounts payable
(8,736
)
 
6,589

 
(15,302
)
Employee compensation and benefits, accrued expense and other current liabilities
(23,927
)
 
(7,515
)
 
38,062

Deferred revenue
(2,423
)
 
(2,843
)
 
9,541

Income taxes
6,175

 
51,296

 
(272,102
)
Change in broadcast rights, net of liabilities
45,898

 
(15,427
)
 
100,116

Deferred income taxes (Note 13)
(478,637
)
 
95,035

 
(140,075
)
Change in non-current obligations for uncertain tax positions
791

 
(11,276
)
 
(931
)
Other, net
34,967

 
31,768

 
(7,380
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
222,502

 
284,163

 
25,944


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9


TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
(In thousands of dollars)

 
Year Ended
 
 
 
Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
(66,832
)
 
(99,659
)
 
(89,084
)
Investments
(5,065
)
 
(5,993
)
 
(23,042
)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 
(74,959
)
Net proceeds from the sale of business (Note 2)
557,793

 

 

Proceeds from FCC spectrum auction (Note 6)
172,102

 

 

Sale of partial interest of equity method investment (Note 8)
142,552

 

 

Proceeds from sales of real estate and other assets
144,464

 
507,692

 
4,930

Proceeds from sales of investments
5,769

 

 
44,982

Distributions from equity investment
3,768

 

 
10,328

Other
1,789

 
297

 
1,112

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
956,340

 
402,337

 
(125,733
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term borrowings
202,694

 

 
1,100,000

Repayments of long-term debt
(703,527
)
 
(27,842
)
 
(1,114,262
)
Long-term debt issuance costs
(1,689
)
 
(736
)
 
(20,202
)
Payments of dividends
(586,336
)
 
(90,296
)
 
(719,919
)
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of share-based awards
(8,774
)
 
(4,553
)
 
(4,421
)
Proceeds from stock option exercises
11,317

 

 
166

Common stock repurchases

 
(232,065
)
 
(339,942
)
(Distributions to) contributions from noncontrolling interests, net
(9,251
)
 
393

 
5,524

Settlements of contingent consideration, net

 
(3,636
)
 
1,174

Change in excess tax benefits from stock-based awards

 

 
(868
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(1,095,566
)
 
(358,735
)
 
(1,092,750
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
83,276

 
327,765

 
(1,192,539
)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
590,409

 
262,644

 
1,455,183

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$
673,685

 
$
590,409

 
$
262,644

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents are Comprised of:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
673,685

 
$
577,658

 
$
247,820

Cash and cash equivalents classified as discontinued operations

 
12,751

 
14,824

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$
673,685

 
$
590,409

 
$
262,644

 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental Schedule of Cash Flow Information
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the period for:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
$
152,401

 
$
160,200

 
$
130,311

Income taxes, net of refunds
$
182,509

 
$
265,886

 
$
434,720




See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-10



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1: BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The significant accounting policies of the Company, as summarized below, conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and reflect practices appropriate to the Company’s businesses.
Nature of Operations and Reclassifications—Tribune Media Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a diversified media and entertainment company. The Company’s business consists of Television and Entertainment operations and the management of certain owned real estate assets. The Company also holds a variety of investments, including equity method investments in Television Food Network, G.P. (“TV Food Network”) and CareerBuilder, LLC (through our investment in Camaro Parent, LLC) (“CareerBuilder”) and a cost method investment in New Cubs LLC (as defined and described in Note 8).
Television and Entertainment, a reportable segment, provides audiences across the country with news, entertainment and sports programming on Tribune Broadcasting’s 42 local television stations (that are either owned by the Company or owned by others but to which the Company provides certain services) and their websites, a national general entertainment cable network (WGN America), a radio station and other digital assets.
The Company reports and includes under Corporate and Other the management of certain owned real estate assets, including revenues from leasing the Company-owned office and production facilities and any gains or losses from sales of real estate, as well as certain administrative activities associated with operating corporate office functions and managing its predominantly frozen company-sponsored defined benefit pension plans.
Prior to entering into a share purchase agreement to sell substantially all of the Digital and Data business on December 19, 2016 (the “Gracenote Sale,” as further defined and described in Note 2), the Company was also engaged in providing innovative technology and services that collected, created and distributed video, music, sports and entertainment data.
Prior to the Gracenote Sale, which was completed on January 31, 2017, the Company reported its operations through the following reportable segments: Television and Entertainment and Digital and Data. The Company’s Digital and Data reportable segment consisted of several businesses driven by the Company’s expertise in collection, creation and distribution of data and innovation in unique services and recognition technology that used data, including Gracenote Video, Gracenote Music and Gracenote Sports.
The historical results of operations for the businesses included in the Gracenote Sale are presented in discontinued operations for all periods presented (see Note 2). Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2016, the Television and Entertainment reportable segment includes the operations of Covers Media Group (“Covers”), a business-to-consumer website, which was previously included in the Digital and Data reportable segment. Beginning in fiscal 2015, the Television and Entertainment reportable segment includes the Company’s Screener (formerly Zap2it.com) entertainment content business, which was also previously included in the Digital and Data reportable segment. Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation; the impact of this reclassification was immaterial.
Sinclair Merger Agreement—On May 8, 2017, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Sinclair Broadcast Group, Inc. (“Sinclair”), providing for the acquisition by Sinclair of all of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (“Class A Common Stock”) and Class B common stock (“Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”) by means of a merger of Samson Merger Sub Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Sinclair, with and into Tribune Media Company (the “Merger”), with Tribune Media Company surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Sinclair.
In the Merger, each share of the Company’s Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive (i) $35.00 in cash, without interest and less any required withholding taxes (such amount, the “Cash Consideration”), and (ii) 0.2300 (the “Exchange Ratio”) of a validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A common

F-11



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Sinclair Common Stock”), of Sinclair (the “Stock Consideration,” and together with the Cash Consideration, the “Merger Consideration”). The Merger Agreement provides that each holder of an outstanding Tribune Media Company stock option (whether or not vested) will receive, for each share of the Company’s Common Stock subject to such stock option, a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the Merger Consideration (with the Stock Consideration valued over a specified period prior to the consummation of the Merger) and the exercise price per share of such option, without interest and less any required withholding taxes. Each outstanding Tribune Media Company restricted stock unit award will be converted into a cash-settled restricted stock unit award reflecting a number of shares of Sinclair Common Stock equal to the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock subject to such award multiplied by a ratio equal to (a) the sum of (i) the Exchange Ratio plus (ii) the Cash Consideration divided by (b) the trading value of the Sinclair Common Stock over a specified period prior to the consummation of the Merger. Otherwise, each such award will continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as such award was subject prior to the Merger. Each outstanding Tribune Media Company performance stock unit (other than supplemental performance stock units) will automatically become vested at “target” level of performance and will be entitled to receive an amount of cash equal to (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are subject to such unit as so vested multiplied by (b) the sum of (i) the Cash Consideration and (ii) the Exchange Ratio multiplied by the trading value of the Sinclair Common Stock over a specified period prior to the consummation of the Merger without interest and less any required withholding taxes. Each holder of an outstanding Tribune Media Company supplemental performance stock unit that will vest in accordance with its existing terms will be entitled to receive an amount of cash equal to (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are subject to such unit as so vested multiplied by (b) the sum of (i) the Cash Consideration and (ii) the Exchange Ratio multiplied by the trading value of the Sinclair Common Stock over a specified period prior to the consummation of the Merger without interest and less any required withholding taxes. Any supplemental performance stock units that do not vest in accordance with their terms will be canceled without any consideration. Each holder of an outstanding Tribune Media Company deferred stock unit will be entitled to receive an amount of cash equal to (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are subject to such unit multiplied by (b) the sum of (i) the Cash Consideration and (ii) the Exchange Ratio multiplied by the trading value of the Sinclair Common Stock over a specified period prior to the consummation of the Merger without interest and subject to all applicable withholding. Each outstanding Tribune Media Company Warrant will become a warrant exercisable, at its current exercise price, for the Merger Consideration in respect of each share of the Company’s Common Stock subject to the Warrant prior to the Merger.
The consummation of the Merger is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain important conditions, including, among others: (i) the approval of the Merger by the Company’s stockholders, (ii) the receipt of approval from the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) and the expiration or termination of the waiting period applicable to the Merger under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”), (iii) the effectiveness of a registration statement on Form S-4 registering the Sinclair Common Stock to be issued in connection with the Merger and no stop order or proceedings seeking the same having been initiated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), (iv) the listing of the Sinclair Common Stock to be issued in the Merger on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and (v) the absence of certain legal impediments to the consummation of the Merger.
On September 6, 2017, Sinclair’s registration statement on Form S-4 registering the Sinclair Common Stock to be issued in the Merger was declared effective by the SEC.
On October 19, 2017, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting as a single class, voted on and approved the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement at a duly called special meeting of Tribune Media Company shareholders.
The applications seeking FCC approval of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “Applications”) were filed on June 26, 2017, and the FCC issued a public notice of the filing of the Applications and established a comment cycle on July 6, 2017. Several petitions to deny the Applications, and numerous other comments, both opposing and supporting the transaction, were filed in response to the public notice. Sinclair and

F-12



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Tribune jointly filed an opposition to the petitions to deny on August 22, 2017 (the “Joint Opposition”). Petitioners and others filed replies to the Joint Opposition on August 29, 2017. On September 14, 2017, the FCC’s Media Bureau issued a Request for Information (“RFI”) seeking additional information regarding certain matters discussed in the Applications. Sinclair submitted a response to the RFI on October 5, 2017. On October 18, 2017, the FCC’s Media Bureau issued a public notice pausing the FCC’s 180-day transaction review “shot-clock” for 15 days to afford interested parties an opportunity to comment on the response to the RFI. On January 11, 2018, the FCC’s Media Bureau issued a public notice pausing the FCC’s shot-clock as of January 4, 2018 until Sinclair has filed amendments to the Applications along with divestiture applications and the FCC staff has had an opportunity to review any such submissions. On February 20, 2018, the parties filed an amendment to the Applications that, among other things, (1) requested authority under the Duopoly Rule for Sinclair to own two top four rated stations in each of three television markets and (2) identified stations (the “Divestiture Stations”) in 11 television markets that Sinclair proposes to divest in order for the Merger to comply with the Duopoly Rule and the National Television Multiple Ownership Rule. Concurrently, Sinclair filed applications proposing to place certain of the Divestiture Stations in an FCC-approved divestiture trust, if and as necessary, in order to facilitate the orderly divestiture of those stations following the consummation of the Merger.
On August 2, 2017, the Company received a request for additional information and documentary material, often referred to as a “second request,” from the United States Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) in connection with the Merger Agreement. The second request was issued under the HSR Act. Sinclair received a substantively identical request for additional information and documentary material from the DOJ in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. Issuance of the second request extends the waiting period under the HSR Act until 30 days after Sinclair and the Company have substantially complied with the second request, unless the waiting period is terminated earlier by the DOJ or the parties voluntarily extend the time for closing. The parties entered into an agreement with the DOJ on September 15, 2017 (the “DOJ Timing Agreement”), by which they agreed not to consummate the Merger Agreement before December 31, 2017, or 60 days following the date on which both parties have certified compliance with the second request, whichever is later. In addition, the parties agreed to provide the DOJ with 10 calendar days notice prior to consummating the Merger Agreement. The DOJ Timing Agreement has been amended twice, on October 30, 2017, to extend the date before which the parties may not consummate the Merger Agreement to January 30, 2018, and on January 27, 2018, to extend that date to February 11, 2018. The DOJ Timing Agreement thus currently provides that the parties will not consummate the Merger Agreement before February 11, 2018, or 60 days following the date on which both parties have certified compliance with the second request, whichever is later, and that the parties will provide the DOJ with 10 days notice before consummating the Merger Agreement.
Sinclair’s and the Company’s respective obligation to consummate the Merger are also subject to certain additional customary conditions, including (i) material accuracy of representations and warranties in the Merger Agreement of the other party, (ii) performance by the other party of its covenants in the Merger Agreement in all material respects and (iii) since the date of the Merger Agreement, no material adverse effect with respect to the other party having occurred.
If the Merger Agreement is terminated (i) by either the Company or Sinclair because the Merger has not occurred by the end date described below or (ii) by Sinclair in respect of a willful breach of the Company’s covenants or agreements that would give rise to the failure of a closing condition that is incapable of being cured within the time periods prescribed by the Merger Agreement, and an alternative acquisition proposal has been made to the Company and publicly announced and not withdrawn prior to the termination, and within twelve months after termination of the Merger Agreement, the Company enters into a definitive agreement with respect to an alternative acquisition proposal (and subsequently consummates such transaction) or consummates a transaction with respect to an alternative acquisition proposal, the Company will pay Sinclair $135.5 million less Sinclair’s costs and expenses paid.
In addition to the foregoing termination rights, either party may terminate the Merger Agreement if the Merger is not consummated on or before May 8, 2018, with an automatic extension to August 8, 2018, if necessary to obtain regulatory approval under circumstances specified in the Merger Agreement.

F-13



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Change in Accounting Principle— In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2016-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718).” The Company adopted ASU 2016-09 on January 1, 2017. The Company made a policy election to account for forfeitures of equity awards as they occur and implemented this provision using a modified retrospective transition method. The cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings in the first quarter of 2017 as a result of this election was immaterial. The Company adopted the other provisions of ASU 2016-09 on a prospective basis. The adoption of these provisions did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350).” The Company adopted the standard on a prospective basis, effective January 1, 2017. The standard simplifies the subsequent measure of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under ASU 2017-04, companies should recognize an impairment charge for the amount the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. However, the loss recognized cannot exceed the total goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718).” The Company adopted the standard on a prospective basis, effective April 1, 2017. The standard addresses the diversity in practice of when companies apply modification accounting when there are changes in terms or conditions to share-based payment awards. The guidance states that a company should consider changes as a modification unless all of the following are met (i) there is no change in the fair value of the award as a result of the modification, (ii) the vesting conditions have not changed and (iii) the classification of the award as an equity instrument or a liability instrument has not changed. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Fiscal Year—On April 16, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved the change of the Company’s fiscal year end from the last Sunday in December of each year to December 31 of each year and to change the Company’s fiscal quarter end to the last calendar day of each quarter. This change in fiscal year end was effective with the second fiscal quarter of 2015, which ended on June 30, 2015. As a result of this change, the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 includes two less days compared to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.
Principles of Consolidation and Variable Interest Entities—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Tribune Media Company and all majority-owned subsidiaries, as well as any variable interests for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All material intercompany transactions are eliminated. In general, unless otherwise required by ASC Topic 323 “Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures,” investments comprising between 20 percent to 50 percent of the voting stock of companies and certain partnership interests are accounted for using the equity method. All other investments are generally accounted for using the cost method.
The Company evaluates its investments and other transactions to determine whether any entities associated with the investments or transactions should be consolidated under the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810, “Consolidation.” ASC Topic 810 requires an ongoing qualitative assessment of variable interest entities (“VIEs”) to assess which entity is the primary beneficiary as it has the power to direct matters that most significantly impact the activities of a VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or benefits that could be potentially significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates VIEs when it is the primary beneficiary.
On April 14, 2015, the Company entered into a real estate venture agreement with a third party to redevelop one of the Company’s Florida properties and formed a new limited liability company, TREH 200E Las Olas Venture, LLC (“Las Olas LLC”). The Company contributed land with an agreed-upon value between the parties of $15 million and a carrying value of $10 million, resulting in an initial 92% interest in the Las Olas LLC. As further disclosed in Note 6, on December 19, 2017, the Company sold the property owned by Las Olas LLC for net pretax proceeds of $21 million and recognized a pretax gain of $6 million, of which less than $1 million is attributable to a noncontrolling interest. The Las Olas LLC was determined to be a VIE where the Company is the primary beneficiary. The Company consolidates the financial position and results of operations of this VIE.

F-14



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

On November 12, 2015, the Company executed an agreement with a third party developer to redevelop one of the Company’s California properties. The Company contributed land, building and improvements with an agreed-upon value between the parties of $39 million and a carrying value of $35 million, resulting in an initial 90% interest in the TREH/Kearny Costa Mesa, LLC (“Costa Mesa LLC”). As further disclosed in Note 6, on November 15, 2017, the Company sold the properties owned by Costa Mesa LLC for net pretax proceeds of $62 million and recognized a pretax gain of $22 million, of which $3 million is attributable to a noncontrolling interest. The Company consolidates the financial position and results of operations of Costa Mesa LLC as it has the majority ownership.
Prior to September 2, 2015, the Company held a variable interest in Newsday Holdings LLC (“NHLLC”). On September 2, 2015, all of the outstanding equity interests of NHLLC were acquired by CSC Holdings, LLC (“CSC”).
At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company indirectly held a variable interest in Topix, LLC (“Topix”) through its investment in TKG Internet Holdings II LLC. The Company has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of Topix and therefore has not consolidated it as of and for the periods presented in the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements.
The Company holds a variable interest in Dreamcatcher Broadcasting LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Dreamcatcher”) and is the primary beneficiary. As such, the Company’s consolidated financial statements include the results of operations and the financial position of Dreamcatcher. See below for further information on the Company’s transactions with Dreamcatcher and the carrying amounts and classification of the assets and liabilities of Dreamcatcher which have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The assets of the consolidated VIE can only be used to settle the obligations of the VIE.
Dreamcatcher—Pursuant to an asset purchase agreement dated as of July 15, 2013, between the Company, an affiliate of Oak Hill Capital Partners and Dreamcatcher, an entity formed in 2013 specifically to comply with FCC cross-ownership rules, on December 27, 2013, Dreamcatcher acquired the FCC licenses, retransmission consent agreements, network affiliation agreements, contracts for broadcast rights and selected personal property (including transmitters, antennas and transmission lines) of Local TV’s television stations WTKR-TV, Norfolk, VA, WGNT-TV, Portsmouth, VA, and WNEP-TV, Scranton, PA (collectively the “Dreamcatcher Stations”) for $27 million (collectively, the “Dreamcatcher Transaction”). The Dreamcatcher Transaction was funded by the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility which was guaranteed by the Company. In 2017, Dreamcatcher received pretax proceeds from the counterparty in a spectrum sharing arrangement of $26 million as one of the Dreamcatcher stations will act as host station. The payments have been recorded as deferred revenue and began amortizing to the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations upon commencement of the sharing arrangement in December 2017. See Note 12 for additional information regarding the Company’s participation in the FCC spectrum auction. The Company used after-tax proceeds from the FCC spectrum auction to prepay the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility in the third quarter of 2017, as further described in Note 9. The Company made the final payment to pay off the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility in full in September 2017.
The Company provides certain services to support the operations of the Dreamcatcher Stations, but, in compliance with FCC regulations, Dreamcatcher has responsibility for and control over programming, finances, personnel and operations of the Dreamcatcher Stations. In connection with Dreamcatcher’s operation of the Dreamcatcher Stations, the Company entered into shared services agreements (“SSAs”) with Dreamcatcher pursuant to which it provides technical, promotional, back-office, distribution and limited programming services to the Dreamcatcher Stations in exchange for the Company’s right to receive certain payments from Dreamcatcher after satisfaction of operating costs and debt obligations. Pursuant to SSAs, Dreamcatcher is guaranteed a minimum annual cumulative net cash flow of $0.2 million. The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the results of operations and the financial position of Dreamcatcher, a fully-consolidated VIE. For financial reporting purposes, Dreamcatcher is considered a VIE as a result of (1) shared service agreements that the Company has with the Dreamcatcher Stations, (2) the Company having power over significant activities affecting Dreamcatcher’s economic performance, and (3) purchase option granted by Dreamcatcher which permits the Company to acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of each Dreamcatcher Station at any time, subject to FCC’s consent and other

F-15



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

conditions described below. The purchase option is freely exercisable or assignable by the Company without consent or approval by Dreamcatcher or its members for consideration equal to the total outstanding balance of debt guaranteed by the Company, plus a fixed escalation fee.
Net revenues of the Dreamcatcher stations included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were $72 million, $73 million and $65 million, respectively, and operating profit was $12 million, $16 million and $12 million, respectively.
The Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 includes the following assets and liabilities of the Dreamcatcher stations (in thousands):
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
$

 
$
91

Broadcast rights
2,622

 
2,634

Other intangible assets, net
71,914

 
82,442

Other assets
6,852

 
134

Total Assets
$
81,388

 
$
85,301

 
 
 
 
Debt due within one year
$

 
$
4,003

Contracts payable for broadcast rights
2,691

 
2,758

Long-term debt

 
10,767

Long-term deferred revenue
25,030

 

Other liabilities
1,017

 
85

Total Liabilities
$
28,738

 
$
17,613

Revenue RecognitionThe Company’s primary sources of revenue related to Television and Entertainment are from local and national broadcasting and cable advertising and retransmission and carriage fee revenues on the Company’s television, cable and radio stations as well as from direct and indirect display advertising. The Company also recognizes revenues from leases of its owned real estate.
The Company recognizes revenue when the following conditions are met: (i) there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered, (iii) the fees are fixed or determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured. Revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are divided into separate units of accounting when the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. Revenue is allocated to the respective elements based on their relative selling prices at the inception of the arrangement, and revenue is recognized as each element is delivered. The Company uses a hierarchy to determine the fair value to be used for allocating revenue to elements: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence, and (iii) best estimate of selling price (“ESP”).
Television and Entertainment advertising revenue is recorded, net of agency commissions, when commercials are aired. Television operations may trade certain advertising time for products or services, as well as barter advertising time for program material. Trade transactions are generally reported at the estimated fair value of the product or services received, while barter transactions are reported at the Company’s estimate of the value of the advertising time exchanged, which approximates the fair value of the program material received. Barter/trade revenue is reported when commercials are broadcast and expenses are reported when products or services are utilized or when programming airs. The Company records rebates when earned as a reduction of advertising revenue. Retransmission revenue represent revenue that the Company earns from multichannel video programming distributors (“MVPDs”) for the distribution of the Company’s television stations’ broadcast programming. Retransmission revenue is recognized over the contract period, generally based on a negotiated fee per subscriber.

F-16



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Carriage fees represent fees that the Company earns from MVPDs for the carriage of the Company’s cable channel. Carriage fees are recognized over the contract period, generally based on the number of subscribers and negotiated rates.
Derivative InstrumentsThe Company’s earnings and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in interest rates. The Company’s risk management policy allows for the use of derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate exposures and does not permit derivatives to be used for speculative purposes.
The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking the derivatives designated as cash flow hedges to specific forecasted transactions or variability of cash flow. The Company also formally assesses, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the designated derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flow of hedged items as well as monitors the credit worthiness of the counterparties to ensure no issues exist which would affect the value of the derivatives. When a derivative is determined not to be highly effective as a hedge or the underlying hedged transaction is no longer probable, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively, in accordance with derecognition criteria for hedge accounting.
The Company records derivative financial instruments at fair value in its Consolidated Balance Sheets in either other current liabilities or other noncurrent assets. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as a cash flow hedge, to the extent that the hedge is effective, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income and reclassified to earnings when the hedged item affects earnings. Cash flows from derivative financial instruments are classified in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows based on the nature of the derivative contract.
Use of Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value. Investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents—Restricted cash and cash equivalents consist of funds that are not available for general corporate use and primarily consist of restricted cash held by the Company to satisfy the remaining claim obligations pursuant to the Plan (as defined and described in Note 3). At both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, restricted cash held by the Company to satisfy such obligations totaled $18 million.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful AccountsThe Company’s accounts receivable are primarily due from advertisers and MVPDs. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of each customer’s financial condition, and generally collateral is not required. The Company maintains an allowance for uncollectible accounts, rebates, volume discounts and sales allowances. This allowance is determined based on historical write-off experience, sales adjustments and any known specific collectability exposures.

F-17



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A summary of the activity with respect to the accounts receivable allowances is as follows (in thousands):
Accounts receivable allowance balance at December 28, 2014
$
6,795

2015 additions charged to revenues, costs and expenses
5,277

2015 deductions
(6,529
)
Accounts receivable allowance balance at December 31, 2015
$
5,543

2016 additions charged to revenues, costs and expenses
14,009

2016 deductions
(7,048
)
Accounts receivable allowance balance at December 31, 2016
$
12,504

2017 additions charged to revenues, costs and expenses
14,786

2017 deductions
(22,476
)
Accounts receivable allowance balance at December 31, 2017
$
4,814

Broadcast RightsThe Company acquires rights to broadcast syndicated programs, original licensed series and feature films. Pursuant to ASC Topic 920, “Entertainment-Broadcasters,” these rights and the related liabilities are recorded as an asset and a liability when the license period has begun, the cost of the program is determinable and the program is accepted and available for airing. The current portion of programming inventory includes those rights available for broadcast that are expected to be amortized in the succeeding year.
The Company amortizes its broadcast rights costs over the period in which an economic benefit is expected to be derived based on the timing of the usage and benefit from such programming. Newer licensed/acquired programming and original produced programming are generally amortized on an accelerated basis as the episodes are aired. For certain categories of licensed programming and feature films that have been exploited through previous cycles, amortization expense is recorded on a straight-line basis. Program amortization for certain categories of programming is calculated on either an accelerated or straight-line basis based upon the greater amortization resulting from either the number of episodes aired or the portion of the license period consumed. The Company also has commitments for network and sports programming that are expensed on a straight-line basis as the programs are available to air. Management’s judgment is required in determining the timing of the expensing of these costs, and includes analyses of historical and estimated future revenue and ratings patterns for similar programming. The Company regularly reviews, and revises when necessary, its revenue estimates, which may result in a change in the rate of amortization. Amortization of broadcast rights are expensed to programming in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company carries its broadcast rights at the lower of unamortized cost or estimated net realizable value. The Company evaluates the net realizable value of broadcast rights on a daypart, series, or title-by-title basis, as appropriate. Changes in management’s intended usage of a specific daypart, series, or program would result in a reassessment of the net realizable value, which could result in an impairment. The Company determines the net realizable value and estimated fair value, as appropriate, based on a projection of the estimated advertising revenues and carriage/retransmission revenues, less certain direct costs of delivery, expected to be generated by the program material, all of which are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. If the Company’s estimates of future revenues decline, amortization expense could be accelerated or impairment adjustments may be required. The Company assesses future seasons of syndicated programs that the Company is committed to acquire for impairment as they become available to the Company for airing. Any impairments of programming rights are expensed to programming in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. As a result of the evaluation of the recoverability of the unamortized costs associated with broadcast rights, the Company recognized impairment charges at WGN America of $80 million for the syndicated programs Elementary and Person of Interest in 2017, $37 million for the syndicated program Elementary in 2016 and $74 million for the syndicated programs Person of Interest and Elementary in 2015.

F-18



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Production Costs—In accordance with ASC Topic 926, “Entertainment-Films,” the Company estimates total revenues to be earned and costs to be incurred throughout the life of each television program it produces. Estimates for remaining total lifetime revenues are limited to the amount of revenue contracted for each episode in the initial market (which is the US television market). Accordingly, television programming costs and participation costs incurred in excess of the amount of revenue contracted in the initial market are expensed as incurred. Estimates for all secondary market revenues such as domestic and foreign syndication, digital streaming, home entertainment and merchandising are included in the estimated lifetime revenues of such television programming once it can be demonstrated that a program can be successfully licensed in such secondary market. Television programming costs incurred subsequent to the establishment of the secondary market are initially capitalized and amortized based on the proportion that current period revenues bear to the estimated remaining total lifetime revenues. Production costs are expensed to programming in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Advertising CostsThe Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense was $34 million, $42 million and $39 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Advertising costs are expensed to selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Properties—The estimated useful lives of the Company’s property, plant and equipment in service currently ranges as follows: 3 to 44 years for buildings and 1 to 30 years for all other equipment.
Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets—Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are summarized in Note 7. The Company reviews goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired, in accordance with ASC Topic 350, “IntangiblesGoodwill and Other.” Under ASC Topic 350, the impairment review of goodwill and other intangible assets not subject to amortization must be based on estimated fair values.
The Company’s annual impairment review measurement date is in the fourth quarter of each year. In performing the annual assessment, the Company has the option of performing a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that a reporting unit has been impaired. As part of the qualitative assessment for the reporting units, the Company evaluates the impact of factors that are specific to the reporting units as well as industry and macroeconomic factors. The reporting unit specific factors include a comparison of the current year results to prior year, current year budget and the budget for next fiscal year. The Company also considers the significance of the excess fair value over the carrying value reflected in prior quantitative assessments, the changes to the reporting units’ carrying values since the last impairment test and the change in the overall enterprise value of the Company compared to the prior year.
If the Company concludes that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit is impaired or if the Company elects not to perform the optional qualitative assessment, a quantitative assessment is performed. For the quantitative assessment, the estimated fair values of the reporting units to which goodwill has been allocated are determined using many critical factors, including projected future operating cash flows, revenue and market growth, market multiples, discount rates and consideration of market valuations of comparable companies. The estimated fair values of other intangible assets subject to the annual impairment review, which include FCC licenses and a trade name, are generally calculated based on projected future discounted cash flow analyses. The development of estimated fair values requires the use of assumptions, including assumptions regarding revenue and market growth as well as specific economic factors in the broadcasting industry. These assumptions reflect the Company’s best estimates, but these items involve inherent uncertainties based on market conditions generally outside of the Company’s control.
Adverse changes in expected operating results and/or unfavorable changes in other economic factors used to estimate fair values could result in additional non-cash impairment charges in the future under ASC Topic 350.

F-19



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Impairment Review of Long-Lived Assets—In accordance with ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment,” the Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or asset group may be impaired. The carrying value of a long-lived asset or asset group is considered impaired when the projected future undiscounted cash flows to be generated from the asset or asset group over its remaining depreciable life are less than its current carrying value. The Company measures impairment based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the long-lived asset or asset group. The fair value is determined primarily by using the projected future cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved as well as market valuations. Losses on long-lived assets to be disposed of are determined in a similar manner, except that the fair values are reduced for an estimate of the cost to dispose or abandon.
Adverse changes in expected operating results and/or unfavorable changes in other economic factors used to estimate future undiscounted cash flows could result in additional non-cash impairment charges in the future under ASC Topic 360.
Pension Plans and Other Postretirement Benefits—Retirement benefits are provided to employees through pension plans sponsored either by the Company or by unions. Under the Company-sponsored plans, pension benefits are primarily a function of both the years of service and the level of compensation for a specified number of years, depending on the plan. It is the Company’s policy to fund the minimum for Company-sponsored pension plans as required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). Contributions made to union-sponsored plans are based upon collective bargaining agreements. The Company also provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for retired employees. The expected cost of providing these benefits is accrued over the years that the employees render services. It is the Company’s policy to fund postretirement benefits as claims are incurred.
The Company recognizes the overfunded or underfunded status of its defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans (other than a multiemployer plan) as an asset or liability in its Consolidated Balance Sheets and recognizes changes in that funded status in the year in which changes occur through comprehensive income (loss). Additional information pertaining to the Company’s pension plans and other postretirement benefits is provided in Note 14.
Self-InsuranceThe Company self-insures for certain employee medical and disability income benefits, workers’ compensation costs and automobile and general liability claims. The recorded liabilities for self-insured risks are calculated using actuarial methods. The Company carries insurance coverage to limit exposure for self-insured workers’ compensation costs and automobile and general liability claims. The Company’s deductibles under these coverages are generally $1 million per occurrence, depending on the applicable policy period. The recorded liabilities for self-insured risks totaled $24 million at December 31, 2017 and $26 million at December 31, 2016.
Deferred Revenue—Deferred revenue arises in the normal course of business from advances from customers for the Company’s products and services and from the long-term spectrum sharing arrangements where the Company is the host. Revenue associated with deferred revenue is recognized in the period it is earned. See above for further information on the Company’s revenue recognition policy.
Stock-Based Compensation—In accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation,” the Company recognizes stock-based compensation cost in its Consolidated Statements of Operations. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date for equity-classified awards and at the end of each reporting period for liability-classified awards based on the estimated fair value of the awards. ASC Topic 718 requires stock-based compensation expense to be recognized over the period from the date of grant to the date when the award is no longer contingent on the employee providing additional service (the “substantive vesting period”). Additional information pertaining to the Company’s stock-based compensation is provided in Note 16.

F-20



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Income Taxes—Provisions for federal and state income taxes are calculated on reported pretax earnings based on current tax laws and also include, in the current period, the cumulative effect of any changes in tax rates from those used previously in determining deferred tax assets and liabilities. Taxable income reported to the taxing jurisdictions in which the Company operates often differs from pretax earnings because some items of income and expense are recognized in different time periods for income tax purposes. The Company provides deferred taxes on these temporary differences in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Taxable income also may differ from pretax earnings due to statutory provisions under which specific revenues are exempt from taxation and specific expenses are not allowable as deductions. The consolidated tax provision and related accruals include estimates of the potential taxes and related interest as deemed appropriate. These estimates are reevaluated and adjusted, if appropriate, on a quarterly basis. Although management believes its estimates and judgments are reasonable, the resolutions of the Company’s tax issues are unpredictable and could result in tax liabilities that are significantly higher or lower than that which has been provided by the Company.
ASC Topic 740 addresses the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Under ASC Topic 740, a company may recognize the tax benefit of an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. ASC Topic 740 requires the tax benefit recognized in the financial statements to be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods and disclosure. See Note 13 for further discussion.
Comprehensive Income (Loss)—Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income and other gains and losses affecting shareholder’s equity that, under U.S. GAAP, are excluded from net income. The Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) includes changes in unrecognized benefit plan gains and losses, unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities classified as available-for-sale, unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedging instruments and foreign currency translation adjustments. The activity for each component of the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) is summarized in Note 18.
New Accounting Standards—In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220).” The standard allows entities, at their option, to reclassify from AOCI to retained earnings stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. See Note 13 for further details regarding the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and the interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments in ASU 2018-02 should be applied either in the period of adoption or retrospectively to each period (or periods) in which the effect of the new federal corporate income tax rate is recognized. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2018-02 on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815).” The standard simplifies the application of the hedge accounting guidance and enables entities to better portray the economic results of their risk management activities in the financial statements. The new guidance eliminates the requirement and the ability to separately record ineffectiveness on cash flow and net investment hedges and generally requires the entire change in the fair value of a hedging instrument to be presented in the same income statement line as the hedged item. The standard requires certain additional disclosures that focus on the effect of hedge accounting whereas the disclosure of hedge ineffectiveness is eliminated. The amendments expand the types of permissible hedging strategies. Additionally, the amendment makes the hedge documentation and effectiveness assessment less complex. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and the interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments in ASU 2017-12 related to cash flow hedge relationships that exist on the date of adoption should be applied using a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2017-12 at the date of initial application. The presentation and disclosure requirements apply prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2017-12 on its consolidated financial statements.

F-21



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715).” The standard changes how employers that sponsor defined benefit pension and/or other postretirement benefit plans present the net periodic benefit cost in the statement of operations. Under the new guidance, employers are required to present the service cost component of net periodic benefit cost in the same statement of operations caption as other employee compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period. Employers are required to present the other components of the net periodic benefit cost separately from the caption that includes the service costs and outside of any subtotal of operating profit and are required to disclose the caption used to present the other components of net periodic benefit cost, if not presented separately on the statement of operations. Additionally, only the service cost component will be eligible for capitalization in assets. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and the interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments in ASU 2017-07 must be applied retrospectively. Upon adoption, the Company is required to provide the relevant disclosures under Topic 250, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections. The Company will retrospectively adopt ASU 2017-07 effective in the first quarter of 2018. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have an effect on the Company’s historically reported net income (loss) but will result in a presentation reclassification which will reduce the Company’s historically reported operating profit by $23 million in 2017, $25 million in 2016 and $29 million in 2015.
In February 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-05, “Other Income - Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets (Subtopic 610-20).” The standard clarifies that ASC 610-20 provides guidance for recognizing gains and losses from the transfer of nonfinancial assets and in substance nonfinancial assets in contracts with non-customers. As a result of the new guidance, the guidance specific to real estate sales in ASC 360-20 will be eliminated. Instead, sales and partial sales of real estate will be subject to the same recognition model as all other nonfinancial assets. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and the interim periods within those fiscal periods. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments in ASU 2017-05 may be applied either retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2017-05 at the date of initial application. The Company will adopt ASU 2017-05 effective in the first quarter of 2018 using a modified retrospective transition method. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230).” The standard addresses the diversity in classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. The standard requires restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents to be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. In addition, transfers between cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents are not reported as cash flow activities. The standard also requires additional disclosures related to a reconciliation of the balance sheet line items related to cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents to the statement of cash flows, which can be presented either on the face of the statement of cash flows or separately in the notes to the financial statements. The amendments in this ASU should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company will retrospectively adopt ASU 2016-18 effective in the first quarter of 2018. The Company’s restricted cash and cash equivalents totaled $18 million at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230).” The standard addresses several specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash activities are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The cash flow issues addressed include debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, settlement of debt instruments with coupon rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, distributions received from equity method investees and cash receipts and payments that may have aspects of more than one class of cash flows. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted but all of the guidance

F-22



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

must be adopted in the same period. The Company will retrospectively adopt ASU 2016-15 effective in the first quarter of 2018. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326).” The standard requires entities to estimate loss of financial assets measured at amortized cost, including trade receivables, debt securities and loans, using an expected credit loss model. The expected credit loss differs from the previous incurred losses model primarily in that the loss recognition threshold of “probable” has been eliminated and that expected loss should consider reasonable and supportable forecasts in addition to the previously considered past events and current conditions. Additionally, the guidance requires additional disclosures related to the further disaggregation of information related to the credit quality of financial assets by year of the asset’s origination for as many as five years. Entities must apply the standard provision as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-13 on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Subtopic 842).” The new guidance requires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities arising from leases as well as extensive quantitative and qualitative disclosures. A lessee will need to recognize on its balance sheet a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for the majority of its leases (other than leases that meet the definition of a short-term lease). The lease liabilities will be equal to the present value of lease payments. The right-of-use asset will be measured at the lease liability amount, adjusted for lease prepayment, lease incentives received and the lessee’s initial direct costs. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. ASU 2016-02 is required to be applied using the modified retrospective approach for all leases existing as of the effective date and provides for certain practical expedients. In January 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-01, “Leases (Topic 842) - Land Easement Practical Expedient for Transition to Topic 842,” which provides an optional transition practical expedient to not evaluate under Topic 842 existing or expired land easements that were not previously accounted for as leases under the current leases guidance in Topic 840. The effective date and transition requirements for ASU 2018-01 are the same as ASU 2016-02. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 and ASU 2018-01 on its consolidated financial statements.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, “Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10).” The new guidance requires entities to measure equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in net income and requires entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. Further, entities will no longer be able to recognize unrealized holding gains and losses on equity securities classified today as available for sale in other comprehensive income and they will no longer be able to use the cost method of accounting for equity securities that do not have readily determinable fair values. However, certain entities will be able to elect to record equity investments without readily determinable fair values at cost, less impairment, and plus or minus subsequent adjustments for observable price changes. Entities that elect this measurement alternative will report changes in the carrying value of these investments in current earnings. The guidance has additional amendments to presentation and disclosure requirements of financial instruments. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will adopt ASU 2016-01 effective in the first quarter of 2018 using a modified retrospective transition method. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as the Company’s equity investments as of December 31, 2017 do not have readily determinable fair values because they are not publicly traded companies and do not have an active market for their securities or membership interests. However, should fair values of certain equity investments become readily available in future reporting periods, the Company’s consolidated financial statements may be materially affected.

F-23



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” The amendments in ASU 2014-09 create Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, including most industry-specific revenue recognition guidance. The core principle of Topic 606 is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The amendments in ASU 2014-09 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within that reporting period. However, in August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) - Deferral of the Effective Date,” which deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, while allowing early adoption as of the original public entity date. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) - Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net),” which clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) - Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing,” which amends the revenue recognition guidance on accounting for licenses of intellectual property and identifying performance obligations as well as clarifies when a promised good or service is separately identifiable. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-12, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) - Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients,” which provides clarifying guidance in certain narrow areas such as an assessment of collectibility, presentation of sales taxes, noncash consideration, and completed contracts and contract modifications at transition as well as adds some practical expedients. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-20, “Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” to clarify or to correct unintended applications of Topic 606, including disclosure requirements related to performance obligations. The amendments in ASU 2014-09, ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-12 and ASU 2016-20 may be applied either retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2014-09, ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-12 and ASU 2016-20 at the date of initial application. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09, ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-12 and ASU 2016-20 on its consolidated financial statements.
The Company will adopt the new revenue guidance effective in the first quarter of 2018 using the modified retrospective transition method applied to those contracts which were not completed at that date. The only identified impact to the Company’s financial statements relates to barter revenue and expense as well as barter related broadcast rights and contracts payable for broadcast rights which will no longer be recognized. Barter revenue and expense for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $28 million, $30 million and $29 million, respectively. Barter-related broadcast rights and contracts payable for broadcast rights on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets were $45 million and $37 million as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The broadcast rights and contracts payable for broadcast rights will be written off at adoption. The standard also requires capitalization of certain costs; however, as part of the implementation process, the Company did not identify any costs that should be capitalized under the new guidance. The following is a summary of the evaluation by revenue stream within the Television and Entertainment segment.
Advertising Revenues—Under the new guidance, advertising revenue will be recognized over time primarily as ads are aired or impressions are delivered, which is consistent with current practice. Advertising revenue will continue to be recognized net of agency commissions.
Retransmission Revenues and Carriage Fees—Revenue under the Company’s retransmission and carriage agreements are considered licenses of functional intellectual property under the new guidance. Based on the guidance, the Company will recognize revenue at the point in time the content is transferred to the customer, which will result in revenue recognition that is consistent with current practice.
The adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements and internal control over financial reporting.

F-24



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2: DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Sale of Digital and Data Businesses—On December 19, 2016, the Company entered into a definitive share purchase agreement (the “Gracenote SPA”) with Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. (“Nielsen”) to sell equity interests in substantially all of the Digital and Data business operations which includes Gracenote Inc., Gracenote Canada, Inc., Gracenote Netherlands Holdings B.V., Tribune Digital Ventures LLC and Tribune International Holdco, LLC (the “Gracenote Companies”) for $560 million in cash, subject to certain purchase price adjustments (the “Gracenote Sale”). The Company retained its ownership of Covers, which was previously included in the Digital and Data reportable segment, and reclassified Covers’ previously reported amounts into the Television and Entertainment reportable segment to conform to the current segment presentation; the impact of this reclassification was immaterial. The Gracenote Sale transaction was completed on January 31, 2017 and the Company received gross proceeds of $581 million. In the second quarter of 2017, the Company received additional proceeds of $3 million as a result of purchase price adjustments. In the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized a pretax gain of $33 million as a result of the Gracenote Sale. On February 1, 2017, the Company used $400 million of proceeds from the Gracenote Sale to prepay a portion of its Term Loan Facility (as defined and described in Note 9).
As of December 31, 2016, the assets and liabilities of the businesses included in the Gracenote Sale are reflected as assets and liabilities of discontinued operations in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the operating results are presented as discontinued operations in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for all periods presented.
The Company entered into a transition services agreement (the “Nielsen TSA”) and certain other agreements with Nielsen that govern the relationships between Nielsen and the Company following the Gracenote Sale. Pursuant to the Nielsen TSA, the Company provides Nielsen with certain specified services on a transitional basis, including support in areas such as human resources, treasury, technology, legal and finance. In addition, the Nielsen TSA outlines the services that Nielsen provides to the Company on a transitional basis, including in areas such as human resources, technology, and finance and other areas where the Company may need assistance and information following the Gracenote Sale. The transition services agreement was extended through March 31, 2018, however, upon mutual agreement between the Company and Nielsen, it may be extended further. The charges for the transition services generally allow the providing company to fully recover all out-of-pocket costs and expenses it actually incurs in connection with providing the services, plus, in some cases, the allocated direct costs of providing the services, generally without profit. Based on the Company’s assessment of the specific factors identified in ASC Topic 205, “Presentation of Financial Statements,” the Company concluded that it will not have significant continuing involvement in the Gracenote Companies.

F-25



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table represents the components of the results from discontinued operations associated with the Gracenote Sale as reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):
 
Year Ended
 
 
 
Operating revenues
$
18,168

 
$
225,903

 
$
209,964

Direct operating expenses
7,292

 
75,457

 
59,789

Selling, general and administrative
15,349

 
110,713

 
104,968

Depreciation (2)

 
13,584

 
9,735

Amortization (2)

 
29,999

 
28,826

Operating (loss) profit
(4,473
)
 
(3,850
)
 
6,646

Interest income
16

 
96

 
109

Interest expense (3)
(1,261
)
 
(15,317
)
 
(15,843
)
Other non-operating gain, net

 

 
912

Loss before income taxes
(5,718
)
 
(19,071
)
 
(8,176
)
Pretax gain on the disposal of discontinued operations
33,492

 

 

Total pretax income (loss) on discontinued operations
27,774

 
(19,071
)
 
(8,176
)
Income tax expense (benefit) (4)
13,354

 
53,723

 
(3,595
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
$
14,420

 
$
(72,794
)
 
$
(4,581
)
 
(1)
Results of operations for the Gracenote Companies are reflected through January 31, 2017, the date of the Gracenote Sale.
(2)
No depreciation expense or amortization expense was recorded by the Company in 2017 as the Gracenote Companies’ assets were held for sale as of December 31, 2016.
(3)
The Company used $400 million of proceeds from the Gracenote Sale to prepay a portion of its outstanding borrowings under the Company’s Term Loan Facility (as defined and described in Note 9). Interest expense associated with the Company’s outstanding Term Loan Facility was allocated to discontinued operations based on the ratio of the $400 million prepayment to the total outstanding indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility in effect in each respective period.
(4)
In the fourth quarter of 2016, as a result of meeting all criteria under ASC Topic 205 to classify Gracenote Companies as discontinued operations, the Company recorded tax expense of $62 million to increase the Company’s deferred tax liability for the outside basis difference related to the Gracenote Companies included in the Gracenote Sale. This charge was required to be recorded in the period the Company signed a definitive agreement to divest the business. Exclusive of this $62 million charge, the effective tax rates on pretax income from discontinued operations was 48.1%, 45.0% and 44.0% for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, respectively. These rates differ from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to state income taxes (net of federal benefit), foreign tax rate differences, and the impact of certain nondeductible transaction costs and other adjustments.
The results of discontinued operations include selling costs and transactions costs, including legal and professional fees incurred by the Company to complete the Gracenote Sale, of $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

F-26



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following is a summary of the assets and liabilities of discontinued operations (in thousands):
 
 
Carrying Amounts of Major Classes of Current Assets Included as Part of Discontinued Operations
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
12,751

Accounts receivable, net
 
38,727

Prepaid expenses and other
 
11,127

Total current assets of discontinued operations
 
62,605

 
 
 
Carrying Amounts of Major Classes of Non-Current Assets Included as Part of Discontinued Operations
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
 
49,348

Goodwill
 
333,258

Other intangible assets, net
 
219,287

Other long-term assets
 
6,260

Total non-current assets of discontinued operations
 
608,153

Total Assets Classified as Discontinued Operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
$
670,758

 
 
 
Carrying Amounts of Major Classes of Current Liabilities Included as Part of Discontinued Operations
 
 
Accounts payable
 
$
6,237

Employee compensation and benefits
 
17,011

Deferred revenue
 
27,113

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
 
3,923

Total current liabilities of discontinued operations
 
54,284

 
 
 
Carrying Amounts of Major Classes of Non-Current Liabilities Included as Part of Discontinued Operations
 
 
Deferred income taxes
 
89,029

Postretirement, medical, life and other benefits
 
2,786

Other obligations
 
3,499

Total non-current liabilities of discontinued operations
 
95,314

Total Liabilities Classified as Discontinued Operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
$
149,598

 
 
 
Net Assets Classified as Discontinued Operations
 
$
521,160

The Gracenote SPA provides for indemnification against specified losses and damages which became effective upon completion of the transaction. The Company does not expect to incur material costs in connection with these indemnifications. The Company has no material contingent liabilities relating to the Gracenote Sale as of December 31, 2017.

F-27



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table represents the components of the results from discontinued operations associated with the Gracenote Sale as reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands):
 
2017 (1)
 
2016
 
2015
Significant operating non-cash items:
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
$
1,992

 
$
4,196

 
$
2,239

Depreciation (2)

 
13,584

 
9,735

Amortization (2)

 
29,999

 
28,826

 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant investing items (3):
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 
(58,996
)
Capital expenditures
1,578

 
23,548

 
23,626

Net proceeds from sale of business (4)
557,793

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant financing items (3):
 
 
 
 
 
Settlements of contingent consideration, net

 
(3,636
)
 
1,174

 
(1)
Results of operations for the Gracenote Companies are reflected through January 31, 2017, the date of the Gracenote Sale.
(2)
No depreciation expense or amortization expense was recorded by the Company in 2017 as the Gracenote Companies’ assets were held for sale as of December 31, 2016.
(3)
Non-cash investing and financing activities of Digital and Data businesses included in the Gracenote Sale were immaterial.
(4)
Net proceeds from the sale of business reflects the gross proceeds from the Gracenote sale of $584 million, net of $17 million of the Gracenote Companies’ cash and cash equivalents included in the sale and $9 million of selling costs.    
NOTE 3: PROCEEDINGS UNDER CHAPTER 11
Chapter 11 Reorganization—On December 8, 2008 (the “Petition Date”), Tribune Company and 110 of its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions for relief (collectively, the “Chapter 11 Petitions”) under chapter 11 (“Chapter 11”) of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”). On October 12, 2009, Tribune CNLBC, LLC (formerly known as Chicago National League Ball Club, LLC) (“Tribune CNLBC”), which held the majority of the assets and liabilities related to the businesses of the Chicago Cubs Major League Baseball franchise (the “Chicago Cubs”), also filed a Chapter 11 Petition and thereafter became a Debtor. As further described below, a plan of reorganization for the Debtors became effective and the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11 on December 31, 2012 (the “Effective Date”). The Bankruptcy Court has entered final decrees that have collectively closed 106 of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases. The remaining Debtors’ Chapter 11 proceedings continue to be jointly administered under the caption In re Tribune Media Company, et al., Case No. 08-13141.
From the Petition Date and until the Effective Date, the Debtors operated their businesses as “debtors-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and applicable orders of the Bankruptcy Court. In general, as debtors-in-possession, the Debtors were authorized under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code to continue to operate as ongoing businesses, but could not engage in transactions outside the ordinary course of business without the prior approval of the Bankruptcy Court. Where appropriate, the Company and its business operations as conducted on or prior to December 30, 2012 are also herein referred to collectively as the “Predecessor.” The Company and its business operations as conducted on or subsequent to the Effective Date are also herein referred to collectively as the “Successor,” “Reorganized Debtors” or “Reorganized Tribune Company.”

F-28



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Plan of Reorganization—In order to emerge from Chapter 11, a Chapter 11 plan that satisfies the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code and provides for emergence from bankruptcy as a going concern must be proposed and confirmed by a bankruptcy court. A plan of reorganization addresses, among other things, prepetition obligations, sets forth the revised capital structure of the newly-reorganized entities and provides for their corporate governance subsequent to emergence from court supervision under Chapter 11.
On April 12, 2012, the Debtors, Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. (“Oaktree”), Angelo, Gordon & Co. L.P. (“AG”), the Creditors’ Committee (defined below) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan” and, together with the Debtors, Oaktree, AG and the Creditors’ Committee, the “Plan Proponents”) filed the Fourth Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization for Tribune Company and its Subsidiaries with the Bankruptcy Court (as subsequently modified by the Plan Proponents, the “Plan”). On July 23, 2012, the Bankruptcy Court issued an order confirming the Plan (the “Confirmation Order”). The Plan constitutes a separate plan of reorganization for each of the Debtors and sets forth the terms and conditions of the Debtors’ reorganization. See the “Terms of the Plan” section below for a description of the terms and conditions of the confirmed Plan.
The Debtors’ plan of reorganization was the product of extensive negotiations and contested proceedings before the Bankruptcy Court, principally relating to the resolution of certain claims and causes of action arising between certain of the Company’s creditors in connection with the series of transactions (collectively, the “Leveraged ESOP Transactions”) consummated by the Predecessor and the Tribune Company employee stock ownership plan (the “ESOP”), EGI-TRB, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company wholly-owned by Sam Investment Trust (a trust established for the benefit of Samuel Zell and his family) (the “Zell Entity”) and Samuel Zell in 2007.
The Debtors’ emergence from bankruptcy as a restructured company was subject to the consent of the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) for the assignment of the Debtors’ FCC broadcast and auxiliary station licenses to the Reorganized Debtors. On April 28, 2010, the Debtors filed applications with the FCC to obtain FCC approval for the assignment of the FCC licenses from the Debtors as “debtors-in possession” to the Reorganized Debtors. On November 16, 2012, the FCC released a Memorandum Opinion and order (the “Exit Order”) granting the Company’s applications to assign its broadcast and auxiliary station licenses from the debtors-in-possession to the Company’s licensee subsidiaries. In the Exit Order, the FCC granted the Reorganized Debtors a permanent newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership waiver in the Chicago market, temporary newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership waivers in the New York, Los Angeles, Miami-Fort Lauderdale and Hartford-New Haven markets and two other waivers permitting common ownership of television stations in Connecticut and Indiana. See the “FCC Regulation” section of Note 12 for further information.
Following receipt of the FCC’s consent to the implementation of the Plan, but prior to the Effective Date, the Company and its subsidiaries consummated an internal restructuring, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Plan. These restructuring transactions included, among other things, (i) converting certain of the Company’s subsidiaries into limited liability companies or merging certain of the Company’s subsidiaries into newly-formed limited liability companies, (ii) consolidating and reallocating certain operations, entities, assets and liabilities within the organizational structure of the Company and (iii) establishing a number of real estate holding companies.
On the Effective Date, all of the conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Plan were satisfied or waived, the Debtors emerged from Chapter 11, and the settlements, agreements and transactions contemplated by the Plan to be effected on the Effective Date were implemented, including, among other things, the appointment of a new board of directors and the initiation of distributions to creditors. As a result, the ownership of the Company changed from the ESOP to certain of the Company’s creditors on the Effective Date. On January 17, 2013, the board of directors of Reorganized Tribune Company (the “Board”) appointed a chairman of the Board and a new chief executive officer. Such appointments were effective immediately.
In connection with the Debtors’ emergence from Chapter 11, on the Effective Date and in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Plan, (i) the ESOP was deemed terminated in accordance with its terms, (ii) the unpaid principal and interest remaining on the promissory note of the ESOP in favor of the Company was forgiven, (iii) all of the Company’s $0.01 par value common stock held by the ESOP was canceled, including the 8,294,000 of the shares held by the ESOP that were committed for release or allocated to employees at December 30, 2012 (as further

F-29



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

described below) and (iv) new shares of the Company were issued to shareholders who did not meet the necessary criteria to qualify as a subchapter S corporation shareholder. As a result, Reorganized Tribune Company converted from a subchapter S corporation to a C corporation under the IRC. On the Effective Date, the $37 million reported as common shares held by the ESOP, net of unearned compensation, was eliminated, the Predecessor Warrants (as defined and described below) were cancelled and the $225 million subordinated promissory note due December 20, 2018 (including accrued and unpaid interest) was terminated and extinguished.
Terms of the Plan—The following is a summary of the material settlements and other agreements entered into, distributions made and transactions consummated by the Company on or about the Effective Date pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of the Plan. The following summary only highlights certain of the substantive provisions of the Plan and is not intended to be a complete description of, or a substitute for a full and complete reading of, the Plan and the agreements and other documents related thereto, including those described below.
Cancellation of certain prepetition obligations: On the Effective Date, the Debtors’ prepetition equity (other than equity interests in subsidiaries of Tribune Company), debt and certain other obligations were cancelled, terminated and/or extinguished, including: (i) the 56,521,739 shares of the Predecessor’s $0.01 par value common stock held by the ESOP, (ii) the warrants to purchase 43,478,261 shares of the Predecessor’s $0.01 par value common stock held by the Zell Entity and certain other minority interest holders, (iii) the aggregate $225 million subordinate promissory notes (including accrued and unpaid interest) held by the Zell Entity and certain other minority interest holders, (iv) all of the Predecessor’s other outstanding notes and debentures and the indentures governing such notes and debentures (other than for purposes of allowing holders of the notes to receive distributions under the Plan and allowing the trustees for the senior noteholders and the holders of the Predecessor’s Exchangeable Subordinated Debentures due 2029 (“PHONES”) to exercise certain limited rights), and (v) the Predecessor’s prepetition credit facilities applicable to the Debtors (other than for purposes of allowing creditors under a $8.028 billion senior secured credit agreement (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”) to receive distributions under the Plan and allowing the administrative agent for such facilities to exercise certain limited rights).
Assumption of prepetition executory contracts and unexpired leases: On the Effective Date, any prepetition executory contracts or unexpired leases of the Debtors that were not previously assumed or rejected pursuant to Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or rejected pursuant to the Plan were deemed assumed by the applicable Reorganized Debtors, including certain prepetition executory contracts for broadcast rights.
Distributions to Creditors: On the Effective Date (or as soon as practicable thereafter), (i) holders of allowed senior loan claims received approximately $2.9 billion in cash, approximately 98.2 million shares of Common Stock and Warrants (as defined and described below), plus interests in the Litigation Trust (as defined and described below), (ii) holders of allowed claims related to a $1.6 billion twelve-month bridge facility entered into on December 20, 2007 (the “Bridge Facility”) received a pro rata share of $65 million in cash (equal to approximately 3.98% of their allowed claim) plus interests in the Litigation Trust (as defined and described below), (iii) holders of allowed senior noteholder claims (including the fee claims of indenture trustees for the senior notes) received a pro rata share of either $431 million of cash or a “strip” of consideration consisting of 6.27% of the proceeds from a term loan facility, common stock or warrants in the Company and cash (collectively, a “Strip”) (on average, equal to approximately 33.3% of their allowed claim) plus interests in the Litigation Trust (as defined and described below), (iv) holders of allowed other parent claims received either (a) cash or a Strip in an amount equal to approximately 35.18% of their allowed claim plus a pro rata share of additional cash or a Strip, as applicable, of approximately $2 million or (b) cash or a Strip in an amount equal to approximately 32.73% of their allowed claim plus a pro rata share of additional cash or a Strip, as applicable, of approximately $2 million plus interests in the Litigation Trust (as defined and described below), (v) holders of allowed general unsecured claims against the Debtors other than Tribune Company and convenience claims against the Company received cash in an amount equal to 100% of their allowed claim, and (vi) holders of unclassified claims, priority non-tax claims and certain other secured claims received cash in an amount equal to 100% of their allowed claim.

F-30



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In the aggregate, the Company distributed approximately $3.516 billion of cash, approximately 100 million shares of Common Stock and Warrants (as defined and described below) with a fair value determined pursuant to the Plan of approximately $4.536 billion and interests in the Litigation Trust (as defined and described below). In addition, the Company transferred $187 million of cash to certain restricted accounts for the limited purpose of funding certain future claim payments and professional fees.
In addition, on the Effective Date, letters of credit issued under the Predecessor’s debtor-in-possession facility were replaced with new letters of credit under a new revolving credit facility and subsequently terminated. All allowed priority tax and non-tax claims and other secured claims not paid on the Effective Date and subsidiary interests were reinstated and allowed administrative expense claims will be paid in full when due.
Issuance of new equity securities: As of the Effective Date, the Company issued 78,754,269 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 4,455,767 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share. Any holder (with the exception of AG, JPMorgan and Oaktree, each of which previously submitted ownership information to the FCC) who possessed greater than 4.99% of the Class A Common Stock after allocation of the Warrants and holders making voluntary elections, was instead allocated Class B Common Stock until such holder’s Class A Common Stock represented no more than 4.99% of the Company’s Class A Common Stock in order to comply with the FCC ownership rules and requirements. The Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock generally provide identical economic rights, but holders of the Class B Common Stock have limited voting rights, including that such holders have no right to vote in the election of directors. Subject to the ownership limitation noted above, each share of Class A Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class B Common Stock and each share of Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock, in each case, at the option of the holder at any time. In addition, on the Effective Date, the Company entered into a warrant agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company issued 16,789,972 warrants to purchase Common Stock (the “Warrants”). The Company issued the Warrants in lieu of Common Stock to creditors that were otherwise eligible to receive Common Stock in connection with the implementation of the Plan in order to comply with the FCC’s foreign ownership restrictions.
Furthermore, pursuant to the Company’s certificate of incorporation and the Warrant Agreement, in the event the Company determines that the ownership or proposed ownership of Common Stock or Warrants, as applicable, would be inconsistent with or violate any federal communications laws, materially limit or impair any business activities or proposed business activities of the Company under any federal communications laws, or subject the Company to any regulation under any federal communications laws to which the Company would not be subject, but for such ownership or proposed ownership, the Company may, among other things: (i) require a holder of Common Stock or Warrants to promptly furnish information reasonably requested by the Company, including information with respect to citizenship, ownership structure, and other ownership interests and affiliations; (ii) refuse to permit a proposed transfer or conversion of Common Stock, or condition transfer or conversion on the prior consent of the FCC; (iii) refuse to permit a proposed exercise of Warrants, or condition exercise on the prior consent of the FCC; (iv) suspend the rights of ownership of the holders of Common Stock or Warrants; (v) require the conversion of any or all shares of Common Stock held by a stockholder into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Company with equivalent economic value, including the conversion of shares of Class A Common Stock into shares of Class B Common Stock or the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock; (vi) require the exchange of any or all shares of Common Stock held by any stockholder of the Company for Warrants to acquire the same number and class of shares of capital stock in the Company; (vii) to the extent the foregoing are not reasonably feasible, redeem any or all such shares of Common Stock; or (viii) exercise other appropriate remedies, at law or in equity, in any court of competent jurisdiction to prevent or cure any such situation. As permitted under the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors have adopted an equity incentive plan for the purpose of granting awards to directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries.

F-31



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Registration Rights Agreement: On the Effective Date, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement) with certain entities related to AG (the “AG Group”), Oaktree Tribune, L.P., an affiliate of Oaktree (the “Oaktree Group”) and Isolieren Holding Corp., an affiliate of JPMorgan (the “JPM Group,” and each of the JPM Group, AG Group and Oaktree Group, a “Stockholder Group”) and certain other holders of Registrable Securities who become a party thereto. See Note 15 for further information.
Exit credit facilities: On the Effective Date, the Company entered into a $1.100 billion secured term loan facility with a syndicate of lenders led by JPMorgan (the “Term Loan Exit Facility”), the proceeds of which were used to fund certain required distributions to creditors under the Plan. In addition, on the Effective Date, the Company, along with certain of its reorganized operating subsidiaries as additional borrowers, entered into a secured asset-based revolving credit facility of up to $300 million, subject to borrowing base availability, with a syndicate of lenders led by Bank of America, N.A. (the “ABL Exit Facility” and together with the Term Loan Exit Facility, the “Exit Financing Facilities”) to fund ongoing operations. The Exit Financing Facilities were terminated and repaid in full on December 27, 2013.
Settlement of certain causes of action related to the Leveraged ESOP Transactions: The Plan provided for the settlement of certain causes of action arising in connection with the Leveraged ESOP Transactions, against the lenders under the Credit Agreement, JPMorgan as administrative agent under the Credit Agreement, the agents, arrangers, joint bookrunner and other similar parties under the Credit Agreement, the lenders under the Bridge Facility and the administrative agent under the Bridge Facility. It also included a “Step Two/Disgorgement Settlement” of claims for disgorgement of prepetition payments made by the Predecessor on account of the debt incurred in connection with the closing of the second step of the Leveraged ESOP Transactions on December 20, 2007 against parties who elected to participate in such settlement. These settlements resulted in incremental recovery to creditors other than lenders under the Credit Agreement and the Bridge Facility of approximately $521 million above their “natural” recoveries absent such settlements.
The Litigation Trust: On the Effective Date, except for those claims released as part of the settlements described above, all other causes of action related to the Leveraged ESOP Transactions held by the Debtors’ estates and preserved pursuant to the terms of the Plan (the “Litigation Trust Preserved Causes of Action”) were transferred to a litigation trust formed, pursuant to the Plan, to pursue the Litigation Trust Preserved Causes of Action for the benefit of certain creditors that received interests in the litigation trust as part of their distributions under the Plan (the “Litigation Trust”). The Litigation Trust is managed by an independent third party trustee (the “Litigation Trustee”) and advisory board and, pursuant to the terms of the agreements forming the Litigation Trust, the Company is not able to exert any control or influence over the administration of the Litigation Trust, the pursuit of the Litigation Trust Preserved Causes of Action or any other activities of the Litigation Trust. In connection with the formation of the Litigation Trust, and pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Litigation Trust Loan Agreement”) with the Litigation Trust whereby the Company made a non-interest bearing loan of $20 million in cash to the Litigation Trust on the Effective Date. Subject to the Litigation Trust’s right to maintain an expense fund of up to $25 million, under the terms of the Litigation Trust Loan Agreement, the Litigation Trust is required to repay to the Company the principal balance of the loan with the proceeds received by the Litigation Trust from the pursuit of the Litigation Trust Preserved Causes of Action only after the first $90 million in proceeds, if any, are disbursed to certain holders of interests in the Litigation Trust. Concurrent with the disbursement of the $20 million loan to the Litigation Trust on the Effective Date, the Predecessor recorded a valuation allowance of $20 million against the principal balance of the loan given the uncertainty as to the timing and amount of principal repayments to be received in the future. In addition, pursuant to certain agreements entered into between the Company and the Litigation Trust, on the Effective Date in accordance with the Plan, the Company is required to reasonably cooperate with the Litigation Trustee in connection with the Litigation Trustee’s pursuit of the Litigation Trust Preserved Causes of Action by providing reasonable access to records and information relating to the Litigation Trust

F-32



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Preserved Causes of Action, provided, however, that the Litigation Trust is required to reimburse the Company for reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, subject to limited exceptions, in performing its obligations under such agreements up to a cap of $625,000. The Company has the right to petition the Bankruptcy Court to increase the cap upon a showing that the Company’s costs significantly exceed $625,000. On January 4, 2013, the Company filed a notice with the Bankruptcy Court stating that, in the opinion of the independent valuation expert retained by the Company, the fair market value of the Litigation Trust Preserved Causes of Action as of the Effective Date was $358 million.
Other Plan provisions: The Plan and Confirmation Order also contain various discharges, injunctive provisions and releases that became operative on the Effective Date.
Since the Effective Date, the Company has substantially consummated the various transactions contemplated under the Plan. In particular, the Company has made all distributions of cash, Common Stock and Warrants that were required to be made under the terms of the Plan to creditors holding allowed claims as of December 31, 2012. Claims of general unsecured creditors that become allowed claims on or after the Effective Date have been or will be paid on the next quarterly distribution date after such allowance.
Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Company is also obligated to make certain additional payments to certain creditors, including certain distributions that may become due and owing subsequent to the Effective Date and certain payments to holders of administrative expense priority claims and fees earned by professional advisors during the Chapter 11 proceedings. As described above, on the Effective Date, the Company held restricted cash of $187 million which is estimated to be sufficient to satisfy such obligations. At December 31, 2017, restricted cash held by the Company to satisfy the remaining claim obligations was $18 million and is estimated to be sufficient to satisfy such obligations. If the aggregate allowed amount of the remaining claims exceeds the restricted cash held for satisfying such claims, the Company would be required to satisfy the allowed claims from its cash on hand from operations.
Confirmation Order Appeals—Notices of appeal of the Confirmation Order were filed on July 23, 2012 by (i) Aurelius Capital Management, LP (“Aurelius”), on behalf of its managed entities that were holders of the Predecessor’s senior notes and PHONES and (ii) Law Debenture Trust Company of New York (“Law Debenture”), successor trustee under the indenture for the Predecessor’s prepetition 6.61% debentures due 2027 and the 7.25% debentures due 2096, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (“Deutsche Bank”), successor trustee under the indentures for the Predecessor’s prepetition medium-term notes due 2008, 4.875% notes due 2010, 5.25% notes due 2015, 7.25% debentures due 2013 and 7.5% debentures due 2023. Additional notices of appeal were filed on August 2, 2012 by Wilmington Trust Company (“WTC”), as successor indenture trustee for the PHONES, and on August 3, 2012 by the Zell Entity (the Zell Entity, together with Aurelius, Law Debenture, Deutsche Bank and WTC, the “Appellants”). The confirmation appeals were transmitted to the United States District Court for the District of Delaware (the “Delaware District Court”) and were consolidated, together with two previously-filed appeals by WTC of the Bankruptcy Court’s orders relating to certain provisions in the Plan, under the caption Wilmington Trust Co. v. Tribune Co. (In re Tribune Co.), and under lead Case No. 12-cv-128 (GMS).
The Appellants sought, among other relief, to overturn the Confirmation Order and certain prior orders of the Bankruptcy Court embodied in the Plan, including the settlement of certain claims and causes of action related to the Leveraged ESOP Transactions that was embodied in the Plan (see above for a description of the terms and conditions of the confirmed Plan). WTC and the Zell Entity also sought to overturn determinations made by the Bankruptcy Court concerning the priority in right of payment of the PHONES and the subordinated promissory notes held by the Zell Entity and its permitted assignees, respectively. There is currently no stay of the Confirmation Order in place pending resolution of the confirmation-related appeals. In January 2013, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the appeals as equitably moot, based on the substantial consummation of the Plan. On June 18, 2014, the Delaware District Court entered an order granting in part and denying in part the motion to dismiss. The effect of the order was to dismiss all of the appeals, with the exception of the relief requested by the Zell Entity concerning the priority in right of payment of the subordinated promissory notes held by the Zell Entity and its permitted assignees with respect to any state law fraudulent transfer claim recoveries from a Creditor Trust that was proposed to be

F-33



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

formed under a prior version of the Plan, but was not formed under the Plan as confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court. The Delaware District Court vacated the Bankruptcy Court’s ruling to the extent it opined on that issue. On July 16, 2014, Aurelius, Law Debenture and Deutsche Bank timely appealed the Delaware District Court’s order to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. On August 19, 2015, the Third Circuit affirmed the Delaware District Court’s dismissal of Aurelius’s appeal of the Confirmation Order. The Third Circuit, however, reversed the Delaware District Court’s dismissal of Law Debenture’s and Deutsche Bank’s appeals of the Confirmation Order, and remanded those appeals to the District Court for further proceedings on the merits. On September 11, 2015, the Third Circuit denied Aurelius’s petition for en banc review of the court’s decision and on January 11, 2016, Aurelius filed a petition for writ of certiorari to the U.S. Supreme Court. That petition was denied on March 31, 2016. If the remaining Appellants succeed on their appeal, the Company’s financial condition may be adversely affected.
Certain Causes of Action Arising From the Leveraged ESOP Transactions—On April 1, 2007, the Predecessor’s board of directors (the “Predecessor Board”), based on the recommendation of a special committee of the Predecessor Board comprised entirely of independent directors, approved the Leveraged ESOP Transactions with the ESOP, the Zell Entity and Samuel Zell. On December 20, 2007, the Predecessor completed the Leveraged ESOP Transactions, which culminated in the cancellation of all issued and outstanding shares of the Predecessor’s common stock as of that date, other than shares held by the Predecessor or the ESOP, and with the Predecessor becoming wholly-owned by the ESOP. The Leveraged ESOP Transactions consisted of a series of transactions that included the following:
On April 1, 2007, the Predecessor entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with GreatBanc Trust Company, not in its individual or corporate capacity, but solely as trustee of the Tribune Employee Stock Ownership Trust, a separate trust which forms a part of the ESOP, Tesop Corporation, a Delaware corporation wholly-owned by the ESOP (“Merger Sub”), and the Zell Entity (solely for the limited purposes specified therein) providing for Merger Sub to be merged with and into Tribune Company, and following such merger, the Predecessor to continue as the surviving corporation wholly-owned by the ESOP (the “Merger”).
On April 1, 2007, the ESOP purchased 8,928,571 shares of the Predecessor’s common stock at a price of $28.00 per share. The ESOP paid for this purchase with a promissory note in the principal amount of $250 million, to be repaid by the ESOP over the 30-year life of the loan through its use of annual contributions from the Predecessor to the ESOP and/or distributions paid on the shares of common stock held by the ESOP. Upon consummation of the Merger (as described below), the 8,928,571 shares of the Predecessor’s common stock held by the ESOP were converted into 56,521,739 shares of common stock and represented the only outstanding shares of capital stock of the Predecessor after the Merger. Approximately 8,294,000 of the shares held by the ESOP were committed for release or allocated to employees at December 30, 2012. On April 25, 2007, the Predecessor commenced a tender offer to repurchase up to 126 million shares of common stock that were then outstanding at a price of $34.00 per share in cash (the “Share Repurchase”). The tender offer expired on May 24, 2007 and 126 million shares of the Predecessor’s common stock were repurchased for an aggregate purchase price of $4.289 billion on June 4, 2007 utilizing proceeds from the Credit Agreement and subsequently retired.
On December 20, 2007, the Predecessor completed its merger with Merger Sub, with the Predecessor surviving the Merger. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger, other than shares held by the Predecessor, the ESOP or Merger Sub immediately prior to the Merger (in each case, other than shares held on behalf of third parties) and shares held by shareholders who validly exercised appraisal rights, was cancelled and automatically converted into the right to receive $34.00, without interest and less any applicable withholding taxes, and the Predecessor became wholly-owned by the ESOP. As a result, the Predecessor repurchased approximately 119 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of $4.032 billion.

F-34



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In the Merger, the Zell Entity received cash for the shares of the Predecessor’s common stock it had acquired pursuant to the Zell Entity Purchase Agreement and the Predecessor repaid the exchangeable promissory note held by the Zell Entity including approximately $6 million of accrued interest. In addition, the Predecessor paid to the Zell Entity a total of $5 million in legal fee reimbursements, of which $3 million was previously paid following the Share Repurchase described above. Following the consummation of the Merger, the Zell Entity purchased, for an aggregate of $315 million, a $255 million subordinated promissory note at stated interest rate of 4.64% and a 15-year warrant (the “Predecessor Warrants”). For accounting purposes, the subordinated promissory note and 15-year warrant were recorded at fair value of $255 million based on the relative fair value method. The warrant entitled the Zell Entity to purchase 43,478,261 shares of the Predecessor’s common stock (subject to adjustment), which then represented approximately 40% of the economic equity interest in the Predecessor following the Merger (on a fully-diluted basis, including after giving effect to share equivalents granted under a new management equity incentive plan which is described in Note 16). The warrant had an initial aggregate exercise price of $500 million, increasing by $10 million per year for the first 10 years of the warrant, for a maximum aggregate exercise price of $600 million (subject to adjustment). Thereafter and prior to the Petition Date, the Zell Entity assigned minority interests in the initial subordinated promissory note and the warrant, totaling approximately $65 million of the aggregate principal amount of the subordinated promissory note and warrants to purchase 12,611,610 shares, to certain permitted assignees, including entities controlled by certain members of the Predecessor’s board of directors and certain senior employees of Equity Group Investments, LLC, an affiliate of the Zell Entity. The subordinated promissory notes, which included $10 million of payable-in-kind interest recorded in 2008, were included in liabilities subject to compromise in the Predecessor’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 30, 2012. On the Effective Date, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the warrants were cancelled and the $225 million subordinated promissory notes (including accrued and unpaid interest) were terminated and extinguished.
The Leveraged ESOP Transactions and certain debt financings were the subject of extensive review by the Debtors, including substantial document review and legal and factual analyses of these transactions as a result of the prepetition debt incurred and payments made by the Company in connection therewith. Additionally, the Creditors’ Committee and certain other constituencies undertook their own reviews and due diligence concerning these transactions, with which the Debtors cooperated.
On November 1, 2010, with authorization from the Bankruptcy Court, the Creditors’ Committee initiated two adversary proceedings: Official Comm. Of Unsecured Creditors v. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (In re Tribune Co.), Case No. 10-53963, (the “JPMorgan Complaint”) and Official Comm. Of Unsecured Creditors v. FitzSimons (In re Tribune Co.), Case No. 10-54010 (as subsequently modified, the “FitzSimons Complaint”), which assert claims and causes of action related to the Leveraged ESOP Transactions including, among other things, breach of duty, disgorgement, professional malpractice, constructive and intentional fraudulent transfer, and preferential transfer actions against certain of Tribune Company’s senior lenders and various non-lender parties, including current and former directors and officers of Tribune Company and its subsidiaries, certain advisors, certain former shareholders of Tribune Company and Samuel Zell and related entities. The Bankruptcy Court imposed a stay of proceedings with respect to the JPMorgan Complaint and the FitzSimons Complaint. With limited exceptions, the claims and causes of action set forth in the JPMorgan Complaint against JPMorgan and other senior lenders named as defendants therein were settled pursuant to the Plan. For administrative ease in effectuating the settlement embodied in the Plan, on April 2, 2012, the Creditors’ Committee initiated an additional adversary proceeding relating to the Leveraged ESOP Transactions against certain advisors to the Company, captioned Official Comm. Of Unsecured Creditors v. Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc. (In re Tribune Co.), Case No. 12-50446 (the “Committee Advisor Complaint”). The Committee Advisor Complaint re-states certain counts of the JPMorgan Complaint and seeks to avoid and recover the advisor fees paid to the defendants in connection with the Leveraged ESOP Transactions as alleged fraudulent and preferential transfers, seeks compensatory damages against the defendants for allegedly aiding and abetting breaches of fiduciary duty by the Company’s directors and officers, and seeks damages for professional malpractice against the defendants. The claims and causes of action set forth in the FitzSimons Complaint and the Committee Advisor Complaint were

F-35



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

preserved under the Plan and transferred to the Litigation Trust established pursuant to the Plan. Pursuant to certain agreements between the Company and the Litigation Trust, the Company is required to reasonably cooperate with the Litigation Trustee in connection with the Litigation Trustee’s pursuit of these and other Litigation Trust Preserved Causes of Action by providing reasonable access to records and information relating thereto.
On or about June 2, 2011, Deutsche Bank, Law Debenture and WTC, as indenture trustees for Tribune Company’s senior noteholders and PHONES, and, separately, certain retirees, filed approximately 50 complaints in over 20 different federal and state courts, seeking to recover amounts paid to all former shareholders of Tribune Company whose stock was purchased or cash settled in conjunction with the Leveraged ESOP Transactions under state law constructive fraudulent transfer causes of action (collectively and as subsequently amended, the “SLCFC Actions”). Those complaints named over 2,000 individuals and entities as defendants, included thousands of “doe” defendants, and also asserted defendant class actions against the balance of the approximately 38,000 individuals or entities who held stock that was purchased or redeemed via the Leveraged ESOP Transactions. The named defendants also included a Debtor subsidiary of the Company, certain then-current employees of the Company and certain of the Company’s benefit plans. The SLCFC Actions were independent of the Litigation Trust Preserved Causes of Action and were brought for the sole benefit of the senior noteholders and PHONES and/or certain retirees and not for the benefit of all of the Company’s creditors.
On August 16, 2011, the plaintiffs in the SLCFC Actions filed a motion to have all the SLCFC Actions removed to federal court during the pre-trial stages through multi-district litigation (“MDL”) proceedings before a single judge. All but one of these actions were transferred on December 19, 2011 (or by additional orders filed in early January 2012) to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “NY District Court”) under the consolidated docket numbers 1:11-md-02296 and 1:12-mc-02296 for pre-trial proceedings. The NY District Court entered a case management order on February 23, 2012 allowing all pending motions to amend the complaints in the SLCFC Actions and directing the defendants to form an executive committee representing defendants with aligned common interests. The NY District Court imposed a stay of proceedings with respect to the SLCFC Actions for all other purposes. The one SLCFC Action that was not transferred to the NY District Court is pending before a state court. However, no current or former employees, directors, officers or subsidiaries of the Company are named defendants in that action.
In related actions, on December 19, 2011, the Zell Entity and related entities filed two lawsuits in Illinois state court alleging constructive fraudulent transfer against former shareholders of Tribune Company. These suits proposed to protect the Zell Entity’s right to share in any recovery from fraudulent conveyance actions against former shareholders. These actions were independent of the Litigation Trust Preserved Causes of Action. By order dated June 11, 2012, the MDL panel transferred one of the lawsuits to the NY District Court to be heard with the consolidated SLCFC Actions in the MDL proceedings, while the other was subsequently voluntarily dismissed.
On March 15, 2012, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order, effective June 1, 2012, lifting the stay in each of the SLCFC Actions and the FitzSimons Complaint. On March 20, 2012, the MDL panel entered an order transferring the FitzSimons Complaint to the NY District Court to be heard with the consolidated SLCFC Actions in the MDL proceedings. By order dated August 3, 2012, the MDL panel transferred the Committee Advisor Complaint to the NY District Court to be heard with the FitzSimons Complaint and the consolidated SLCFC Actions in the MDL proceedings. By order dated May 21, 2013, the MDL panel transferred 18 Preference Actions (as defined and described below) seeking to recover certain payments made by Tribune Company to certain of its current and former executives in connection with the Leveraged ESOP Transactions from the Bankruptcy Court to the NY District Court for coordinated or consolidated pretrial proceedings with the other MDL proceedings.
The NY District Court presiding over the MDL proceedings held a case management conference on July 10, 2012 for the purpose of establishing the organizational structure of the cases, a schedule for motions to dismiss and discovery and other issues related to the administration of such proceedings, but otherwise stayed all other activity. On September 7, 2012, the NY District Court issued a case management order (“Master Case Order No. 3”) designating liaison counsel for the plaintiffs and various defendant groups and approved the formation of the executive committee for plaintiffs’ counsel and defendants’ counsel. In accordance with Master Case Order No. 3,

F-36



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

counsel for the defendants filed motions to dismiss the SLCFC Actions based on certain statutory and jurisdictional defenses (the “Phase One Motions to Dismiss”). The plaintiffs filed their responses to the Phase One Motions to Dismiss on December 21, 2012. The NY District Court heard oral arguments on the Phase One Motions to Dismiss on May 23, 2013 and on May 29, 2013 issued an order denying certain of those motions in their entirety and reserving a decision on certain defenses raised by the defendants. On September 23, 2013, the NY District Court entered an order dismissing the SLCFC Actions (except for the one action, pending in California state court, which had not been transferred to the MDL) and the related action filed by the Zell Entity that was consolidated with the SLCFC Actions. The plaintiffs in the SLCFC Actions filed a notice of appeal of that order on September 30, 2013. The defendants’ liaison counsel filed a joint notice of cross-appeal of that order on behalf of all represented defendants on October 28, 2013. No appeal of the order was lodged by the Zell Entity. On March 24, 2016, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the “Second Circuit”) issued a decision upholding the NY District Court’s dismissal of the SLCFC Actions on the alternative grounds set forth in the cross-appeal of the defendants’ liaison counsel on behalf of the defendants. The Second Circuit issued a corrected opinion upholding the dismissal of the SLCFC Actions on March 29, 2016. On September 9, 2016, the plaintiffs in the SLCFC Actions filed a petition for writ of certiorari to the U.S. Supreme Court, seeking review of the Second Circuit’s decision. That petition is pending.
On June 4, 2013, the Litigation Trustee sought leave from the NY District Court to amend the FitzSimons Complaint and the Committee Advisor Complaint. The NY District Court granted that request on July 22, 2013, and the FitzSimons Complaint was amended on August 2, 2013 and the Committee Advisor Complaint was amended on August 13, 2013. On November 20, 2013, the NY District Court issued a case management order (“Master Case Order No. 4”), which authorized the Litigation Trustee to continue the FitzSimons Complaint in accordance with a court-ordered protocol. Thereafter, pursuant to Master Case Order No. 4, the Litigation Trustee voluntarily dismissed the FitzSimons Complaint against certain former shareholder defendants who received less than $50,000 on account of their Tribune Company common stock in connection with the Leveraged ESOP Transactions. On February 28, 2014, the NY District Court entered an order establishing a second protocol pursuant to Master Case Order No. 4 (the “Joint Dismissal Protocol”) providing for the potential voluntary dismissal of certain defendants from the FitzSimons Complaint if the amounts such defendants received on account of their Tribune Company common stock in connection with the Leveraged ESOP Transactions were below certain thresholds. Pursuant to the Joint Dismissal Protocol, the Litigation Trustee voluntarily dismissed the FitzSimons Complaint against certain additional former shareholder defendants. On April 24, 2014, the NY District Court entered an order establishing a third protocol pursuant to Master Case Order No. 4 (the “Conduit Protocol”) providing for the potential voluntary dismissal of certain defendants from the FitzSimons Complaint if such defendants were “mere conduits” and not transferees of transfers to holders of Tribune Company common stock in connection with the Leveraged ESOP Transactions. Pursuant to the Conduit Protocol, the Litigation Trustee voluntarily dismissed the FitzSimons Complaint against certain defendants and eliminated certain transfer amounts listed in the FitzSimons Complaint for which the corresponding defendants were mere conduits. Also on April 24, 2014, the NY District Court entered an order establishing a schedule and procedures for defendants and the Litigation Trustee to brief additional motions to dismiss the FitzSimons Complaint and the Committee Advisor Complaint (the “Phase Two Motions to Dismiss”). Twelve Phase Two Motions to Dismiss were subsequently filed with the NY District Court. On January 6, 2017, the NY District Court granted one of the pending Phase Two Motions to Dismiss, which resulted in the dismissal of Count I of the FitzSimons Complaint against all former shareholder defendants. The other Phase Two Motions to Dismiss remain pending. By order dated April 5, 2017, the NY District Court adopted a “Preliminary Discovery Plan” relating to certain enumerated counts in the FitzSimons Complaint. Pursuant to that plan, the Litigation Trustee has issued subpoenas seeking the production of documents from a number of third parties, including Tribune Media Company.
Preference Actions—The Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee commenced numerous avoidance actions seeking to avoid and recover certain transfers that had been made to or for the benefit of various creditors within the 90 days prior to the Petition Date (or one year prior to the Petition Date, in the case of transfers to or for the benefit of current or former alleged “insiders,” as defined in the Bankruptcy Code, of the Debtors), which are commonly

F-37



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

known as preference actions (the “Preference Actions”), shortly before the statute of limitation for bringing such actions expired on December 8, 2010. The Preference Actions for which the Debtors or Creditors’ Committee filed complaints were stayed by order of the Bankruptcy Court upon their filing.
Certain of the Preference Actions brought or tolled by the Creditors’ Committee were preserved and transferred to the Litigation Trust on or after the Effective Date. Certain of those Preference Actions were dismissed by the Litigation Trustee and, as noted above, 18 of those Preference Actions were transferred to the NY District Court for coordinated or consolidated pretrial proceedings with the other MDL proceedings. The Preference Actions that were transferred to the Litigation Trust, if successful, will inure to the benefit of the Debtors’ creditors that received interests in the Litigation Trust pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Certain other Preference Actions brought or tolled by the Creditors’ Committee were transferred to the Reorganized Debtors on or after the Effective Date. Those Preference Actions, along with the Preference Actions that were originally commenced by the Debtors and retained by the Reorganized Debtors pursuant to the Plan, have all been dismissed by the Reorganized Debtors, and the tolling agreements involving the Preference Actions that were transferred to or retained by the Reorganized Debtors have also been terminated or allowed to expire.
As part of the Chapter 11 claims process, a number of the Company’s former directors and officers who have been named in the FitzSimons Complaint and/or the Preference Actions that were transferred to the Litigation Trust have filed indemnity and other related claims against the Company for claims brought against them in these lawsuits. Under the Plan, such indemnity-type claims against the Company must be set off against any recovery by the Litigation Trust against any of the directors and officers, and the Litigation Trust is authorized to object to the allowance of any such indemnity-type claims.
Resolution of Outstanding Prepetition Claims—Under Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, the filing of a bankruptcy petition automatically stays most actions against a debtor, including most actions to collect prepetition indebtedness or to exercise control over the property of the debtor’s estate. Substantially all prepetition liabilities are subject to compromise under a plan of reorganization approved by the Bankruptcy Court. Shortly after commencing their Chapter 11 proceedings, the Debtors notified all known current or potential creditors of the Chapter 11 filings.
On March 23, 2009, the Debtors filed initial schedules with the Bankruptcy Court setting forth the assets and liabilities of the Debtors as of the Petition Date and Tribune CNLBC filed its initial schedules of assets and liabilities in October 2009 (as subsequently amended, the “Schedules of Assets and Liabilities”). The Schedules of Assets and Liabilities contain information identifying the Debtors’ executory contracts and unexpired leases, the creditors that may hold claims against the Debtors and the nature of such claims. On March 25, 2009, the Bankruptcy Court set June 12, 2009 as the general bar date, which was the final date by which most entities that wished to assert a prepetition claim against the Debtors were required to file a proof of claim in writing. On June 7, 2010, the Bankruptcy Court set July 26, 2010 as the general bar date for filing certain proofs of claim against Tribune CNLBC.
ASC Topic 852, “Reorganizations” requires that the financial statements for periods subsequent to the filing of the Chapter 11 Petitions distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the operations of the business.
As of the Effective Date, approximately 7,400 proofs of claim had been filed against the Debtors. Additional claims were filed after the Effective Date, including to amend or supplement previously filed claims. Additional claims were also included in the Debtors’ respective Schedules of Assets and Liabilities which were filed with the Bankruptcy Court. Amounts and payment terms for these claims, if applicable, were established in the Plan. The filed proofs of claim asserted liabilities in excess of the amounts reflected in liabilities subject to compromise in the Predecessor’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 30, 2012 plus certain additional unliquidated and/or contingent amounts. During the Debtors’ Chapter 11 proceedings, the Debtors investigated the differences between the claim amounts recorded by the Debtors and claims filed by creditors. As of December 31, 2017, approximately 3,297 proofs of claim had been withdrawn or expunged as a result of the Debtors’ evaluation of the filed proofs of

F-38



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

claim and their efforts to reduce and/or eliminate invalid, duplicative and/or over-stated claims. In addition, approximately 3,757 proofs of claim had been settled or otherwise satisfied pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
As of December 31, 2017, all but 403 proofs of claim against the Debtors had been withdrawn, expunged, settled or otherwise satisfied. Adjustments may result from, among other things, negotiations with creditors, further orders of the Bankruptcy Court and, in certain instances, litigation. The ultimate amounts to be paid in resolutions of the remaining proofs of claim, including indemnity claims, will continue to be subject to uncertainty for a period of time after the Effective Date. If the aggregate allowed amount of the remaining claims exceeds the restricted cash for satisfying such claims, the Company would be required to satisfy the allowed claims from its cash on hand from operations.
Pursuant to the terms of the Plan and subject to certain specified exceptions, on the Effective Date, all executory contracts or unexpired leases of the Debtors that were not previously assumed or rejected pursuant to Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or rejected pursuant to the Plan were deemed assumed in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions and requirements of Sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Reorganization Items, Net—As provided by the Bankruptcy Code, the Office of the United States Trustee for Region 3 (the “U.S. Trustee”) appointed an official committee of unsecured creditors (the “Creditors’ Committee”) on December 18, 2008. Prior to the Effective Date, the Creditors’ Committee was entitled to be heard on most matters that came before the Bankruptcy Court with respect to the Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases. Among other things, the Creditors’ Committee consulted with the Debtors regarding the administration of the Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases, investigated matters relevant to the Chapter 11 cases, including the formulation of the Plan, advised unsecured creditors regarding the Chapter 11 cases, and generally performed any other services as were in the interests of the Debtors’ unsecured creditors. The Debtors were required to bear certain of the Creditors’ Committee’s costs and expenses, including those of their counsel and other professional advisors. Such costs are included in the Company’s professional advisory fees. The appointment of the Creditors’ Committee terminated on the Effective Date, except with respect to the preparation and prosecution of the Creditors’ Committee’s requests for the payment of professional advisory fees and reimbursement of expenses, the evaluation of fee and expense requests of other parties, and the transfer of certain documents, information and privileges from the Creditors’ Committee to the Litigation Trust.
ASC Topic 852 requires that the financial statements for periods subsequent to the filing of the Chapter 11 Petitions distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the operations of the business. Reorganization items, net included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations primarily include professional advisory fees and other costs related to the resolution of unresolved claims and totaled $2 million, $1 million and $2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Operating net cash outflows resulting from reorganization costs for each of 2017 and 2016 totaled $2 million and for 2015 totaled $3 million, and were principally for the payment of professional advisory fees and other fees in each year. All other items included in reorganization costs in 2017, 2016 and 2015 are primarily non-cash adjustments.
The Company expects to continue to incur certain expenses pertaining to the Chapter 11 proceedings throughout 2018 and potentially in future periods. These expenses will include primarily professional advisory fees and other costs related to the resolution of unresolved claims.
NOTE 4: ACQUISITIONS
Infostrada Sports, SportsDirect and Enswers (as further defined and described below) were divested in the Gracenote Sale. As of December 31, 2016, the assets and liabilities of the acquisitions of these businesses are classified as discontinued operations in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet and for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, their operating results, as well as any associated transactions costs, are presented as discontinued operations in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

F-39



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In May 2015, the Company completed the acquisitions of all issued and outstanding equity interests in Infostrada Statistics B.V. (“Infostrada Sports”), SportsDirect Inc. (“SportsDirect”) and Covers Media Group (“Covers”). Infostrada Sports and SportsDirect provided the Company with in-depth sports data, including schedules, scores, play-by-play statistics, as well as team and player information for the major professional leagues around the world, including the National Football League, Major League Baseball, National Basketball Association, National Hockey League, European Football League, and the Olympics. Covers is the operator of Covers.com, a North American online sports gaming destination for scores, odds and matchups, unique editorial analysis, and industry news coverage. In May 2015, the Company also completed an acquisition of all issued and outstanding equity interests in Enswers Inc. (“Enswers”), a leading provider of automatic content recognition technology and systems based in South Korea. The total acquisition price for Infostrada Sports, SportsDirect, Covers and Enswers was $70 million, net of cash acquired.
The purchase prices for the above acquisitions were allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The excess of the fair values and the related deferred taxes were allocated to goodwill, which will not be deductible for tax purposes due to the acquisitions being stock acquisitions. In connection with these acquisitions, the Company incurred a total of $3 million of transaction costs.
The total purchase price for the Infostrada Sports, SportsDirect, Covers and Enswers acquisitions assigned to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of these companies is as follows (in thousands):
Consideration:
 
Cash
$
71,768

Less: cash acquired
(1,919
)
Net cash
$
69,849

 
 
Allocated Fair Value of Acquired Assets and Assumed Liabilities:
 
Restricted cash and cash equivalents
$
404

Accounts receivable and other current assets
2,481

Property and equipment
805

Deferred tax assets
3,816

Other long term assets
157

Intangible assets subject to amortization
 
     Customer relationships (useful lives of 6 to 16 years)
17,000

     Content databases (useful lives of 10 to 16 years)
13,900

     Technologies (useful lives 4 to 10 years)
6,900

     Trade name and trademarks (useful life of 15 years)
5,200

     Non-competition agreement (useful life 5 years)
1,100

Accounts payable and other current liabilities
(1,507
)
Deferred revenue
(339
)
Deferred tax liabilities
(10,097
)
Other liabilities
(477
)
Total identifiable net assets
39,343

Goodwill
30,506

Total net assets acquired
$
69,849


F-40



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The allocation presented above is based upon management’s estimate of the fair values using income, cost and market approaches. In estimating the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities, the fair value estimates are based on, but not limited to, expected future revenue and cash flows, expected future growth rates and estimated discount rates. The definite-lived intangible assets will be amortized over a total weighted average period of 12 years that include weighted average periods of 11 years for customer relationships, 14 years for content databases, 8 years for technologies, 15 years for trade name and trademarks and 5 years for non-competition agreements. The acquired property and equipment will be depreciated on a straight-line basis over the respective estimated remaining useful lives. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from other intangible assets acquired that do not qualify for separate recognition, including assembled workforce, and noncontractual relationships, as well as expected future cost and revenue synergies.
NOTE 5: CHANGES IN OPERATIONS AND NON-OPERATING ITEMS
Employee ReductionsThe Company recorded pretax charges, mainly consisting of employee severance costs, associated termination benefits and related expenses totaling $5 million, $10 million and $5 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These charges are included in direct operating expenses or SG&A in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The following table summarizes these severance and related charges included in income (loss) from continuing operations by business segment for 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Television and Entertainment
$
4,367

 
$
9,228

 
$
2,317

Corporate and Other
372

 
1,178

 
2,959

Total
$
4,739

 
$
10,406

 
$
5,276

Severance and related expenses included in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes totaled $0.5 million and $1 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The accrued liability for severance and related expenses is reflected in employee compensation and benefits in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and was $5 million and $9 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
Changes to the accrued liability for severance and related expenses were as follows (in thousands):
$
3,595

Additions
10,406

Payments
(5,020
)
$
8,981

Additions
4,739

Payments
(9,144
)
$
4,576


F-41



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Non-Operating Items—Non-operating items for 2017, 2016 and 2015 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Loss on extinguishments and modification of debt
$
(20,487
)
 
$

 
$
(37,040
)
Gain on investment transactions, net
8,131

 

 
12,173

Write-downs of investments
(193,494
)
 

 

Other non-operating gain, net
71

 
5,427

 
7,228

Total non-operating (loss) gain, net
$
(205,779
)
 
$
5,427

 
$
(17,639
)
Non-operating items for 2017 included a $20 million pretax loss on the extinguishments and modification of debt. The loss included a write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $7 million and an unamortized discount of $2 million as a portion of the Term Loan Facility was considered extinguished for accounting purposes as well as an expense of $12 million of third party fees as a portion of the Term Loan Facility was considered a modification transaction under ASC 470, “Debt.” Gain on investment transactions, net included a pretax gain of $5 million from the sale of the Company’s tronc, Inc. (“tronc”) shares and a pretax gain of $4 million from the partial sale of CareerBuilder LLC (“CareerBuilder”). Write-downs of investments included non-cash pretax impairment charges of $193 million to write down the Company’s investments in CareerBuilder, Dose Media, LLC (“Dose Media”) and a cost method investment, as further described in Note 8.
Non-operating items in 2016 included a $5 million non-cash favorable workers’ compensation reserve adjustment related to businesses divested by the Company in prior years.
Non-operating items in 2015 included a $37 million pretax loss on the extinguishment of the Former Term Loan Facility (as defined and described in Note 9), which includes the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and discounts. See Note 9 for further information on the extinguishment of the Former Term Loan Facility. Gain on investment transactions, net in 2015 included a pretax gain of $8 million for an additional cash distribution from Classified Ventures, LLC (“CV”) pursuant to the collection of a contingent receivable subsequent to the Company’s sale of its interest in CV in 2014 and a pretax gain of $3 million on the sale of the Company’s 3% interest in NHLLC on September 2, 2015, as further described in Note 8. Other non-operating items in 2015 included a $9 million non-cash favorable workers’ compensation reserve adjustment related to businesses divested by the Company in prior years and a $2 million non-cash pretax charge to write off a convertible note receivable resulting from a decline in the fair value of the convertible note receivable that the Company determined to be other than temporary. The convertible note receivable constitutes a nonfinancial asset measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet and is classified as Level 3 assets in the fair value hierarchy’s established under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures.” See Note 10 for a description of the hierarchy’s three levels.
NOTE 6: REAL ESTATE SALES AND ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
Assets Held for Sale—Assets held for sale in the Company’s audited Consolidated Balance Sheets consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
Real estate
$

 
$
17,176

FCC licenses
38,900

 

Total assets held for sale
$
38,900

 
$
17,176


F-42



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Real Estate Assets Held for Sale—As of December 31, 2017, the Company had no real estate properties held for sale. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had five real estate properties held for sale. The combined net carrying value of real estate properties held for sale and included in non-current assets held for sale in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2016 totaled $17 million.
The Company recorded charges of $2 million, $15 million and $7 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, to write down certain properties to their estimated fair value, less the expected selling costs, which were determined based on certain assumptions and judgments that are Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. These charges are included in SG&A in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Sales of Real Estate—During 2017, the Company sold several properties for net pretax proceeds totaling $144 million and recognized a net pretax gain of $29 million, as further described below. The Company defines net proceeds as pretax cash proceeds on the sale of properties, net of associated selling costs.
On January 26, 2017, the Company sold its Denver, CO property for net proceeds of $23 million, which approximated the carrying value, and entered into a lease for the property. On January 31, 2017, the Company sold one of its Chicago, IL properties for net proceeds of $22 million and entered into a lease with a term of 10 years, subject to renewal, retaining the use of more than a minor portion of the property. The Company recorded a deferred pretax gain of $13 million on the sale, which will be amortized over the life of the lease in accordance with sale-leaseback accounting guidance. On April 21, 2017, the Company sold two of its Chicago, IL properties for net proceeds of less than $1 million. On May 22, 2017, the Company sold two of its Baltimore, MD properties for net proceeds of $15 million which approximated their respective carrying values. On August 4, 2017, the Company sold its Williamsburg, VA property for net proceeds of $1 million, which approximated its carrying value. On November 15, 2017, the Company sold its Costa Mesa, CA properties for net proceeds of $62 million and recorded a pretax gain of $22 million, of which $3 million was attributable to a noncontrolling interest. On December 19, 2017, the Company sold its Ft. Lauderdale, FL property for net proceeds of $21 million and recorded a pretax gain of $6 million, of which less than $1 million was attributable to a noncontrolling interest. Net distributions to noncontrolling interests in 2017 totaled $9 million.
During 2016, the Company sold several properties for net pretax proceeds totaling $506 million and recognized a net pretax gain of $213 million, as further described below.
On May 2, 2016, the Company sold its Deerfield Beach, FL property for net proceeds of $24 million, and on June 2, 2016, the Company sold its Allentown, PA property for net proceeds of $8 million; the Company recorded a net pretax loss of less than $1 million on the sale of these properties. On July 7, 2016, the Company sold its Seattle, WA property for net proceeds of $19 million and entered into a lease with a term of 11 years, subject to renewal, retaining the use of more than a minor portion of the property. The Company recorded a deferred pretax gain of $8 million on the sale, which will be amortized over the life of the lease in accordance with sale-leaseback accounting guidance. On July 12, 2016, the Company sold two of its Orlando, FL properties for net proceeds of $34 million and recorded a pretax gain of $2 million. On July 14, 2016, the Company sold its Arlington Heights, IL property for net proceeds of $0.4 million. On September 26, 2016, the Company sold Tribune Tower and the north block of the Los Angeles Times property (the “LA Times Property”) for net proceeds of $199 million and $102 million, respectively, and recognized a pretax gain of $93 million and $59 million, respectively. Pursuant to the terms of the sale agreements, the Company could receive contingent payments of up to an additional $35 million related to the Tribune Tower transaction and an additional $10 million related to the LA Times Property transaction. For both the Tribune Tower and LA Times Property sales, the contingent payments become payable if certain conditions are met pertaining to development rights related to the respective buyer’s plans for development of portions of the two properties. The contingency period for both properties ends five years from the sale date with the possibility of extension in certain circumstances. On September 27, 2016, the Company sold the Olympic Facility for net proceeds of $118 million and recognized a pretax gain of $59 million. On November 14, 2016, the Company sold its Portsmouth, VA property and on November 28, 2016, the Company sold a property located in Chicago, IL for net proceeds totaling $1 million. On December 22, 2016, the Company sold a Baltimore, MD property for net proceeds

F-43



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

of $0.3 million. The Company recorded a net pretax gain of less than $1 million on the sale of these properties in the fourth quarter of 2016.
During 2015, the Company sold its Bel Air, MD and Newport News, VA properties for net proceeds of $5 million and recorded a net loss of less than $1 million.
FCC Licenses Held for Sale—As of December 31, 2017, certain FCC licenses that were part of the FCC spectrum auction are included in assets held for sale. The gross proceeds received for these licenses totaled $172 million, which is currently reflected in current liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2017. The Company expects to recognize a net pretax gain of $133 million in the first quarter of 2018 related to the surrender of the spectrum associated with these licenses in January 2018. The gain will be included in SG&A in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 12 for additional information regarding the Company’s participation in the FCC spectrum auction.
NOTE 7: GOODWILL, OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND INTANGIBLE LIABILITIES
Goodwill and other intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
 
Gross Amount
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Net Amount
 
Gross Amount
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Net Amount
Other intangible assets subject to amortization
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Affiliate relationships (useful life of 16 years)
$
212,000

 
$
(66,250
)
 
$
145,750

 
$
212,000

 
$
(53,000
)
 
$
159,000

Advertiser relationships (useful life of 8 years)
168,000

 
(105,000
)
 
63,000

 
168,000

 
(84,000
)
 
84,000

Network affiliation agreements (useful life of 5 to 16 years)
362,000

 
(175,337
)
 
186,663

 
362,000

 
(133,725
)
 
228,275

Retransmission consent agreements (useful life of 7 to 12 years)
830,100

 
(377,033
)
 
453,067

 
830,100

 
(286,994
)
 
543,106

Other (useful life of 5 to 15 years)
16,650

 
(6,565
)
 
10,085

 
15,448

 
(4,695
)
 
10,753

Total
$
1,588,750

 
$
(730,185
)
 
858,565

 
$
1,587,548

 
$
(562,414
)
 
1,025,134

Other intangible assets not subject to amortization
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FCC licenses
 
 
 
 
740,300

 
 
 
 
 
779,200

Trade name
 
 
 
 
14,800

 
 
 
 
 
14,800

Total other intangible assets, net
 
 
 
 
1,613,665

 
 
 
 
 
1,819,134

Goodwill
 
 
 
 
3,228,988

 
 
 
 
 
3,227,930

Total goodwill and other intangible assets
 
 
 
 
$
4,842,653

 
 
 
 
 
$
5,047,064



F-44



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The changes in the carrying amounts of intangible assets, which are in the Company’s Television and Entertainment segment, during the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were as follows (in thousands):
Other intangible assets subject to amortization
 
Balance as of December 31, 2015
$
1,192,602

Amortization (1)(2)
(167,717
)
Balance sheet reclassifications (3)
9

Foreign currency translation adjustment
240

Balance as of December 31, 2016
$
1,025,134

Amortization (1)(2)
(167,560
)
Balance sheet reclassifications (3)
86

Foreign currency translation adjustment
905

Balance as of December 31, 2017
$
858,565

 
 
Other intangible assets not subject to amortization
 
Balance as of December 31, 2015
$
797,400

Impairment charge
(3,400
)
Balance as of December 31, 2016
$
794,000

Reclassification to assets held for sale (4)
(38,900
)
Balance as of December 31, 2017
$
755,100

 
 
Goodwill
 
Gross balance as of December 31, 2015
$
3,609,224

Accumulated impairment losses as of December 31, 2015
(381,000
)
Balance as of December 31, 2015
3,228,224

Foreign currency translation adjustment
(294
)
Balance as of December 31, 2016
$
3,227,930

Foreign currency translation adjustment
1,058

Balance as of December 31, 2017
$
3,228,988

Total goodwill and other intangible assets as of December 31, 2017
$
4,842,653

 
(1)
Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2016, the Television and Entertainment reportable segment includes the operations of Covers, including the goodwill and other intangible assets subject to amortization allocated in accordance with ASC Topic 350 guidance, which was previously included in the Digital and Data reportable segment.
(2)
Amortization of intangible assets includes $1 million related to lease contract intangible assets and is recorded in cost of sales or SG&A expense, if applicable, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(3)
Represents net reclassifications which are reflected as a decrease to broadcast rights assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.
(4)
See Note 6 for additional information regarding FCC licenses reclassified to assets held for sale.

The Company recorded contract intangible liabilities totaling $227 million in connection with the adoption of fresh-start reporting on the Effective Date. Of this amount, approximately $226 million was related to contracts for broadcast rights programming not yet available for broadcast. In addition, the Company recorded $9 million of intangible liabilities related to contracts for broadcast rights programming in connection with the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding equity interests in Local TV on December 27, 2013 (the “Local TV Acquisition”). These intangible liabilities are reclassified as a reduction of broadcast rights assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as

F-45



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the programming becomes available for broadcast and subsequently amortized as a reduction of programming expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in accordance with the Company’s methodology for amortizing the related broadcast rights. As of December 31, 2016, the remaining contract intangible liabilities for broadcast rights programming not yet available for broadcast have been reclassified as a reduction of broadcast rights assets or amortized as a reduction of programming expense and the balance was reduced to zero.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the net changes in the carrying amounts of intangible liabilities, which are in the Company’s Television and Entertainment segment, included $12 million of amortization expense and $2 million of balance sheet reclassifications reflected as a reduction in broadcast rights assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the net changes in the carrying amounts of intangible liabilities were immaterial and the balance was reduced to zero.
The Company amortizes its intangible assets subject to amortization on a straight-line basis over their respective useful lives. The remaining intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2017, excluding lease contract intangible assets, have a weighted-average remaining useful life of approximately seven years. Amortization expense relating to these amortizable intangible assets is expected to be approximately $167 million in 2018, $140 million in 2019, $134 million in 2020, $103 million in 2021 and $84 million in 2022.
Impairment of Goodwill and Other Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets—As disclosed in Note 1, the Company reviews goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired, in accordance with ASC Topic 350.
There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded in 2017 or 2016.
In the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment test in accordance with guidance effective in 2015 utilizing the two-step impairment test in accordance with ASC Topic 350. As a result of the impairment review, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $381 million to write down its cable reporting unit goodwill (a reporting unit within the Television and Entertainment reportable segment).
During 2015, the Company accelerated the pace of the transformation of the Company’s national general entertainment cable network, WGN America, from a superstation to a cable network. This transformation led to a strategic shift in the operations of WGN America with a renewed focus on increased household distribution and high quality syndicated and original programming that resulted in higher carriage fee revenues and higher programming and other costs. The performance of the new programming did not meet expectations resulting in lower than expected advertising revenues, lower margins and lower current and expected future cash flows than those used to originally record the goodwill in connection with the adoption of fresh-start reporting by the Company in December 2012.
In connection with the 2015 goodwill impairment test, the fair value of the cable reporting unit was determined with consideration of both the income and the market valuation approaches. Under the income approach, the fair value is based on projected future discounted cash flows, which requires management’s assumptions of projected revenues and related growth rates, operating margins, cash payments for broadcast rights, discount rates and terminal growth rates. The Company projected cash flows for 10 years and then applied a terminal growth rate. Key assumptions included a 10.5% discount rate and a terminal growth rate of 2% for its owned cable operations. The Company’s investment in TV Food Network included in the cable reporting unit was valued using the market approach to estimate its fair value by comparison to trading multiples of similar cable networks.
As a result of the 2015 assessment, it was determined that the carrying value of the cable reporting unit exceeded the estimated fair value. Accordingly, a second step of the goodwill impairment test (“Step 2”) was performed specific to the cable reporting unit in accordance with guidance effective in 2015 which compared the implied fair value of the goodwill to the carrying value of such goodwill. Under Step 2, the estimated fair value of goodwill of a reporting unit is determined by calculating the residual fair value that remains after the total estimated fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to its net assets other than goodwill. Other significant intangible assets that were identified and ascribed value as part of the Step 2 included affiliate relationships, advertiser relationships

F-46



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

and a trade name. Based on this analysis, the carrying value of the cable reporting unit goodwill exceeded its implied value by $381 million and consequently, the Company recorded an impairment charge of that amount in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. Following the impairment charge, the carrying value of the goodwill at the cable reporting unit was $723 million at December 31, 2015.
No impairment charges were recorded in 2017 for FCC licenses. In the fourth quarter of 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of $3 million and $4 million within the Television and Entertainment segment, respectively, related to the Company’s FCC licenses. The estimated fair value of each of the Company’s FCC licenses was based on discounted future cash flows for a hypothetical start-up television station in the respective market that achieves and maintains an average revenue share for four years and has an average cost structure. For the Company’s FCC licenses, significant assumptions also include start-up operating costs for an independent station, initial capital investments and market revenue forecasts. The Company utilized a 9.5% discount rate and terminal growth rate of 2.0% to estimate the fair values of its FCC licenses in the fourth quarter of 2017. Fair value estimates for each of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets are inherently sensitive to changes in these estimates, particularly with respect to the FCC licenses. The Company’s fourth quarter 2016 impairment review determined that the FCC licenses in two markets were impaired and the Company’s fourth quarter 2015 impairment review determined that the FCC license in one market was impaired. The impairments were primarily due to declines in estimated future market revenues available to a hypothetical start-up television station in these markets.
The Company’s FCC licenses and trade name constitute nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. These nonfinancial assets are classified as Level 3 assets in the fair value hierarchy established under ASC Topic 820. See Note 10 for a description of the hierarchy’s three levels. In 2017, the Company participated in the FCC spectrum auction and received $172 million in gross proceeds. As of December 31, 2017, certain FCC licenses that were part of the FCC spectrum auction are included in assets held for sale. The Company expects to recognize a net pretax gain of $133 million in the first quarter of 2018 related to the surrender of the spectrum of these television stations in January 2018. See Note 12 for additional information regarding the Company’s participation in the FCC spectrum auction.
The determination of estimated fair values of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets requires many judgments, assumptions and estimates of several critical factors, including projected revenues and related growth rates, projected operating margins and cash flows, estimated income tax rates, capital expenditures, market multiples and discount rates, as well as specific economic factors such as market share for broadcasting and royalty rates for the trade name intangible. Adverse changes in expected operating results and/or unfavorable changes in other economic factors could result in additional non-cash impairment charges in the future under ASC Topic 350.
NOTE 8: INVESTMENTS
Investments consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
Equity method investments
$
1,254,198

 
$
1,642,117

Cost method investments
27,593

 
26,748

Marketable equity securities

 
6,018

Total investments
$
1,281,791

 
$
1,674,883


F-47



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Equity Method InvestmentsThe Company’s equity method investments at December 31, 2017 included the following private companies:
Company
% Owned
CareerBuilder, LLC
6%
Dose Media, LLC
25%
Television Food Network, G.P.
31%
TKG Internet Holdings II LLC
43%
Income from equity investments, net reported in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Income from equity investments, net, before amortization of basis difference
$
190,864

 
$
202,758

 
$
201,207

Amortization of basis difference
(53,502
)
 
(54,602
)
 
(54,248
)
Income from equity investments, net
$
137,362

 
$
148,156

 
$
146,959

The carrying value of the Company’s investments was increased by $1.615 billion to a fair value aggregating $2.224 billion as a result of fresh start reporting adopted on the Effective Date. The fair value of the Company’s investments was estimated based on valuations obtained from third parties primarily using the market approach. Of the $1.615 billion increase, $1.108 billion was attributable to the Company’s share of theoretical increases in the carrying values of the investees’ amortizable intangible assets had the fair value of the investments been allocated to the identifiable intangible assets of the investees’ in accordance with ASC Topic 805. The remaining $507 million of the increase was attributable to goodwill and other identifiable intangibles not subject to amortization, including trade names. The Company amortizes the differences between the fair values and the investees’ carrying values of the identifiable intangible assets subject to amortization and records the amortization (the “amortization of basis difference”) as a reduction of income on equity investments, net in its Consolidated Statements of Operations. The remaining identifiable net intangible assets subject to amortization of basis difference as of December 31, 2017 totaled $686 million and have a weighted average remaining useful life of approximately 16 years.
Cash distributions from the Company’s equity method investments were as follows (in thousands):
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Cash distributions from equity investments (1)
$
201,892

 
$
170,527

 
$
180,207

 
(1)
Certain distributions received from CareerBuilder in 2017 and 2015 exceeded the Company’s share of CareerBuilder’s cumulative earnings. As a result, the Company determined that these distributions were a return of investment and, therefore, presented such distributions totaling $4 million in 2017 and $10 million in 2015 as an investing activity in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for 2017 and 2015.
TV Food NetworkThe Company’s 31% investment in TV Food Network totaled $1.234 billion and $1.279 billion at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The Company recognized equity income from TV Food Network of $141 million in 2017, $122 million in 2016 and $126 million in 2015. The Company received cash distributions from TV Food Network totaling $186 million in 2017, $158 million in 2016 and $164 million in 2015.
TV Food Network owns and operates “The Food Network,” a 24-hour lifestyle cable television channel focusing on food and related topics. TV Food Network also owns and operates “The Cooking Channel,” a cable

F-48



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

television channel primarily devoted to cooking instruction, food information and other related topics. TV Food Network’s programming is distributed by cable and satellite television systems.
The partnership agreement governing TV Food Network provides that the partnership shall, unless certain actions are taken by the partners, dissolve and commence winding up and liquidating TV Food Network upon the first to occur of certain enumerated liquidating events, one of which is a specified date of December 31, 2020. The Company would be entitled to its proportionate share of distributions to partners in the event of a liquidation, which the partnership agreement provides would occur as promptly as is consistent with obtaining fair market value for the assets of TV Food Network. The partnership agreement also provides that the partnership may be continued or reconstituted in certain circumstances.
CareerBuilderThe Company’s investment in CareerBuilder (through its investment in Camaro Parent, LLC subsequent to the CareerBuilder Sale) totaled $10 million and $341 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The Company recognized equity loss from CareerBuilder of $2 million in 2017 and equity income of $27 million in 2016 and $21 million in 2015. The Company received cash distributions from CareerBuilder totaling $16 million in 2017, $13 million in 2016 and $16 million in 2015.
CareerBuilder is a global leader in human capital solutions, specializing in Human Resources software-as-a-service to help companies with every step of the recruitment process. Its website, CareerBuilder.com, is a leading job website in North America. CareerBuilder also operates websites in the United States, Europe, Canada, Asia and South America.
On September 7, 2016, TEGNA Inc. (“TEGNA”) announced that it began evaluating strategic alternatives for CareerBuilder, including a possible sale. In 2017, the Company recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges totaling $181 million to write down the Company’s investment in CareerBuilder prior to the sale. The impairment charges resulted from a decline in the fair value of the investment that the Company determined to be other than temporary.
On June 19, 2017, TEGNA announced that it entered into an agreement (the “CareerBuilder Sale Agreement”), together with the other owners of CareerBuilder, including Tribune Media Company, to sell a majority interest in CareerBuilder to an investor group led by investment funds managed by affiliates of Apollo Global Management, LLC and the Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board. The transaction closed on July 31, 2017 and the Company received cash of $158 million, which included an excess cash distribution of $16 million. The Company recognized a gain on sale of $4 million in 2017. As a result of the sale, the Company’s ownership in CareerBuilder declined from 32% to approximately 7%, on a fully diluted basis. As of December 31, 2017, the Company’s ownership in CareerBuilder was approximately 6%, on a fully diluted basis (including CareerBuilder employees’ unvested equity awards).
Pursuant to ASC Topic 323, the Company continues to account for CareerBuilder as an equity method investment. The investment constitutes a nonfinancial asset measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and is classified as a Level 3 asset in the fair value hierarchy. See Note 10 for a description of the fair value hierarchy’s three levels.
Dose Media, LLC—On November 25, 2015, the Company acquired a 25% interest in Dose Media. The Company’s investment in Dose Media totaled $0 and $12 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The Company recognized equity loss from Dose Media of $2 million in 2017 and $3 million in 2016. Dose Media is a social media content company that creates and distributes content to help brands detect, optimize and publish stories for digital-first audiences.
In the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of $10 million to write down its entire investment in Dose Media. The impairment charge resulted in a decline in the fair value of the investment that the Company determined to be other than temporary.

F-49



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Summarized Financial Information—Summarized financial information for TV Food Network is as follows (in thousands):
 
Fiscal Year
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Revenues, net
$
1,208,357

 
$
1,160,716

 
$
1,099,307

Operating income
$
593,409

 
$
535,131

 
$
548,919

Net income
$
608,327

 
$
552,146

 
$
561,657

 
 
Current assets
$
840,763

 
$
810,811

Non-current assets
$
150,277

 
$
168,547

Current liabilities
$
92,193

 
$
94,284

Non-current liabilities
$

 
$
138

Summarized financial information for CareerBuilder and Dose Media is as follows (in thousands):
 
Fiscal Year
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Revenues, net (1)
$
645,790

 
$
719,994

 
$
698,041

Operating (loss) income (1)
$
(7,324
)
 
$
93,619

 
$
84,199

Net (loss) income (1)
$
(16,845
)
 
$
89,249

 
$
80,280

 
(1)
On November 25, 2015, the Company acquired a 25% interest in Dose Media. As results of operations from date of acquisition are not material to the Company in 2015, they are not included in the above table for 2015.
 
 
Current assets
$
181,812

 
$
222,563

Non-current assets
$
486,750

 
$
565,200

Current liabilities
$
192,388

 
$
205,643

Non-current liabilities
$
320,727

 
$
23,603

Redeemable non-controlling interest
$
36,661

 
$
46,265

Other—Write-downs of investments, gains and losses on investment sales, and gains and losses from other investment transactions are included as non-operating items in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. In 2017, the Company recorded non-cash pretax impairment charges of $191 million to write down the Company’s investments in CareerBuilder and Dose Media, as discussed above. There were no impairments recorded in 2016 and 2015. These investments constitute nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet and are classified as Level 3 assets in the fair value hierarchy established under ASC Topic 820. See Note 10 for a description of the hierarchy’s three levels.
The Company does not guarantee any indebtedness or other obligations for any of its equity method investees.
Marketable Equity Securities—On August 4, 2014, the Company completed the spin-off of its principal publishing operations into an independent company, tronc, Inc. (“tronc”). The Company retained 381,354 shares of tronc common stock, representing at that time 1.5% of the outstanding common stock of tronc. The Company classified the shares of tronc common stock as available-for-sale securities. On January 31, 2017, the Company sold

F-50



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

its tronc shares for net proceeds of $5 million and recognized a pretax gain of $5 million. As of December 31, 2016, the fair value and cost basis of the Company’s investment in tronc was $5 million and $0, respectively.

Cost Method Investments—All of the Company’s cost method investments in private companies are recorded at cost, net of write-downs resulting from periodic evaluations of the carrying value of the investments. In 2017, the Company recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of $3 million to write down one of the its cost method investments. The impairment charge resulted from a decline in the fair value of the investment that the Company determined to be other than temporary. As of December 31, 2017, the Company’s cost method investments primarily include investments in New Cubs LLC (as defined and described below) and Taboola.com LTD (“Taboola”).
Chicago Cubs Transactions—On August 21, 2009, the Company and a newly-formed limited liability company, Chicago Entertainment Ventures, LLC (formerly Chicago Baseball Holdings, LLC), and its subsidiaries (collectively, “New Cubs LLC”), among other parties, entered into an agreement (the “Cubs Formation Agreement”) governing the contribution of certain assets and liabilities related to the businesses of the Chicago Cubs Major League Baseball franchise (the “Chicago Cubs”) owned by the Company and its subsidiaries to New Cubs LLC. The contributed assets included, but were not limited to, the Chicago Cubs Major League, spring training and Dominican Republic baseball operations, Wrigley Field, certain other real estate used in the business, and the 25.34% interest in Comcast SportsNet Chicago, LLC, which operates a local sports programming network in the Chicago area (collectively, the “Chicago Cubs Business”). On August 24, 2009, the Debtors filed a motion in the Bankruptcy Court seeking approval for the Company’s entry into the Cubs Formation Agreement and to perform all transactions necessary to effect the contribution of the Chicago Cubs Business to New Cubs LLC. On the same day, the Debtors announced that Tribune CNLBC, the principal entity holding the assets and liabilities of the Chicago Cubs, would commence a Chapter 11 case at a future date as a means of implementing the transactions contemplated by the Cubs Formation Agreement. On September 24, 2009, the Bankruptcy Court authorized the Debtors to perform the transactions contemplated by the Cubs Formation Agreement. On October 6, 2009, Major League Baseball announced unanimous approval of the transactions by the 29 other Major League Baseball franchises. Tribune CNLBC filed the CNLBC Petition on October 12, 2009, and the Bankruptcy Court granted Tribune CNLBC’s motion to approve the proposed contribution of the Chicago Cubs Business and related assets and liabilities to New Cubs LLC by an order entered on October 14, 2009. The transactions contemplated by the Cubs Formation Agreement and the related agreements thereto (the “Chicago Cubs Transactions”) closed on October 27, 2009. The Company and its contributing subsidiaries and affiliates received a special cash distribution of $705 million, retained certain accounts receivable and certain deferred revenue payments and had certain transaction fees paid on their behalf by New Cubs LLC. In total, these amounts were valued at approximately $740 million. The full amount of the special cash distribution, as well as collections on certain accounts receivable that Tribune CNLBC retained after the transaction, were deposited with Tribune CNLBC. Tribune CNLBC held the funds pending their distribution under a confirmed and effective Chapter 11 plan for the Company, Tribune CNLBC and their affiliates, or further order of the Bankruptcy Court. These funds were fully distributed to the Company’s creditors on the Effective Date.
As a result of these transactions, Ricketts Acquisition LLC (“RA LLC”) owns approximately 95% and the Company owns approximately 5% of the membership interests in New Cubs LLC. RA LLC has operational control of New Cubs LLC. The Company’s equity interest in New Cubs LLC is accounted for as a cost method investment and was recorded at fair value as of October 27, 2009 based on the cash contributed to New Cubs LLC at closing. During 2017 and 2016, the Company made capital contributions to New Cubs LLC totaling $5 million and $3 million, respectively, and continues to maintain its membership interest of approximately 5%. The carrying value of this investment was $22 million at December 31, 2017 and $18 million at December 31, 2016.
The fair market value of the contributed Chicago Cubs Business exceeded its tax basis. The transaction was structured to comply with the partnership provisions of the IRC and related regulations. Accordingly, the distribution of the portion of the special distribution equal to the net proceeds of the debt facilities entered into by New Cubs LLC concurrent with the closing of these transactions did not result in an immediate taxable gain. The portion of the special distribution in excess of the net proceeds of such debt facilities is treated as taxable sales proceeds with respect to a portion of the contributed Chicago Cubs Business (see Note 13).

F-51



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Concurrent with the closing of the transaction, the Company executed guarantees of collection of certain debt facilities entered into by New Cubs LLC. The guarantees are capped at $699 million plus unpaid interest. The guarantees are reduced as New Cubs LLC makes principal payments on the underlying loans. To the extent that payments are made under the guarantees, the Company will be subrogated to, and will acquire, all rights of the debt lenders against New Cubs LLC.
Newsday Transactions—On May 11, 2008, the Company entered into an agreement (the “Newsday Formation Agreement”) with CSC and NMG Holdings, Inc. to form a new limited liability company (“Newsday LLC”). On July 29, 2008, the Company consummated the closing of the transactions (collectively, the “Newsday Transactions”) contemplated by the Newsday Formation Agreement. Under the terms of the Newsday Formation Agreement, the Company, through Tribune ND, Inc. (formerly Newsday, Inc.) and other subsidiaries of the Company, contributed certain assets and related liabilities of the Newsday Media Group business (“NMG”) to Newsday LLC, and CSC contributed cash of $35 million and newly issued senior notes of Cablevision Systems Corporation (“Cablevision”) with a fair market value of $650 million to NHLLC. The fair market value of the contributed NMG net assets exceeded their tax basis due to the Company’s low tax basis in the contributed intangible assets. However, the transaction did not result in an immediate taxable gain because the transaction was structured to comply with the partnership provisions of the IRC and related regulations.
Concurrent with the closing of this transaction, NHLLC and Newsday LLC borrowed $650 million under a secured credit facility, and the Company received a special cash distribution of $612 million from Newsday LLC as well as $18 million of prepaid rent under two leases for certain facilities used by NMG and located in Melville, New York. Following the closing of the transaction, the Company retained ownership of these facilities. Borrowings under this facility are guaranteed by CSC and NMG Holdings, Inc., each a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision and are secured by a lien on the assets of Newsday LLC and the assets of NHLLC, including $650 million of senior notes of Cablevision issued in 2008 and contributed by CSC. Prior to the sale of its remaining investment in NHLLC, as further described below, the Company indemnified CSC and NMG Holdings, Inc. with respect to any payments that CSC or NMG Holdings, Inc. made under their guarantee of the $650 million of borrowings by NHLLC and Newsday LLC under their secured credit facility. From the July 29, 2008 closing date of the Newsday Transactions through the third anniversary of the closing date, the maximum amount of potential indemnification payments (“Maximum Indemnification Amount”) was $650 million. After the third anniversary, the Maximum Indemnification Amount was reduced by $120 million. The Maximum Indemnification Amount was to be reduced each year thereafter by $35 million until January 1, 2018, at which point the Maximum Indemnification Amount was to be reduced to $0. The Maximum Indemnification Amount was $425 million at December 28, 2014. On September 2, 2015, the Company sold its 3% interest in NHLLC to CSC Holdings, LLC for $8 million and recognized a $3 million gain in connection with the sale. The Company’s remaining deferred tax liability of $101 million (as described in Note 13) became payable upon consummation of the sale. The tax payments were made in the fourth quarter of 2015. At the time of the sale, the Company was also released from all indemnification obligations related to the payments that CSC or NMG Holdings, Inc. are required to make under their guarantee of the $650 million of borrowings by NHLLC and Newsday LLC under their secured credit facility.

F-52



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 9: DEBT
Debt consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
Term Loan Facility
 
 
 
Term B Loans due 2020, effective interest rate of 3.84% and 3.82%, net of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs of $1,900 and $31,230
$
187,725

 
$
2,312,218

Term C Loans due 2024, effective interest rate of 3.85%, net of unamortized discount and debt issuance cost of $21,783
1,644,109

 

5.875% Senior Notes due 2022, net of debt issuance costs of $12,649 and $15,437
1,087,351

 
1,084,563

Dreamcatcher Credit Facility due 2018, effective interest rate of 4.08%, net of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs of $80

 
14,770

Total debt
2,919,185

 
3,411,551

Less: Debt due within one year

 
19,924

Long-term debt, net of current portion
$
2,919,185

 
$
3,391,627


MaturitiesThe Company’s debt and other obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2017 mature as shown below (in thousands):
2018
$

2019

2020
189,625

2021

2022
1,105,727

Thereafter
1,660,165

Total debt
2,955,517

Unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs
(36,332
)
Total debt, net of discounts and debt issuance costs
$
2,919,185

Secured Credit Facility—On December 27, 2013, in connection with its acquisition of Local TV, the Company as borrower, entered into a $4.073 billion secured credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by JPMorgan (the “Secured Credit Facility”). The Secured Credit Facility consisted of a $3.773 billion term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) and a $300 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The proceeds of the Term Loan Facility were used to pay the purchase price for Local TV and refinance the existing indebtedness of Local TV and the Term Loan Exit Facility (see Note 3). The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Facility are available for working capital and other purposes not prohibited under the Secured Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility includes borrowing capacity for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as “swingline loans.” Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of defaults and accuracy of representations and warranties. Under the terms of the Secured Credit Facility, the amount of the Term Loan Facility and/or the Revolving Credit Facility may be increased and/or one or more additional term or revolving facilities may be added to the Secured Credit Facility by entering into one or more incremental facilities, subject to a cap equal to the greater of (x) $1.000 billion and (y) the maximum amount that would not cause the Company’s net first lien senior secured leverage ratio (treating debt

F-53



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

incurred in reliance of this basket as secured on a first lien basis whether or not so secured), as determined pursuant to the terms of the Secured Credit Facility, to exceed 4.50:1.00.
The obligations of the Company under the Secured Credit Facility are guaranteed by all of the Company’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”). The Secured Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the personal property and assets of the Company and the Guarantors, subject to certain exceptions. The Secured Credit Facility contains customary limitations, including, among other things, on the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur indebtedness and liens, sell assets, make investments and pay dividends to its shareholders.
2015 Amendment
On June 24, 2015, the Company, the Guarantors and JPMorgan, as administrative agent, entered into an amendment (the “Amendment”) to the Secured Credit Facility. Prior to the Amendment and the Prepayment (as defined below), $3.479 billion of term loans (the “Former Term Loans”) were outstanding under the Secured Credit Facility. Pursuant to the Amendment, certain lenders under the Secured Credit Facility converted their Former Term Loans into a new tranche of term loans (the “Converted Term B Loans”), along with certain new lenders who advanced $1.802 billion into the new tranche of term loans (the “New Term B Loans” and, together with the Converted Term B Loans, the “Term B Loans”). The proceeds of Term B Loans advanced by the new lenders were used to prepay in full all of the Former Term Loans that were not converted into Term B Loans. In connection with the Amendment, the Company used the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes (as defined below), together with cash on hand, to prepay (the “Prepayment”) $1.100 billion of the Term B Loans. After giving effect to the Amendment and the Prepayment, there were $2.379 billion of Term B Loans outstanding under the Secured Credit Facility.
Term Loan Facility
As a result of the Amendment, the Term B Loans bear interest, at the Company’s election, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements on Euro currency liabilities (“Adjusted LIBOR”), subject to a minimum rate of 0.75%, plus an applicable margin of 3.0% or (ii) the sum of a base rate determined as the highest of (a) the federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate of interest announced by the administrative agent as its prime rate, and (c) Adjusted LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of 2.0%. Overdue amounts under the Term Loan Facility are subject to additional interest of 2.0% per annum. The Term B Loans mature on December 27, 2020. Quarterly installments in an amount equal to 0.25% of the new principal amount of the Term B Loans are due on a quarterly basis. Voluntary prepayments of the Term B Loans are permitted at any time, in minimum principal amounts, without premium or penalty, subject to a 1.00% premium payable in connection with certain repricing transactions within the first twelve months after the Amendment. The Company is required to prepay the Term B Loans: (i) with the proceeds from certain material asset dispositions (but excluding proceeds from dispositions of publishing assets, real estate and its equity investments in CareerBuilder, LLC and Classified Ventures, LLC and, in certain instances, Television Food Network, G.P.), provided that the Company has rights to reinvest the proceeds to acquire assets for use in its business, within specified periods of time, (ii) with the proceeds from the issuance of new debt (other than debt permitted to be incurred under the Secured Credit Facility) and (iii) 50% (or, if the Company’s net first lien senior secured leverage ratio, as determined pursuant to the terms of the Secured Credit Facility, is less than or equal to 4.00:1.00, then 0%) of “excess cash flow” generated by the Company for the fiscal year, as determined pursuant to the terms of the Secured Credit Facility, less the aggregate amount of optional prepayments under the Revolving Credit Facility to the extent that such prepayments are accompanied by a permanent reduction in commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, and subject to a $500 million minimum liquidity threshold before any such prepayment is required, provided that the Company’s mandatory prepayment obligations in the case of clause (i) and clause (iii) above do not apply at any time during which the Company’s corporate rating issued by Moody’s is Baa3 or better and BBB- or better by S&P.
Prior to the Amendment, the Term Loan Facility bore interest, at the election of the Company, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) Adjusted LIBOR, subject to a minimum rate of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 3.0%

F-54



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

or (ii) the sum of a base rate determined as the highest of (a) the federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate of interest announced by the administrative agent as its prime rate, and (c) Adjusted LIBOR plus 1.0% (“Alternative Base Rate”), plus an applicable margin of 2.0%.
The Former Term Loans were issued at a discount of 25 basis points, totaling $9 million, which was being amortized to interest expense over the expected term of the Term Loan Facility. The Company incurred and deferred transaction costs totaling $78 million in connection with the Former Term Loans in fiscal 2013. Transaction costs of $6 million relating to the Term Loan Exit Facility (as defined and described in Note 3), which was extinguished in the fourth quarter of 2013, continued to be amortized over the term of the Term Loan Facility pursuant to ASC Topic 470 “Debt.” As of the date of the Amendment, the aggregate unamortized debt issuance costs totaled $64 million and unamortized debt issue discount totaled $8 million.
In connection with the Amendment, the Company paid fees to Term B Loan lenders of $6 million, which are considered a debt discount, of which $4 million was deferred, and incurred transaction costs of $2 million, of which $1 million was deferred. The Company recorded a loss of $37 million on the extinguishment of the Former Term Loan in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 as a portion of the facility was considered extinguished for accounting purposes. The loss included the write-off of unamortized transaction costs of $30 million, an unamortized discount of $4 million and other transaction costs of $4 million.
Revolving Credit Facility
Loans under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest, at the election of the Company, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) Adjusted LIBOR plus an applicable margin in the range of 2.75% to 3.0% or (ii) the Alternative Base Rate plus an applicable margin in the range of 1.75% to 2.0%, based on the Company’s net first lien senior secured leverage ratio for the applicable period. The Revolving Credit Facility also includes a fee on letters of credit equal to the applicable margin for Adjusted LIBOR loans and a letter of credit issuer fronting fee equal to 0.125% per annum, in each case, calculated based on the stated amount of letters of credit and payable quarterly in arrears, in addition to the customary charges of the issuing bank. Under the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Company is also required to pay a commitment fee, payable quarterly in arrears, calculated based on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility; the commitment fee will be 0.25%, 0.375% or 0.50% based on the Company’s net first lien senior secured leverage ratio for the applicable period. Overdue amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility are subject to additional interest of 2.0% per annum.
Availability under the Revolving Credit Facility will terminate, and all amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility will be due and payable on December 27, 2018, but the Company may repay outstanding loans under the Revolving Credit Facility at any time without premium or penalty, subject to breakage costs in certain circumstances. The loans under the Revolving Credit Facility also must be prepaid and the letters of credit cash collateralized or terminated to the extent the extensions of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility exceed the amount of the revolving commitments.
The Revolving Credit Facility includes a covenant which requires the Company to maintain a net first lien leverage ratio of no greater than 5.25 to 1.00 for each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended. The covenant is only required to be tested at the end of each fiscal quarter if the aggregate amount of revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit (other than undrawn letters of credit and letters of credit that have been fully cash collateralized) outstanding exceed 25% of the amount of revolving commitments. This covenant was not required to be tested for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2017.
At December 31, 2016, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility; however, there were $23 million of standby letters of credit outstanding, primarily in support of the Company’s workers’ compensation insurance programs.

F-55



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2017 Amendment
On January 27, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment (the “2017 Amendment”) to the Secured Credit Facility, pursuant to which, among other things, (i) certain term lenders converted a portion of their Term B Loans outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the 2017 Amendment (the “Former Term B Loans”) into a new tranche of term loans in an aggregate amount (after giving effect to the Term Loan Increase Supplement (as defined below)) of approximately $1.761 billion (the “Term C Loans”), electing to extend the maturity date of the Term C Loans from December 27, 2020 to the earlier of (A) January 27, 2024 and (B) solely to the extent that more than $600 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 remain outstanding on such date, the date that is 91 days prior to July 15, 2022 (as such date may be extended from time to time) and (ii) certain revolving lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility converted all of their revolving commitments into a new tranche of revolving commitments (the “New Initial Revolving Credit Commitments;” the existing tranche of revolving commitments of the remaining revolving lenders, the “Existing Revolving Tranche”), electing to extend the maturity date of the New Initial Revolving Credit Commitments from December 27, 2018 to January 27, 2022.
Under the Secured Credit Facility, the Term C Loans bear interest, at the Company’s election, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the sum of LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements on Euro currency liabilities (“Adjusted LIBOR”), subject to a minimum rate of 0.75%, plus an applicable margin of 3.0% or (ii) the sum of a base rate determined as the highest of (a) the federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate of interest announced by the administrative agent as its prime rate, and (c) Adjusted LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of 2.0%. Under the Revolving Credit Facility, the loans made pursuant to a New Initial Revolving Credit Commitments bear interest initially, at the Company’s election, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the sum of Adjusted LIBOR, subject to a minimum rate of zero, plus an applicable margin of 3.0% or (ii) the sum of a base rate determined as the highest of (a) the federal funds effective rate from time to time plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate of interest announced by the administrative agent as its prime rate, and (c) Adjusted LIBOR plus 1.0%, plus an applicable margin of 2.0%. The interest rate and other terms specific to the Term B Loans and Existing Revolving Tranche were unchanged by the 2017 Amendment.
The Term C Loans and the New Initial Revolving Credit Commitments are secured by the same collateral and guaranteed by the same guarantors as the Former Term B Loans. Voluntary prepayments of the Term C Loans are permitted at any time, in minimum principal amounts, without premium or penalty, subject to a 1.00% premium payable in connection with certain repricing transactions within the first six months after the 2017 Amendment. The Revolving Credit Facility includes a covenant that requires the Company to maintain a net first lien leverage ratio of no greater than 5.25 to 1.00 for each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended. The covenant is only required to be tested at the end of each fiscal quarter if the aggregate amount of revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit (other than undrawn letters of credit and letters of credit that have been fully cash collateralized) outstanding exceed 35% of the aggregate amount of revolving commitments as of the date of the 2017 Amendment (after giving effect to Revolving Credit Facility Increase (as defined below)). The other terms of the Term C Loans and the New Initial Revolving Credit Commitments are also generally the same as the terms of the Former Term B Loans and the Existing Revolving Tranche, as applicable. A portion of each of the Former Term B Loans and the Existing Revolving Tranche remained in place following the 2017 Amendment and each will mature on its respective existing maturity date. Concurrent with the 2017 Amendment, the Company entered into certain interest rate swaps with a notional value of $500 million to hedge variable rate interest payments associated with the Term C Loans due under the 2017 Amendment. See Note 10 for further information on the interest rate swaps.
On January 27, 2017, immediately following effectiveness of the 2017 Amendment, the Company increased (A) the amount of its Term C Loans pursuant to an Increase Supplement (the “Term Loan Increase Supplement”) between the Company and the term lender party thereto and (B) the amount of commitments under its Revolving Credit Facility from $300 million to $420 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility Increase”), pursuant to (i) an Increase Supplement, among the Company and certain existing revolving lenders and (ii) a Lender Joinder Agreement, among the Company, a new revolving lender and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as administrative agent. In connection with the 2017 Amendment of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Company incurred fees of $2 million,

F-56



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

all of which were deferred. At December 31, 2017, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, however, there were $21 million of standby letters of credit outstanding, primarily in support of the Company’s workers’ compensation insurance programs.
As of the date of the 2017 Amendment, the aggregate unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Term Loan Facility totaled $25 million and unamortized discount totaled $6 million. In connection with the 2017 Amendment, the Company paid fees to Term C Loan lenders of $4 million, which are considered a debt discount, all of which were deferred, and incurred transaction costs of $13 million, of which $1 million was deferred with the remainder expensed as part of loss on extinguishment and modification of debt, as further described below. Subsequent to the 2017 Amendment, the Company had $600 million of Term B Loans outstanding. On February 1, 2017, the Company used $400 million from the proceeds from the Gracenote Sale to prepay a portion of its Term B Loans. Subsequent to this payment, the Company’s quarterly installments related to the remaining principal amount of Term B Loans are no longer due. As a result of the 2017 Amendment and the $400 million prepayment, the Company recorded charges of $19 million on the extinguishment and modification of debt in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations in the first quarter of 2017. The loss consisted of a write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $6 million and an unamortized discount of $1 million associated with the Term B Loans as a portion of the Term Loan Facility was considered extinguished for accounting purposes as well as an expense of $12 million of third parties fees as a portion of the Term Loan Facility was considered a modification transaction under ASC 470, “Debt.”
During the third quarter of 2017, the Company used $102 million of after-tax proceeds received from its participation in the FCC spectrum auction to prepay $10 million of the Term B Loans and $91 million of the Term C Loans. Subsequent to these payments, the Company’s quarterly installments related to the remaining principal amount of the Term C Loans are not due until the third quarter of 2022. The Company recorded charges of $1 million associated with debt extinguishment in the third quarter of 2017. See Note 12 for additional information regarding the Company’s participation in the FCC’s incentive auction.
The Company’s unamortized transaction costs and unamortized discount related to the Term Loan Facility were $24 million and $31 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. These deferred costs are recorded as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of an associated debt liability in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and amortized to interest expense over the contractual term of either the Term B Loans or Term C Loans, as appropriate.
5.875% Senior Notes due 2022—On June 24, 2015, the Company issued $1.100 billion aggregate principal amount of its 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”) under an Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2015 (the “Base Indenture), among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (in such capacity, the “Trustee”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 24, 2015, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee (the “First Supplemental Indenture), the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 8, 2015, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (the “Second Supplemental Indenture), and the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 8, 2015, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (the “Third Supplemental Indenture and, together with the Base Indenture, the First Supplemental Indenture and the Second Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture). The Company used the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes, together with cash on hand, to make the Prepayment discussed above.
During the second quarter of 2015, the Company incurred and deferred transaction costs of $19 million, which are classified as a debt discount in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and amortized to interest expense over the contractual term of the Notes. During the first half of 2016, the Company incurred and deferred an additional $1 million of transaction costs related to filing an exchange offer registration statement for the Notes (as described below). The Company’s unamortized transaction costs related to the Notes were $13 million and $15 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

F-57



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.875% per annum and interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15, commencing on January 15, 2016. The Notes mature on July 15, 2022. The Notes are unsecured senior indebtedness of the Company and are effectively subordinated to the Company’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness, including indebtedness under the Secured Credit Facility, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The Indenture provides that the guarantee of each Subsidiary Guarantor is an unsecured senior obligation of that Subsidiary Guarantor. The Notes are, subject to certain exceptions, guaranteed by each of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Secured Credit Facility.
The Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to July 15, 2018, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the redemption date, plus the applicable make-whole premium. The Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time (i) on and after July 15, 2018 and prior to July 15, 2019, at a price equal to 102.938% of the principal amount of the Notes, (ii) on or after July 15, 2019 and prior to July 15, 2020, at a price equal to 101.469% of the principal amount of the Notes, and (iii) on or after July 15, 2020, at a price equal to 100.000% of the principal amount of the Notes, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the applicable redemption date. In addition, at any time prior to July 15, 2018, the Company may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 105.875%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the date of redemption.
The Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and the Company’s restricted subsidiaries to: incur additional indebtedness, guarantee indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares; pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase stock or make other distributions in respect of its capital stock; repurchase, prepay or redeem subordinated indebtedness; make loans and investments; create restrictions on the ability of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors or make other intercompany transfers; create liens; transfer or sell assets; consolidate, merge or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control triggering event, the Company is required to make an offer to repurchase all of the Notes (unless otherwise redeemed) at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any to (but excluding) the repurchase date. If the Company sells assets under certain circumstances, it must use the proceeds to make an offer to purchase the Notes at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the repurchase date.
Notes Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors entered into an exchange and registration rights agreement, dated as of June 24, 2015, with Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (the “Notes Registration Rights Agreement). Pursuant to the Notes Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors filed an exchange offer registration statement with the SEC to exchange the Notes and the Guarantees for substantially identical securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 was declared effective on April 1, 2016, and on May 4, 2016, the Company completed the exchange of $1.100 billion of the Notes and the Guarantees for $1.100 billion of the Company’s 5.875% Senior Notes due 2022 and the related guarantees, which were registered under the Securities Act.
Consent Solicitation
On June 22, 2017, the Company announced that it received consents from 93.23% of holders of the Notes outstanding as of the record date of June 12, 2017, to effect certain proposed amendments to the Indenture. The Company undertook the consent solicitation (the “Consent Solicitation”) at the request and expense of Sinclair in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. In conjunction with receiving the requisite consents, on June 22, 2017, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, entered into the fourth supplemental indenture (the “Fourth Supplemental Indenture) to the Indenture, to effect the proposed amendments

F-58



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

to (i) eliminate any requirement for the Company to make a “Change of Control Offer” (as defined in the Indenture) to holders of the Notes in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (ii) clarify the treatment under the Indenture of the proposed structure of the Merger and to facilitate the integration of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Notes with and into Sinclair’s debt capital structure, and (iii) eliminate the expense associated with producing and filing with the SEC separate financial reports for Sinclair Television Group, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sinclair, as successor issuer of the Notes, if Sinclair or any other parent entity of the successor issuer of the Notes, in its sole discretion, provides an unconditional guarantee of the payment obligations of the successor issuer under the Notes (collectively, the “Amendments”). The Fourth Supplemental Indenture became effective immediately upon execution, but the Amendments will not become operative until immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger.
DreamcatcherThe Company and the Guarantors guaranteed the obligations of Dreamcatcher under its senior secured credit facility (the “Dreamcatcher Credit Facility”) entered into in connection with Dreamcatcher’s acquisition of the Dreamcatcher stations (see Note 1). The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility were secured on a pari passu basis with its obligations under the Secured Credit Facility. As further described in Note 12, on April 13, 2017, the FCC announced the conclusion of the incentive auction, the results of the reverse and forward auction and the repacking of broadcast television spectrum. The Company participated in the auction and a Dreamcatcher station received $26 million of pretax proceeds in 2017, as further described in Note 12. Any proceeds received by Dreamcatcher as a result of the incentive auction were required to be first used to repay the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility. During the third quarter of 2017, the Company used $12.6 million of after-tax proceeds from the FCC spectrum auction to prepay the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility. The debt extinguishment charge recorded by the Company in the year ended December 31, 2017 was immaterial. The Company made the final payment to pay off in full the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility in September 2017.
NOTE 10: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The Company measures and records in its consolidated financial statements certain assets and liabilities at fair value. ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for instruments measured at fair value that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and the Company’s own assumptions (unobservable inputs). This hierarchy consists of the following three levels:
Level 1 – Assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market.
Level 2 – Assets and liabilities whose values are based on inputs other than those included in Level 1, including quoted market prices in markets that are not active; quoted prices of assets or liabilities with similar attributes in active markets; or valuation models whose inputs are observable or unobservable but corroborated by market data.
Level 3 – Assets and liabilities whose values are based on valuation models or pricing techniques that utilize unobservable inputs that are significant to the overall fair value measurement.
On January 27, 2017, concurrent with the 2017 Amendment, the Company entered into interest rate swaps with certain financial institutions for a total notional value of $500 million with a duration that matches the maturity of the Company’s Term C Loans. The interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges and are considered highly effective. As a result, no ineffectiveness has been recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the 2017. Additionally, for the interest rate swaps, no amounts are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The monthly net interest settlements under the interest rate swaps are reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income and recognized in interest expense consistent with the recognition of interest expense on the Company’s Term C Loans. For the year ended December 31, 2017, realized losses of $5 million were recognized in interest expense. As of December 31, 2017, the fair value of the interest rate swaps was recorded in other current liabilities in the amount of $1 million with the unrealized loss recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income. As of December 31, 2017, the Company expects approximately $2 million to be reclassified out of

F-59



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income and into interest expense over the next twelve months. The interest rate swap fair value, which is derived from a discounted cash flow analysis based on the terms of the contracts and observable market interest rate curves, is considered Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy as it includes quoted prices for similar instruments as well as interest rates and yield curves that are observable in the market.
The Company held certain marketable equity securities which are traded on national stock exchanges. These securities were recorded at fair value and are categorized as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy. These investments were measured at fair value on a recurring basis. On January 31, 2017, the Company sold its tronc shares for net proceeds of $5 million and recognized a pretax gain of $5 million in the first quarter of 2017. As of December 31, 2016 the fair value and cost basis was $5 million and $0, respectively. Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis, but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment).
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable approximate fair value due to their short term to maturity. Certain of the Company’s cash equivalents are held in money market funds which are valued using net asset value (“NAV”) per share, which would be considered Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy.
Estimated fair values and carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments that are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows (in thousands):
 
 
 
Fair
Value
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
Carrying
Amount
Cost method investments
$
27,593

 
$
27,593

 
$
26,748

 
$
26,748

Term Loan Facility
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term B Loans due 2020
$
189,704

 
$
187,725

 
$
2,359,571

 
$
2,312,218

Term C Loans due 2024
$
1,666,942

 
$
1,644,109

 
$

 
$

5.875% Senior Notes due 2022
$
1,132,417

 
$
1,087,351

 
$
1,120,482

 
$
1,084,563

Dreamcatcher Credit Facility
$

 
$

 
$
14,952

 
$
14,770

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each category of financial instruments.
Cost Method Investments—Cost method investments in private companies are recorded at cost, net of write-downs resulting from periodic evaluations of the carrying value of the investments. In 2017, the Company recorded a non-cash pretax impairment charge of $3 million to write down one of its cost method investments. The impairment charge resulted from a decline in the fair value of the investment that the Company determined to be other than temporary. No other events or changes in circumstances occurred during 2017 or 2016 that suggested a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the Company’s remaining investments. The carrying value of the cost method investments at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 approximated fair value. The cost method investments would be classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Term Loan Facility—The fair value of the outstanding principal balance of the term loans under the Company’s Term Loan Facility at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 is based on pricing from observable market information in a non-active market and would be classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
5.875% Senior Notes due 2022—The fair value of the outstanding principal balance of the Notes at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 is based on pricing from observable market information in a non-active market and would be classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

F-60



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Dreamcatcher Credit Facility—The fair value of the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s Dreamcatcher Credit Facility at December 31, 2016 is based on pricing from observable market information for similar instruments in a non-active market and would be classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
NOTE 11: CONTRACTS PAYABLE FOR BROADCAST RIGHTS
Contracts payable for broadcast rights totaled $554 million and $556 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Scheduled future obligations under contractual agreements for broadcast rights at December 31, 2017 are as follows (in thousands):
2018
$
253,244

2019
130,469

2020
114,141

2021
51,596

2022
4,214

Total
$
553,664

NOTE 12: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Broadcast RightsThe Company has entered into certain contractual commitments for broadcast rights that are not currently available for broadcast, including programs not yet produced. In accordance with ASC Topic 920, such commitments are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements until the cost of each program is reasonably determinable and the program is available for its first showing or telecast. If programs are not produced, the Company’s commitments would expire without obligation. Payments for broadcast rights generally commence when the programs become available for broadcast. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, these contractual commitments totaled $860 million and $1.2 billion, respectively.
Operating LeasesThe Company leases certain equipment and office and production space under various operating leases. Net lease expense from continuing operations was $31 million, $24 million and $23 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The Company’s future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2017 were as follows (in thousands):
2018
$
28,717

2019
26,552

2020
25,828

2021
20,271

2022
18,891

Thereafter
90,241

Total
$
210,500

Other Commitments—At December 31, 2017, the Company had commitments under purchasing obligations related to capital projects, technology services, news and market data services, and talent contracts totaling $331 million.
FCC Regulation—Various aspects of the Company’s operations are subject to regulation by governmental authorities in the United States. The Company’s television and radio broadcasting operations are subject to FCC

F-61



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

jurisdiction under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended. FCC rules, among other things, govern the term, renewal and transfer of radio and television broadcasting licenses, and limit the number of media interests in a local market that a single entity can own. Federal law also regulates the rates charged for political advertising and the quantity of advertising within children’s programs.
Television and radio broadcast station licenses are granted for terms of up to eight years and are subject to renewal by the FCC in the ordinary course, at which time they may be subject to petitions to deny the license renewal applications. As of March 1, 2018, the Company had FCC authorization to operate 39 television stations and one AM radio station.
Under the FCC’s “Local Television Multiple Ownership Rule” (the “Duopoly Rule”) in effect on December 31, 2017, the Company may own up to two television stations within the same Nielsen Media Research Designated Market Area (“DMA”) (i) provided certain specified signal contours of the stations do not overlap, (ii) where certain specified signal contours of the stations overlap but, at the time the station combination was created, no more than one of the stations was a top 4-rated station and the market would continue to have at least eight independently-owned full power stations after the station combination is created or (iii) where certain waiver criteria are met. In a report and order issued in August 2016 and effective December 1, 2016 (the “2014 Quadrennial Review Order”), the FCC, among other things, adopted a rule applying the “top-4” ownership limitation within a market to “affiliation swaps,” that prohibited transactions between networks and their local station affiliates pursuant to which affiliations are reassigned in a way that results in common ownership or control of two of the top-four rated stations in the DMA. The prohibition is prospective only and does not apply to multiple top-4 network multicast streams broadcast by a single station. On November 16, 2017 the FCC adopted an order on reconsideration (the “2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order”) eliminating the eight-voices test and providing for a case-by-case review of television combinations involving two to-four ranked stations in a market. These changes became effective on February 7, 2018. The 2014 Quadrennial Review Order is the subject of a pending petition for judicial review by the Third Circuit. A petition for judicial review of the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order was filed on January 16, 2018 at the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit and is pending. On January 25, 2018, the petitioners in that case filed an “Emergency Petition” asking the court to stay the effectiveness of all the FCC rule changes embodied in the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order. In an order issued on February 7, 2018, the court denied the “Emergency Petition” and stayed the petitioners’ underlying appeal of the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order for six months. The Company cannot predict the outcomes of these proceedings, or the effect on our business.
The Company owns duopolies permitted in the Seattle, Denver, St. Louis, Indianapolis, Oklahoma City and New Orleans DMAs. The Indianapolis duopoly is permitted under the Duopoly Rule because it met the top-4/8 voices test at the time we acquired WTTV(TV)/WTTK(TV) in July 2002. Duopoly Rule waivers granted in connection with the FCC’s approval of the Company’s plan of reorganization (the “Exit Order”) or the Local TV Acquisition (the “Local TV Transfer Order”) authorize the Company’s ownership of duopolies in the New Haven-Hartford and Fort Smith-Fayetteville DMAs, and full power “satellite” stations in the Denver and Indianapolis DMAs. All of these combinations are permitted under the Duopoly Rule as revised by the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order, subject to reauthorization of any outstanding waivers in the event of the assignment or transfer of control of any of the affected station licenses.
The FCC’s “Newspaper Broadcast Cross Ownership Rule” (the “NBCO Rule”) in effect on December 31, 2017, generally prohibits an entity from owning or holding “attributable interests” in both daily newspapers and broadcast stations in the same market. On August 4, 2014, the Company completed the Publishing Spin-off and retained 381,354 shares of tronc common stock, then representing 1.5% of the outstanding common stock of tronc. As such, the Company does not have an attributable interest in the daily newspaper business or operations of tronc. As a result of the pro rata distribution of tronc stock to shareholders of the Company, the three attributable shareholders of the Company (collectively, the “Attributable Shareholders”) became attributable shareholders of tronc. Two Attributable Shareholders report that they have divested their interest in tronc, while one maintains the status quo with respect to its interest in the company.

F-62



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Company’s television/newspaper interests are subject to a temporary waiver of the NBCO Rule which was granted by the FCC in conjunction with its approval of the Exit Order. On November 12, 2013, the Company filed with the FCC a request for extension of the temporary NBCO Rule waivers granted in the Exit Order. That request is pending. In the 2014 Quadrennial Review Order the FCC modified the NBCO Rule by providing an exception for failed or failing entities and allowing for consideration of waivers of the rule on a case-by-case basis. The 2014 Quadrennial Review Order on Reconsideration eliminated the NBCO Rule altogether effective as of February 7, 2018, thus, any residual attributable interests are permitted. The 2014 Quadrennial Review Order is the subject of a pending petition for judicial review by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. A petition for judicial review of the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order was filed on January 16, 2018 at the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit and is pending. The Company cannot predict the outcomes of these proceedings or their effect on our business.
The FCC’s “National Television Multiple Ownership Rule” prohibits the Company from owning television stations that, in the aggregate, reach more than 39% of total U.S. television households, subject to a 50% discount of the number of television households attributable to UHF stations (the “UHF Discount”). In a Report and Order issued on September 7, 2016, the FCC repealed the UHF Discount but grandfathered existing station combinations, like ours, that exceeded the 39% national reach cap as a result of the elimination of the UHF Discount, subject to compliance in the event of a future change of control or assignment of license. The FCC reinstated the UHF Discount in an Order on Reconsideration adopted on April 20, 2017 (the “UHF Discount Reconsideration Order”). Both the September 7, 2016 order repealing the UHF Discount and the April 20, 2017 order reinstating it are subject to pending petitions for judicial review by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. On December 18, 2017, the FCC released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking comment generally, on the continuing propriety of a national cap and the Commission’s jurisdiction with respect to the cap. The Company cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings, or their effect on its business.
The Company provides certain operational support and other services to Dreamcatcher pursuant to SSAs. In the 2014 Quadrennial Order, the FCC adopted reporting requirements for SSAs. This rule was retained in the 2014 Quadrennial Review Reconsideration Order.
In a Report and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking issued on March 31, 2014, the FCC sought comment on whether to eliminate or modify its “network non-duplication” and “syndicated exclusivity” rules, pursuant to which local television stations may enforce their contractual exclusivity rights with respect to network and syndicated programming. That proceeding remains pending. Pursuant to the Satellite Television Extension and Localism Act of 2010 (“STELA”) Reauthorization Act, enacted in December 2014 (“STELAR”), the FCC has adopted regulations prohibiting a television station from coordinating retransmission consent negotiations or negotiating retransmission consent on a joint basis with a separately owned television station in the same market. The Company does not currently engage in retransmission consent negotiations jointly with any other stations in its markets. In response to Congress’s directive in STELAR, on September 2, 2015, the FCC issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”) seeking comment on whether the FCC should make changes to its rules requiring that commercial broadcast television stations and MVPDs negotiate in “good faith” for the retransmission by MVPDs of local television signals. On July 14, 2016, Chairman Wheeler announced that the FCC will not adopt additional rules governing parties’ good faith negotiation obligations (however, the FCC has not yet formally terminated the proceeding).
Federal legislation enacted in February 2012 authorized the FCC to conduct a voluntary “incentive auction” in order to reallocate certain spectrum currently occupied by television broadcast stations to mobile wireless broadband services, to “repack” television stations into a smaller portion of the existing television spectrum band and to require television stations that do not participate in the auction to modify their transmission facilities, subject to reimbursement for reasonable relocation costs up to an industry-wide total of $1.750 billion. On April 13, 2017, the FCC announced the conclusion of the incentive auction, the results of the reverse and forward auction and the repacking of the broadcast television spectrum. The Company participated in the auction and has received approximately $191 million in pretax proceeds (including $26 million of proceeds received by a Dreamcatcher station) as of December 31, 2017. The Company used $102 million of after-tax proceeds to prepay a portion of the

F-63



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Term Loan Facility. After-tax proceeds of $12.6 million received by a Dreamcatcher station were used to prepay a substantial portion of the Dreamcatcher Credit Facility. The Company received gross pretax proceeds of $172 million from licenses sold by the Company in the FCC spectrum auction and expects to recognize a net pretax gain of $133 million in the first quarter of 2018 related to the surrender of the spectrum of television stations in January 2018. The Company also received $84 million of pretax proceeds for sharing arrangements whereby the Company will provide hosting services to the counterparties. Additionally, the Company paid $66 million of proceeds to counterparties who will host certain of the Company’s television stations under sharing arrangements. The proceeds received by the Company for hosting the counterparties have been recorded in deferred revenue and other long-term liabilities and will be amortized to other revenue over a period of 30 years starting with the commencement of each arrangement. The proceeds paid to the counterparties have been recorded in prepaid and other long-term assets and will be amortized to direct operating expense over a period of 30 years starting with the commencement of each arrangement.
Twenty-two of the Company’s television stations (including WTTK, which operates as a satellite station of WTTV) will be required to change frequencies or otherwise modify their operations as a result of the repacking. In doing so, the stations could incur substantial conversion costs, reduction or loss of over-the-air signal coverage or an inability to provide high definition programming and additional program streams. The Company expects that the reimbursements from the FCC’s special fund will cover the majority of the Company’s costs and expenses related to the repacking. However, the Company cannot currently predict the effect of the repacking, whether the special fund will be sufficient to reimburse all of the Company’s costs and expenses related to the repacking, the timing of reimbursements or any spectrum-related FCC regulatory action.
The Company completed the Local TV Acquisition on December 27, 2013 pursuant to FCC staff approval granted on December 20, 2013 in the Local TV Transfer Order. On January 22, 2014, Free Press filed an Application for Review seeking review by the full Commission of the Local TV Transfer Order. The Company filed an Opposition to the Application for Review on February 21, 2014. Free Press filed a reply on March 6, 2014. The matter is pending.
From time to time, the FCC revises existing regulations and policies in ways that could affect the Company’s broadcasting operations. In addition, Congress from time to time considers and adopts substantive amendments to the governing communications legislation. The Company cannot predict such actions or their resulting effect upon the Company’s business and financial position.
Other ContingenciesThe Company and its subsidiaries are defendants from time to time in actions for matters arising out of their business operations. In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries are involved from time to time as parties in various regulatory, environmental and other proceedings with governmental authorities and administrative agencies. See Note 13 for a discussion of potential income tax liabilities.
In July 2017, following the initial filing of the proxy statement/prospectus (the “Proxy Statement/Prospectus”) by each of Sinclair and the Company with the SEC relating to the Merger, four purported Tribune Media Company shareholders (the “Plaintiffs”) filed putative class action lawsuits against the Company, members of the Company’s Board of Directors, and, in certain instances, Sinclair and Samson Merger Sub, Inc. (collectively, the “Parties”) in the United States District Courts for the Districts of Delaware and Illinois. The actions are captioned McEntire v. Tribune Media Company, et al., 1:17-cv-05179 (N.D. Ill.), Duffy v. Tribune Media Company, et al., 1:17-cv-00919 (D. Del.), Berg v. Tribune Media Company, et al., 1:17-cv-00938 (D. Del.), and Pill v. Tribune Media Company, et al., 1:17-cv-00961 (D. Del.) (collectively, the “Actions”). These lawsuits allege that the Proxy Statement/Prospectus omitted material information and was materially misleading in violation of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and SEC Rule 14a-9 and generally seek, as relief, class certification, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, rescission or rescissory damages, and unspecified damages. On September 15, 2017, the Parties entered into a memorandum of understanding (the “MOU”) to resolve the individual claims asserted by the Plaintiffs. The MOU acknowledges that the Company, in part in response to the claims asserted in the Actions, filed certain supplemental disclosures with the SEC on August 16, 2017 and that the Company, solely in response to the Actions, communicated to four third parties that participated in the sale process and twenty-three third parties that have

F-64



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

signed confidentiality agreements in connection with potential divestitures that the “standstill” obligations of such third parties were waived. The Parties further agreed that the Company would make the additional supplemental disclosures, which are set forth in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2017. Further, the MOU specifies that within five business days of the closing of the Merger, the Parties will file stipulations of dismissal for the Actions pursuant to Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 41(a), which will dismiss Plaintiffs’ individual claims with prejudice, and dismiss the claims asserted on behalf of a purported class of the Company’s shareholders without prejudice. The MOU will not affect the timing of the Merger or the amount or form of consideration to be paid in the Merger.
The Company does not believe that any other matters or proceedings presently pending will have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
NOTE 13: INCOME TAXES
The following is a reconciliation of income taxes from continuing operations computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% to income tax expense from continuing operations reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
$
(118,296
)
 
$
434,242

 
$
(289,419
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal income taxes at 35%
(41,404
)
 
151,985

 
(101,297
)
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
(4,606
)
 
17,474

 
3,195

Domestic production activities deduction
(5,539
)
 
(6,807
)
 
(6,554
)
Non-deductible reorganization and transaction costs
7,598

 
497

 
622

Non-deductible goodwill

 

 
133,350

Impact of federal and state rate changes
(262,851
)
 

 

Income tax settlements and other adjustments, net
634

 
179,558

 
(7,842
)
Other, net
4,795

 
4,495

 
4,444

Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations
$
(301,373
)
 
$
347,202

 
$
25,918

 
 
 
 
 
 
Effective tax rate
254.8%
 
80.0%
 
(9.0)%
In 2017, income tax benefit amounted to $301 million, which reflects a $256 million provisional discrete net tax benefit due to the Tax Reform as defined and further described below and a one-time benefit of $7 million due to a decrease in the Company’s net state deferred tax liabilities as a result of a change in the Company’s state effective income tax rate.
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Reform”) was signed into law. Under ASC Topic 740, the effects of Tax Reform are recognized in the period of enactment and as such are recorded in the Company’s fourth quarter of 2017. The Company is in the process of analyzing certain provisions of Tax Reform including but not limited to the repeal of the domestic production activities deduction and changes to the deductibility of executive compensation. Consistent with the guidance under ASC Topic 740, and subject to Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 118, which provides for a measurement period to complete the accounting for certain elements of Tax Reform, the Company recorded the provisional impact from the enactment of Tax Reform in the fourth quarter of 2017. As a result of Tax Reform, the Company recorded a provisional discrete net tax benefit of $256 million, primarily due to a remeasurement of the net deferred tax liabilities resulting from the decrease in the U.S. federal

F-65



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. Further impacts of Tax Reform may be reflected in future quarters upon issuance of clarifications to existing law or additional technical guidance from the Department of Treasury and the completion of the Company’s tax return filings. Tax Reform also provided for a one-time deemed mandatory repatriation of post-1986 undistributed foreign subsidiary earnings and profits (“E&P”) through the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company does not have any net accumulated E&P in its foreign subsidiaries and therefore is not subject to tax for the year ended December 31, 2017. Further, the Company has analyzed the effects of new taxes due on certain foreign income, such as global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”), base-erosion anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”), foreign-derived intangible income (“FDII”) and limitations on interest expense deductions (if certain conditions apply) that are effective starting in fiscal 2018. The Company has determined that these new provisions are not applicable to the Company.
In 2016, income tax expense amounted to $347 million, which reflects a $191 million charge related to the Newsday settlement, as described below. In addition, tax expense included favorable adjustments of $11 million related to the resolution of certain federal and state income tax matters and other adjustments.
In 2015, income tax expense amounted to $26 million, which reflects the tax impact of the reversal of $381 million of book loss related to an impairment of non-deductible goodwill. In addition, tax expense included favorable adjustments of $8 million primarily related to the resolution of certain federal and state income tax matters and other adjustments.
The Company has not recorded a provision for deferred U.S. income tax expense on any undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries since the Company intends to indefinitely reinvest the earnings of these foreign subsidiaries outside the U.S. The Company had less than $1 million at each of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The amount of unrecognized U.S. deferred income tax liability with respect to these undistributed foreign earnings is not material.
Components of income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations were as follows (in thousands):
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Current:
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. federal
$
94,873

 
$
273,205

 
$
138,871

State and local
18,810

 
35,057

 
16,677

Sub-total
113,683

 
308,262

 
155,548

Deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. federal
(381,063
)
 
32,783

 
(110,390
)
State and local
(33,993
)
 
6,157

 
(19,240
)
Sub-total
(415,056
)
 
38,940

 
(129,630
)
Total income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations
$
(301,373
)
 
$
347,202

 
$
25,918


F-66



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Broadcast rights
$
53,249

 
$
78,531

Postretirement benefits other than pensions
1,970

 
3,467

Stock-based compensation and other employee benefits
13,995

 
20,261

Pensions
93,913

 
175,766

Deferred gain on spectrum
49,103

 

Other accrued liabilities
9,630

 
15,518

Other future deductible items
14,479

 
16,638

Net operating loss carryforwards
1,436

 
1,582

Accounts receivable
1,240

 
4,902

 
239,015

 
316,665

   Valuation allowance
(633
)
 

Total deferred tax assets
$
238,382

 
$
316,665

 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Net intangible assets
$
370,284

 
$
564,405

Investments
209,751

 
399,103

Deferred gain on partnership contributions
96,076

 
157,567

Net properties
70,445

 
112,864

Outside basis difference on Gracenote Companies

 
63,403

Other

 
3,571

Total deferred tax liabilities
746,556

 
1,300,913

Net deferred tax liabilities
$
508,174

 
$
984,248

Federal, State and Foreign Operating Loss Carryforwards—At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company had approximately $50 million and $56 million, respectively, of state operating loss carryforwards. The carryforwards will expire between 2019 and 2029. The Company has not recorded a valuation allowance on the basis of management’s assessment that the net operating losses are more likely than not to be realized. The federal, state and foreign operating loss carryforwards attributable to the divested entities have been classified as discontinued operations, as further described in Note 2.
Newsday Transactions—As further described in Note 8, the Company consummated the closing of the Newsday Transactions on July 29, 2008. As a result of these transactions, CSC, through NMG Holdings, Inc., owned approximately 97% and the Company owned approximately 3% of NHLLC. The fair market value of the contributed NMG net assets exceeded their tax basis and did not result in an immediate taxable gain because the transaction was structured to comply with the partnership provisions of the IRC and related regulations. On September 2, 2015, the Company sold its 3% interest in Newsday, as further described in Note 8. Through December 31, 2015, the Company made approximately $136 million of federal and state tax payments through its regular tax reporting process, which included $101 million that became payable upon closing of the sale of the Newsday partnership interest.

F-67



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In March 2013, the IRS issued its audit report on the Company’s federal income tax return for 2008 which concluded that the gain from the Newsday Transactions should have been included in the Company’s 2008 taxable income. Accordingly, the IRS proposed a $190 million tax and a $38 million accuracy-related penalty. The Company would also be subject to interest on the tax and penalty due. The Company disagreed with the IRS’s position and timely filed a protest in response to the IRS’s proposed tax adjustments. In addition, if the IRS prevailed, the Company also would have been subject to state income taxes, interest and penalties.
During the second quarter of 2016, as a result of extensive discussions with the IRS administrative appeals division, the Company reevaluated its tax litigation position related to the Newsday transaction and re-measured the cumulative most probable outcome of such proceedings. As a result, during the second quarter of 2016, the Company recorded a $102 million charge which was reflected as a $125 million current income tax reserve and a $23 million reduction in deferred income tax liabilities. The income tax reserve included federal and state taxes, interest and penalties while the deferred income tax benefit is primarily related to deductible interest expense. In connection with the potential resolution of the matter, the Company also recorded $91 million of income tax expense to increase the Company’s deferred income tax liability to reflect the reduction in the tax basis of the Company’s assets. The reduction in tax basis is required to reflect the reduction in the amount of the Company’s guarantee of the Newsday partnership debt which was included in the reported tax basis previously determined upon emergence from bankruptcy. During the third quarter of 2016, the Company reached an agreement with the IRS administrative appeals division regarding the Newsday transaction which applies for tax years 2008 through 2015. The terms of the agreement reached with the IRS appeals office were materially consistent with the Company’s reserves at June 30, 2016. During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company recorded an additional $1 million of income tax expense primarily related to the additional accrual of interest. During the second half of 2016, the Company paid $122 million of federal taxes, state taxes (net of state refunds), interest and penalties. The tax payments were recorded as a reduction in the Company’s current income tax reserve described above. The remaining $4 million of state liabilities are included in the income taxes payable account on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. In connection with the final agreement, the Company also recorded an income tax benefit of $3 million to adjust the previously recorded estimate of the deferred tax liability adjustment described above.
Chicago Cubs Transactions—As further described in Note 8, the Company consummated the closing of the Chicago Cubs Transactions on October 27, 2009. As a result of these transactions, Ricketts Acquisition LLC owns 95% and the Company owns 5% of the membership interests in New Cubs LLC. The fair market value of the contributed assets exceeded the tax basis and did not result in an immediate taxable gain because the transaction was structured to comply with the partnership provisions of the IRC and related regulations. On June 28, 2016, the IRS issued the Company a Notice of Deficiency (“Notice”) which presents the IRS’s position that the gain should have been included in the Company’s 2009 taxable income. Accordingly, the IRS has proposed a $182 million tax and a $73 million gross valuation misstatement penalty. In addition, after-tax interest on the aforementioned proposed tax and penalty through December 31, 2017 would be approximately $63 million. The Company continues to disagree with the IRS’s position that the transaction generated a taxable gain in 2009, the proposed penalty and the IRS’s calculation of the gain. During the third quarter of 2016, the Company filed a petition in U.S. Tax Court to contest the IRS’s determination. The Company continues to pursue resolution of this disputed tax matter with the IRS. If the IRS prevails in their position, the gain on the Chicago Cubs Transactions would be deemed to be taxable in 2009. The Company estimates that the federal and state income taxes would be approximately $225 million before interest and penalties. Any tax, interest and penalty due will be offset by tax payments made relating to this transaction subsequent to 2009. As of December 31, 2017, the Company has paid or accrued approximately $53 million of federal and state tax payments through its regular tax reporting process. The Company does not maintain any tax reserves relating to the Chicago Cubs Transactions. In accordance with ASC Topic 740, the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 includes a deferred tax liability of $96 million and $158 million, respectively, related to the future recognition of taxable income related to the Chicago Cubs Transactions.

F-68



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Accounting for Uncertain Tax PositionsThe Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC Topic 740, which addresses the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Under ASC Topic 740, a company may recognize the tax benefit of an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. ASC Topic 740 requires the tax benefit recognized in the financial statements to be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, and disclosure.
The Company’s liability for unrecognized tax benefits totaled $23 million at both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. If all of the unrecognized tax benefits at those dates had been recognized, there would have been a favorable $20 million and $17 million impact on the Company’s reported income tax expense in 2017 and 2016, respectively.
As allowed by ASC Topic 740, the Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The Company’s accrued interest and penalties included in the Newsday settlement as described above totaled less than $1 million and $80 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Excluding the impact of Newsday, the Company’s accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions totaled $1 million of tax expense for both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.
The Company is no longer subject to IRS audit and has paid all taxes for years prior to 2013, with the exception of 2009 as described above. State income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of three to five years after they are filed, although many states often receive extensions of time from the Company. In addition, states may examine the state impact of any federal changes for a period of up to one year after the states are formally notified of the changes. The Company currently has various state income tax returns in the process of examination or administrative appeals. No foreign income tax returns are currently in the process of examination or administrative appeal.

F-69



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following summarizes the changes in the Company’s liability for unrecognized tax benefits during 2015, 2016 and 2017 (in thousands):
Liability at December 28, 2014
$
18,852

Gross increase as a result of tax positions related to a prior period
12,573

Gross increase as a result of tax positions related to the current period
3,841

Decrease related to statute of limitations expirations
(1,634
)
Liability at December 31, 2015
$
33,632

Gross increase as a result of tax positions related to a prior period
46,034

Gross increase as a result of tax positions related to the current period
449

Gross decrease as a result of tax positions related to a prior period
(2,591
)
Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities
(45,130
)
Reclassifications to income taxes payable
(1,615
)
Decrease related to statute of limitations expirations
(8,247
)
Liability at December 31, 2016
$
22,532

Gross increase as a result of tax positions related to a prior period
223

Gross increase as a result of tax positions related to the current period
2,414

Gross decrease as a result of tax positions related to a prior period
(277
)
Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities
(1,568
)
Decrease related to statute of limitations expirations
(2
)
Liability at December 31, 2017
$
23,322

Although management believes its estimates and judgments are reasonable, the resolutions of the Company’s tax issues are unpredictable and could result in tax liabilities that are significantly higher or lower than that which has been provided by the Company. The Company believes it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by approximately $11 million within the next twelve months due to the resolution of tax examination issues and statute of limitations expirations.
NOTE 14: PENSION AND OTHER RETIREMENT PLANS
Employee Pension Plans—The Tribune Company pension plan was frozen as of December 1998 in terms of pay and service. An employee stock ownership plan established in 1988 was fully allocated at the end of 2003 and was replaced by an enhanced 401(k) plan in 2004.
In connection with the Times Mirror acquisition, the Company assumed defined benefit pension plans and various other contributory and non-contributory retirement plans covering substantially all of Times Mirror’s former employees. In general, benefits under the Times Mirror defined benefit plans were based on the employee’s years of service and compensation during the last five years of employment. In December 2005, the pension plan benefits for former Times Mirror non-union and non-Newsday employees were frozen. In March 2006, the pension plan benefits for Newsday union and non-union employees were frozen. Benefits provided by Times Mirror’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“Times Mirror ESOP”), which was fully allocated as of December 31, 1994, are used to offset certain pension plan benefits and, as a result, the defined benefit plan obligations are net of the actuarially equivalent value of the benefits earned under the Times Mirror ESOP. The maximum offset is equal to the value of the benefits earned under the defined benefit plan.
Effective January 1, 2008, the Tribune Company pension plan was amended to provide a tax-qualified, non-contributory guaranteed cash balance benefit for eligible employees. In addition, effective December 31, 2007, the Tribune Company pension plan was amended to provide a special one-time initial cash balance benefit for eligible

F-70



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

employees. On November 3, 2009, the Company announced that participant cash balance accounts in the Tribune Company pension plan would be frozen after an allocation equal to 3% of eligible compensation for the 2009 plan year was made to the accounts of eligible employees. Such an allocation was made during the first quarter of 2010.
The Company also maintains three small defined benefit pension plans for other employees and former employees and participates in several multiemployer pension plans on behalf of employees represented by certain unions. During 2011, two of these small Company-sponsored defined benefit pension plans were frozen. In March 2011, the pension plan benefits of The Baltimore Sun Company Retirement Plan for Mailers (the “Baltimore Mailers Plan”) were frozen in terms of pay and service for employees covered under the collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the Baltimore Mailers Union Local No. 888. In June 2011, the pension plan benefits of The Baltimore Sun Company Employees’ Retirement Plan were frozen in terms of pay and service for employees covered under the collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the Washington-Baltimore Newspaper Guild. The other small Company-sponsored defined benefit pension plan covers certain union employees covered by collective bargaining agreements and certain hourly employees not covered by a separate collective bargaining agreement. This plan is not frozen and represents less than 2% of the total projected benefit obligation for the Company-sponsored defined benefit pension plans at December 31, 2017.
Multiemployer Pension Plans—As discussed above, the Company contributes to various multiemployer pension plans under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements that cover certain of its union-represented employees. The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in that assets contributed are pooled and may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers. If a participating employer withdraws from or otherwise ceases to contribute to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers. Alternatively, if the Company chooses to stop participating in one of its multiemployer plans, it may incur a withdrawal liability based on the unfunded status of the plan. The Company’s contributions to multiemployer pension plans were $3 million for each of 2017, 2016 and 2015. Based on contributions reported in the most recent Form 5500 for the largest multiemployer pension plan, the Company’s contributions represent less than 5% of the plan’s total contributions. No multiemployer pension plan contributed to by the Company was individually significant. The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“PPA”) zone status as of December 31, 2017 for the AFTRA Retirement Plan, which represented 94% of the Company’s contributions in 2017, was green based on the plan’s year-end at November 30, 2016. Pursuant to the PPA, a plan in the green zone is at least 80% funded. The Company’s participation in other plans was immaterial in 2017.
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions—The Company provides postretirement health care and life insurance benefits to eligible employees under a variety of plans. There is some variation in the provisions of these plans, including different provisions for lifetime maximums, prescription drug coverage and certain other benefits. In 2015, the Company notified certain employees that it will no longer offer retiree medical coverage to employees who retire after January 1, 2016 as well as revised benefits for a certain group of plan participants that was effective January 1, 2016. These plan changes decreased the Company’s other postretirement benefit obligation by $4 million. This unrecognized gain will be recognized as amortization of prior service credits over 10 years, which represents the average remaining life expectancy of plan participants.
Obligations and Funded Status—As discussed in Note 1, the Company recognizes the overfunded or underfunded status of its defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans as an asset or liability in its Consolidated Balance Sheets and recognizes changes in that funded status in the year in which changes occur through comprehensive income (loss).

F-71



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Summarized information for the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans is provided below (in thousands):
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement Plans
 
 
 
 
Change in benefit obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Projected benefit obligations, beginning of year
$
1,990,263

 
$
1,986,971

 
$
8,875

 
$
10,055

Service cost
768

 
692

 

 

Interest cost
78,195

 
82,724

 
264

 
320

Plan amendments
601

 
1,025

 

 

Impact of Medicare Reform Act

 

 
42

 
60

Actuarial loss (gain)
94,092

 
22,615

 
(593
)
 
(496
)
Benefits paid
(107,043
)
 
(103,764
)
 
(914
)
 
(1,064
)
Projected benefit obligations, end of year
2,056,876

 
1,990,263

 
7,674

 
8,875

Change in plans’ assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plans’ assets, beginning of year
1,545,862

 
1,530,898

 

 

Actual return on plans’ assets
221,182

 
118,728

 

 

Employer contributions

 

 
914

 
1,064

Benefits paid
(107,043
)
 
(103,764
)
 
(914
)
 
(1,064
)
Fair value of plans’ assets, end of year
1,660,001

 
1,545,862

 

 

Under funded status of the plans
$
(396,875
)
 
$
(444,401
)
 
$
(7,674
)
 
$
(8,875
)
Amounts recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets consisted of (in thousands):
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement Plans
 
 
 
 
Employee compensation and benefits (1)
$

 
$

 
$
(1,157
)
 
$
(1,324
)
Pension obligations, net (2)
(396,875
)
 
(444,401
)
 

 

Postretirement medical, life and other benefits (2)

 

 
(6,517
)
 
(7,551
)
Net amount recognized
$
(396,875
)
 
$
(444,401
)
 
$
(7,674
)
 
$
(8,875
)
 
(1)
Included in current liabilities within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2)
Included in non-current liabilities within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The accumulated benefit obligation, which excludes the impact of future compensation increases, for all defined benefit pension plans was $2.057 billion and $1.990 billion at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

F-72



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The components of net periodic benefit (credit) cost for Company-sponsored plans were as follows (in thousands):
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement Plans
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Service cost
$
768

 
$
692

 
$
709

 
$

 
$

 
$
81

Interest cost
78,195

 
82,724

 
81,815

 
264

 
320

 
451

Expected return on plans’ assets
(101,126
)
 
(107,616
)
 
(111,690
)
 

 

 

Recognized actuarial loss

 

 

 

 

 
25

Amortization of prior service costs (credits)
116

 
90

 

 
(380
)
 
(380
)
 
(81
)
Net periodic benefit (credit) cost
$
(22,047
)
 
$
(24,110
)
 
$
(29,166
)
 
$
(116
)
 
$
(60
)
 
$
476

Amounts included in the accumulated other comprehensive loss component of shareholders’ equity for Company-sponsored plans were as follows (in thousands):
 
Pension Plans
 
Other Postretirement Plans
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrecognized net actuarial (losses) gains, net of tax
$
(46,897
)
 
$
(66,212
)
 
$
176

 
$
(185
)
 
$
(46,721
)
 
$
(66,397
)
Unrecognized prior service (cost) credit, net of tax
(942
)
 
(568
)
 
1,851

 
2,082

 
909

 
1,514

Total
$
(47,839
)
 
$
(66,780
)
 
$
2,027

 
$
1,897

 
$
(45,812
)
 
$
(64,883
)
In accordance with ASC Topic 715, unrecognized net actuarial gains and losses will be recognized in net periodic pension expense over approximately 24 years, which represents the estimated average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants receiving benefits, due to plans being frozen and participants are deemed inactive for purposes of determining remaining useful life. The Company’s policy is to incorporate asset-related gains and losses into the asset value used to calculate the expected return on plan assets and into the calculation of amortization of unrecognized net actuarial loss over a four-year period.
Assumptions—Weighted average assumptions used each year in accounting for pension benefits and other postretirement benefits were as follows:
 
Pension
Plans
 
Other Postretirement Plans
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
Discount rate for expense
4.05
%
 
4.30
%
 
3.30
%
 
3.45
%
Discount rate for obligations
3.55
%
 
4.05
%
 
3.10
%
 
3.30
%
Long-term rate of return on plans’ assets for expense
6.60
%
 
7.00
%
 

 

The Company utilizes the Aon Hewitt AA-Only Bond Universe Yield Curve (the “Aon Hewitt Yield Curve”) for discounting future benefit obligations and calculating interest cost. The Aon Hewitt Yield Curve represents the yield on high quality (AA and above) corporate bonds that closely match the cash flows of the estimated payouts for the Company’s benefit obligations.

F-73



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Company used a multi-pronged approach to determine its 6.60% assumption for the long-term expected rate of return on pension plan assets. This approach included a review of actual historical returns achieved and anticipated long-term performance of each asset class. See the “Plan Assets” section below for further information.
For purposes of measuring postretirement health care costs for 2017, the Company assumed a 7.0% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 5.0% for 2024 and remain at that level thereafter. For purposes of measuring postretirement health care obligations at December 31, 2017, the Company assumed a 7.0% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 5.0% for 2025 and remain at that level thereafter.
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for health care plans. As of December 31, 2017, a 1% change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects (in thousands):
 
1% Increase
 
1% Decrease
Service cost and interest cost
$
7

 
$
(6
)
Projected benefit obligation
$
217

 
$
(199
)
Plan AssetsThe Company’s investment strategy with respect to the Company’s pension plan assets is to invest in a variety of investments for long-term growth in order to satisfy the benefit obligations of the Company’s pension plans. Accordingly, when making investment decisions, the Company endeavors to strategically allocate assets within asset classes in order to enhance long-term real investment returns and reduce volatility.
The actual allocations for the pension assets at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and target allocations by asset class were as follows:
 
Percentage of Plan Assets
 
Actual Allocations
 
Target Allocations
Asset category:
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
Equity securities
52.7
%
 
53.4
%
 
50.0
%
 
50.0
%
Fixed income securities
40.7
%
 
39.6
%
 
45.0
%
 
45.0
%
Cash and other short-term investments
0.7
%
 
1.0
%
 

 

Other alternative investments
5.9
%
 
6.0
%
 
5.0
%
 
5.0
%
Total
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
 
100.0
%
Actual allocations to each asset class varied from target allocations due to market value fluctuations, timing, and overall market volatility during the year. The asset allocation is monitored on a quarterly basis and rebalanced as necessary.
Equity securities are invested broadly in U.S. and non-U.S. companies and are diversified across countries, currencies, market capitalizations and investment styles. These securities use the S&P 500 (U.S. large cap), Russell 2000 (U.S. small cap) and MSCI All Country World Index ex-U.S. (non-U.S.) as their benchmarks.
Fixed income securities are invested in diversified portfolios that invest across the maturity spectrum and include primarily investment-grade securities with a minimum average quality rating of A and insurance annuity contracts. These securities use the Barclays Capital Aggregate (intermediate term bonds) and Barclays Capital Long Government/Credit (long bonds) U.S. Bond Indexes as their benchmarks.
Alternative investments include investments in private real estate assets, private equity funds and venture capital funds. The private equity and venture capital investments use the median internal rate of return for the given strategy and vintage year in the Thomson One/Cambridge database as their benchmarks. The real estate assets use the National Council of Real Estate Investment Fiduciaries Property Index as their benchmark.

F-74



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables set forth, by asset category, the Company’s pension plan assets as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, using the fair value hierarchy established under ASC Topic 820 and described in Note 10. The fair value hierarchy in the tables exclude certain investments which are valued using NAV as a practical expedient (in thousands):
 
Pension Plan Assets as of December 31, 2017
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Pension plan assets measured at fair value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registered investment companies
$
704,141

 
$

 
$

 
$
704,141

Common/collective trusts

 
12,607

 

 
12,607

Fixed income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government securities

 
250,792

 

 
250,792

Corporate bonds

 
294,362

 

 
294,362

Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities

 
31,188

 

 
31,188

Other (1)

 
(35,330
)
 

 
(35,330
)
Pooled separate account

 
16,809

 

 
16,809

Total pension plan assets measured at fair value
$
704,141

 
$
570,428

 
$

 
1,274,569

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension plan assets measured at NAV as a practical expedient (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
360,382

Pension plan assets measured at contract value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
25,050

Total pension plan assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,660,001

 
(1)
Other includes pending net security purchases of $89 million.
(2)
Certain common/collective trusts, the 103-12 investment entity, the international equity limited liability company, real estate, private equity and venture capital limited partnerships that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share practical expedient have not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in the table above are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the total value of plan assets.

F-75



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
Pension Plan Assets as of December 31, 2016
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Pension plan assets measured at fair value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registered investment companies
$
575,884

 
$

 
$

 
$
575,884

Common/collective trusts

 
16,060

 

 
16,060

Fixed income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government securities

 
200,782

 

 
200,782

Corporate bonds

 
264,451

 

 
264,451

Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities

 
30,961

 

 
30,961

Other (1)

 
(9,155
)
 

 
(9,155
)
Pooled separate account

 
17,403

 

 
17,403

Total pension plan assets measured at fair value
$
575,884

 
$
520,502

 
$

 
1,096,386

Pension plan assets measured at NAV as a practical expedient (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
424,875

Pension plan assets measured at contract value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
24,601

Total pension plan assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,545,862

 
(1)
Other includes pending net security purchases of $58 million.
(2)
Certain common/collective trusts, the 103-12 investment entity, the international equity limited partnership, real estate, private equity and venture capital limited partnerships that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share practical expedient have not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in the table above are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the total value of plan assets.
Registered investment companies are valued at exchange listed prices for exchange traded registered investment companies, which are classified in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
Common/collective trusts are valued on the basis of the relative interest of each participating investor in the fair value of the underlying assets of each of the respective common/collective trusts. Common/collective trusts contain underlying assets valued based on pricing from observable market information in a non-active market and are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
U.S. government securities consist of investments in treasury securities, investment grade municipal securities and unrated or non-investment grade municipal securities and are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. U.S. government bonds not traded on an active market are valued at a price which is based on a compilation of primarily observable market information or a broker quote in a non-active market, and are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Corporate bonds, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities are valued using evaluated prices that reflect observable market information, such as actual trade information of similar securities, adjusted for observable differences and are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
The pooled separate account represents an insurance contract under which plan assets are administered through pooled funds. The pooled separate account portfolio may include investments in money market instruments, common stocks and government and corporate bonds and notes. The underlying assets are valued based on the net asset value as provided by the investment account manager and therefore the pooled separate account is classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Cash Flows—In 2017, the Company made no contributions to its qualified pension plans and $1 million to its other postretirement plans. The Company expects to contribute $36 million to its qualified pension plans and $1 million to its other postretirement plans in 2018.

F-76



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Expected Future Benefit Payments—Benefit payments expected to be paid under the Company’s qualified pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans are summarized below. The benefit payments reflect expected future service, as appropriate (in thousands):
 
Qualified Pension Plan
Benefits
 
Other
Postretirement
Benefits
2018
$
116,955

 
$
1,157

2019
$
119,454

 
$
1,041

2020
$
121,577

 
$
929

2021
$
123,705

 
$
835

2022
$
125,289

 
$
745

2023-2027
$
628,065

 
$
2,570

Defined Contribution PlansThe Company maintains various qualified 401(k) savings plans, which permit eligible employees to make voluntary contributions on a pretax basis. The plans allow participants to invest their savings in various investments. The Company’s current qualified 401(k) savings plans provide for a matching contribution paid by the Company of 100% on the first 2% of eligible pay contributed by eligible employees and 50% on the next 4% of eligible pay contributed. The Tribune Company 401(k) Savings Plan and Tribune Media Company 401(k) Plan also provide for an annual discretionary profit sharing contribution tied to the Company achieving certain financial targets. The Company made contributions of $14 million, $16 million and $14 million, to certain of its defined contribution plans in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company recorded compensation expense related to its defined contribution plans from continuing operations of $13 million in each of 2017, 2016 and 2015. These expenses are included in SG&A in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
NOTE 15: CAPITAL STOCK
Common Stock and Warrants—As of the Effective Date, the Company issued 78,754,269 shares of Class A Common Stock and 4,455,767 shares of Class B Common Stock. As described in Note 3, certain creditors that were entitled to receive Common Stock, either voluntarily elected to receive Class B Common Stock in lieu of Class A Common Stock or were allocated Class B Common Stock in lieu of Class A Common Stock in order to comply with the FCC’s ownership rules and requirements. The Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock generally provide identical economic rights, but holders of Class B Common Stock have limited voting rights, including that such holders have no right to vote in the election of directors. Subject to the ownership limitations described below, each share of Class A Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class B Common Stock and each share of Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock, in each case, at the option of the holder at any time. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2015 on a net basis, 48 and 2,432,478 shares, respectively, of Class B Common Stock were converted into 48 and 2,432,478 shares, respectively, of Class A Common Stock. There were no conversions during the year ended December 31, 2016.
In addition, on the Effective Date, the Company entered into the Warrant Agreement, pursuant to which the Company issued 16,789,972 Warrants to purchase Common Stock. The Company issued the Warrants in lieu of Common Stock to creditors that were otherwise eligible to receive Common Stock in connection with the implementation of the Plan in order to comply with the FCC’s foreign ownership restrictions. Each Warrant entitles the holder to purchase from the Company, at the option of the holder and subject to certain restrictions set forth in the Warrant Agreement and described below, one share of Class A Common Stock or one share of Class B Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.001 per share, subject to adjustment and a cashless exercise feature. The Warrants may be exercised at any time on or prior to December 31, 2032. During the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, 97,681, 163,077, and 1,718,652 Warrants, respectively, were exercised for 97,681, 163,077 and 1,718,645 shares, respectively, of Class A Common Stock. In addition, 10,147 shares, 16,898 shares and 9,536 shares of Class A Common Stock were issued in the form of unrestricted stock awards to

F-77



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

certain members of the Board as compensation for retainer fees in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively (see Note 16 for further information). At December 31, 2017, the following amounts were issued: 30,551 Warrants, 101,429,999 shares of Class A Common Stock, of which 14,102,185 were held in treasury, and 5,557 shares of Class B Common Stock.
The Company is authorized to issue up to one billion shares of Class A Common Stock, up to one billion shares of Class B Common Stock and up to 40 million shares of preferred stock, each par value $0.001 per share, in one or more series. The Company has not issued any shares of preferred stock. The Company’s Class A Common Stock is currently traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TRCO.” The Company’s Class B Common Stock and Warrants are currently traded over-the-counter under the symbols “TRBAB” and “TRBNW,” respectively.
Pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the Warrant Agreement, in the event the Company determines that the ownership or proposed ownership of Common Stock or Warrants, as applicable, would be inconsistent with or violate any federal communications laws, materially limit or impair any business activities or proposed business activities of the Company under any federal communications laws, or subject the Company to any regulation under any federal communications laws to which the Company would not be subject, but for such ownership or proposed ownership, the Company may, among other things: (i) require a holder of Common Stock or Warrants to promptly furnish information reasonably requested by the Company, including information with respect to citizenship, ownership structure, and other ownership interests and affiliations; (ii) refuse to permit a proposed transfer or conversion of Common Stock, or condition transfer or conversion on the prior consent of the FCC; (iii) refuse to permit a proposed exercise of Warrants, or condition exercise on the prior consent of the FCC; (iv) suspend the rights of ownership of the holders of Common Stock or Warrants; (v) require the conversion of any or all shares of Common Stock held by a stockholder into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Company with equivalent economic value, including the conversion of shares of Class A Common Stock into shares of Class B Common Stock or the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock; (vi) require the exchange of any or all shares of Common Stock held by any stockholder of the Company for warrants to acquire the same number and class of shares of capital stock in the Company; (vii) to the extent the foregoing are not reasonably feasible, redeem any or all such shares of Common Stock; or (viii) exercise any and all appropriate remedies, at law or in equity, in any court of competent jurisdiction to prevent or cure any such situation.
On the Effective Date, the Company entered into the Registration Rights Agreement with the Stockholder Group and certain other holders of Registrable Securities who become a party thereto. “Registrable Securities” consist of Common Stock, securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock and options, Warrants or other rights to acquire Common Stock. Registrable Securities will cease to be Registrable Securities, among other circumstances, upon their sale under a registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Registration Rights Agreement gives a Stockholder Group demand registration, shelf registration and piggyback registration rights. At any time, any Stockholder Group holding at least 5% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis) (a “Demand Holder”) has certain rights to demand the registration of Registrable Securities on an underwritten or non-underwritten basis, provided that certain conditions are met, including that the aggregate proceeds expected to be received is greater than the lesser of (i) $100 million and (ii) 2.5% of the market capitalization of the Company. Each Stockholder Group is permitted a limited number of demand registrations on Form S-1 (Oaktree Group – five and the AG Group and JPMorgan Group – each three) and an unlimited number of demand registrations on Form S-3. The Company is not required to file a demand registration statement within 90 days after the effective date of a previous registration statement (other than on Form S-8 or S-4). At any time that the Company is eligible for registration on Form S-3, any Demand Holder may demand the Company file a shelf registration statement covering Registrable Securities. The Stockholder Groups are also afforded unlimited registration rights (piggyback rights) on any registration statement (other than registrations on Form S-8 or S-4 or for rights offerings) filed by the Company with respect to securities of the same class or series covered by such registration statement. The Company has certain rights to suspend its obligations with respect to registrations under certain conditions or upon the happening of certain events (such as pending material corporate developments) for specified periods of time as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. The Registration Rights Agreement also

F-78



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

includes other customary terms and conditions, including customary lock-up or “holdback” provisions binding the stockholders and the Company and indemnity and contribution obligations of the Company and the stockholders participating in a registration. The registration rights are only transferable to, subject to certain conditions, (i) an affiliate of a Stockholder Group or (ii) a transferee of a Stockholder Group if at least 5% of the Class A Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis) is being transferred to such transferee (and such transferee may not subsequently transfer its registration rights to any other person or entity, other than to a Stockholder Group). The Registration Rights Agreement terminates on December 31, 2022.
Shelf Registration Statement—On November 29, 2017, following the exercise of one of the demand registration rights by the Oaktree Group under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-3 under which the Oaktree Group may resell, from time to time, up to 14,145,447 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. On November 29, 2017, the Company filed a preliminary prospectus supplement providing for the sale of 7,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, which was completed on December 4, 2017. The Company did not receive any of the proceeds from the shares of Class A Common Stock sold by the Oaktree Group.

Secondary Public Offering—Following the exercise of one of the demand registration rights by the stockholders under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-1 and on April 22, 2015 it was declared effective by the SEC for a secondary offering of Class A Common Stock. On April 28, 2015, the selling stockholders completed the sale of 9,240,073 shares of Class A Common Stock at a price of $56.00 per share. The Company did not receive any of the proceeds from the shares of Class A Common Stock sold by the selling stockholders.

Common Stock RepurchasesOn February 24, 2016, the Board authorized a new stock repurchase program, under which the Company may repurchase up to $400 million of its outstanding Class A Common Stock. Under the stock repurchase program, the Company may repurchase shares in open-market purchases in accordance with all applicable securities laws and regulations, including Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The extent to which the Company repurchases its shares, and the timing of such repurchases, will depend upon a variety of factors, including market conditions, regulatory requirements and other corporate considerations. During 2016, the Company repurchased 6,432,455 shares for $232 million at an average price of $36.08 per share. The Company did not repurchase any shares of Common Stock during 2017. As of December 31, 2017, the remaining authorized amount under the current authorization totaled approximately $168 million. The Merger Agreement does not permit the Company to repurchase shares of its Common Stock except in narrow circumstances involving payment in satisfaction of options and conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock. See Note 1 for additional information about the Merger Agreement.
On October 13, 2014, the Board authorized a stock repurchase program, under which the Company could repurchase up to $400 million of its outstanding Class A Common Stock in open-market purchases in accordance with all applicable securities laws and regulations, including Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act. During 2014, the Company repurchased 1,101,160 shares in open market transactions for $68 million at an average price of $61.58 per share which included 125,566 shares, valued at $8 million, for which the Company placed trades prior to December 28, 2014 that were not settled until the first three business days of the first quarter of 2015. During fiscal 2015, the Company repurchased 6,569,056 shares of Class A Common Stock in open market transactions for $332 million at an average price of $50.59 per share. As of December 31, 2015, the Company repurchased the full $400 million of outstanding Class A Common Stock, totaling 7,670,216 shares, authorized under the repurchase program.
Special Cash Dividends—On January 2, 2017, the Board authorized and declared a special cash dividend of $5.77 per share of Common Stock (the “2017 Special Cash Dividend”), which was paid on February 3, 2017 to holders of record of Common Stock and Warrants at the close of business on January 13, 2017. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, the Company made a cash payment of $5.77 per Warrant on February 3,

F-79



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2017 to holders of record of Warrants at the close of business on January 13, 2017. The total aggregate payment on February 3, 2017 totaled $499 million, including payment to holders of Warrants.
On March 5, 2015, the Board authorized and declared a special cash dividend of $6.73 per share of Common Stock (the “2015 Special Cash Dividend”), which was paid on April 9, 2015 to holders of record of Common Stock at the close of business on March 25, 2015. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, the Company made a cash payment of $6.73 per Warrant on April 9, 2015 to holders of record of Warrants at the close of business on March 25, 2015. The total aggregate payment on April 9, 2015 totaled $649 million, including the payment to holders of Warrants.
Quarterly Cash Dividends—The Board declared quarterly cash dividends per share on Common Stock to holders of record of Common Stock and Warrants as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
 
2017
 
2016
 
Per Share
 
Total
Amount
 
Per Share
 
Total
Amount
First quarter
$
0.25

 
$
21,742

 
$
0.25

 
$
23,215

Second quarter
0.25

 
21,816

 
0.25

 
22,959

Third quarter
0.25

 
21,834

 
0.25

 
22,510

Fourth quarter
0.25

 
21,837

 
0.25

 
21,612

Total quarterly cash dividends declared and paid
$
1.00

 
$
87,229

 
$
1.00

 
$
90,296

On February 21, 2018, the Board declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share to be paid on March 26, 2018 to holders of record of Common Stock and Warrants as of March 12, 2018. Future dividends will be subject to the discretion of the Board and the terms of the Merger Agreement, which limits the Company’s ability to pay dividends, except for the payment of quarterly cash dividends not to exceed $0.25 per share and consistent with record and payment dates in 2016.
The payment of the cash dividends also results in the issuance of Dividend Equivalent Units (“DEUs”) to holders of RSUs and PSUs each, as defined and described in Note 16. The DEUs will be reinvested in RSUs and PSUs and settled concurrently with the vesting of associated RSUs and PSUs. Pursuant to the Company’s policy, the forfeitable DEUs and dividends payable in cash are treated as a reduction of retained earnings or, if the Company is in a retained deficit position, as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.
NOTE 16: STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
On May 5, 2016, the 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Incentive Compensation Plan”) and the Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the “Directors Plan” and, together with the Incentive Compensation Plan, “2016 Equity Plans”) were approved by the Company’s shareholders for the purpose of granting stock awards to officers, employees and Board members of the Company and its subsidiaries. There are 5,100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Incentive Compensation Plan and 200,000 shares of Class A Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Directors Plan, of which 3,032,672 shares and 168,529 shares, respectively, were available for grant as of December 31, 2017.
On March 1, 2013, the Compensation Committee of the Board adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”) for the purpose of granting stock awards to directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Stock awarded pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan was limited to five percent of the outstanding Common Stock on a fully diluted basis as of the Effective Date. There were 5,263,000 shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan. Prior to the adoption of the 2016 Equity Plan, the Company had 616,332 shares of Class A Common Stock available for grant under the Equity Incentive

F-80



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Plan. Subsequent to the approval of the 2016 Equity Plans by the Company’s shareholders, no additional awards will be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan.
The Incentive Compensation Plan provides for the granting of non-qualified stock options (“NSOs”), incentive stock options (“ISOs”), stock appreciation (“SARs”), restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance share units (“PSUs”), restricted stock awards and other stock-based awards (collectively “Equity Awards”). The Directors Plan provides for the granting of shares, stock options and other stock-based awards (collectively “Director Equity Awards”). Pursuant to ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation,” the Company measures stock-based compensation costs on the grant date based on the estimated fair value of the award and recognizes compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. The Company’s equity plans allow employees and directors to surrender to the Company shares of vested Common Stock upon vesting of their stock awards or at the time they exercise their NSOs in lieu of their payment of the required withholdings for employee taxes.
Holders of RSUs and PSUs also receive DEUs until the RSUs or PSUs vest. See Note 15 for further information. The number of DEUs granted for each RSU or PSU is calculated based on the value of the dividends per share paid on the Company’s Common Stock and the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on the dividend payment date. The DEUs vest with the underlying RSU or PSU.
NSO and RSU awards generally vest 25% on each anniversary of the date of the grant. Under the 2016 Equity Plans, the exercise price of an NSO award cannot be less than the market price of the Class A Common Stock at the time the NSO award is granted and has a maximum contractual term of 10 years.
PSU awards generally cliff vest at the end of the three-year performance periods, depending on the period specified in each respective PSU agreement. The number of PSUs that ultimately vest depends on the Company’s performance relative to specified financial targets for fiscal years 2017, 2018 and 2019. In the second quarter of 2016, the Company granted 214,416 supplemental PSU awards (“Supplemental PSUs”) to certain executive officers. A portion of the Supplemental PSUs will be eligible to vest until March 1, 2018 if a closing stock price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock is maintained for 10 consecutive trading days that equals or exceeds $44 and each increment $2 thereafter, up to a maximum of $64, as adjusted for dividends declared (each such increment, a “Stock Price Hurdle”). No Stock Price Hurdle will be counted twice, and none of the Supplemental PSUs will vest unless the minimum $44 Stock Price Hurdle (as adjusted) is achieved by March 1, 2018. As of December 31, 2017, there were 136,448 Supplemental PSUs outstanding.
Unrestricted stock awards have been issued to certain members of the Board as compensation for retainer fees and long-term awards. The Company intends to facilitate settlement of all vested awards in Common Stock.
The Company estimates the fair value of NSO awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates various assumptions including the expected term of the awards, volatility of the stock price, risk-free rates of return and dividend yield. The risk-free rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Expected volatility was based on the actual historical volatility of a select peer group of entities operating in similar industry sectors as the Company. The expected dividend yield was based on the Company’s expectation of future dividend payments at the time of grant. Expected life was calculated using the simplified method as described under Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 14, “Share-Based Payment,” as the Equity Incentive Plan was not in existence for a sufficient period of time for the use of the Company-specific historical experience in the calculation.
In connection with the special cash dividends and pursuant to the terms of the Company’s equity plans, the number of the Company’s employees’ outstanding equity awards, and the exercise price of the NSOs, were adjusted to preserve the fair value of the awards immediately before and after the special cash dividends. The Company’s Class A Common Stock began trading ex-dividend (the “Ex-dividend Date”) on January 11, 2017 and March 23, 2015 for the 2017 Special Cash Dividend and the 2015 Special Cash Dividend, respectively. The conversion ratio (the “Ratio”) used to adjust the awards was based on the ratio of (a) unaffected closing price of Class A Common Stock on the day before the Ex-dividend Date to (b) the opening price of Class A Common Stock on the Ex-dividend Date. As the above adjustments were made pursuant to existing anti-dilution provisions of the Company equity

F-81



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

plans, the Company did not record any incremental compensation expense related to the conversion of the Equity Awards. The Equity Awards continue to vest over the original vesting period, as described above. The combined impact of this award activity is collectively referred to as the “Adjustments.” The Adjustments increased outstanding Equity Awards by 720,405 shares and 251,537 shares for the 2017 Special Cash Dividend and the 2015 Special Cash Dividend, respectively, which are separately included in the tables below. For NSOs granted prior to each respective Ex-dividend Date, the weighted-average exercise prices reflect the historical values without giving effect to the special cash dividends. For RSUs and PSUs granted prior to each respective Ex-dividend Date, the weighted-average fair values in the tables below reflect historical values without giving effect to the special cash dividends.
The awards held as of the Ex-dividend Date were modified as follows:
Non-Qualified Stock Options - The number of NSOs outstanding as of the Ex-dividend Date was increased via the calculated Ratio and the strike price of NSOs was decreased via the Ratio in order to preserve the fair value of NSOs;
Restricted Stock Units - The number of outstanding RSUs as of the Ex-dividend Date was increased utilizing the calculated Ratio in order to preserve the fair value of RSUs; and
Performance Share Units - The number of outstanding PSUs as of the Ex-dividend Date was increased utilizing the calculated Ratio in order to preserve the fair value of PSUs.
The following table provides the weighted-average assumptions used to determine the fair value of NSO awards granted during 2017, 2016 and 2015:
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Risk-free interest rate
2.17
%
 
1.35
%
 
1.71
%
Expected dividend yield
3.12
%
 
3.36
%
 
0.17
%
Expected stock price volatility
33.12
%
 
36.54
%
 
44.47
%
Expected life (in years)
6.25

 
6.25

 
6.25

The Company determines the fair value of PSU, RSU and unrestricted and restricted stock awards by reference to the quoted market price of the Class A Common Stock on the date of the grant. The Company determined the fair value of Supplemental PSUs using a Monte Carlo simulation model.
Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 totaled $33 million, $37 million, and $32 million respectively, including the expense attributable to discontinued operations of $2 million, $4 million and $2 million, respectively.


F-82



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A summary of activity, weighted average exercise prices and weighted average fair values related to the NSOs is as follows (shares in thousands):
 
Shares
 
Weighted Avg. Exercise Price
 
Weighted Avg.
Fair Value
 
Weighted Avg. Remaining Contractual Term
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(In thousands)
Outstanding, December 28, 2014 (1)
975

 
$
70.90

 
$
37.15

 
9.0
 
$
1,164

Granted
449

 
57.91

 
25.81

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(3
)
 
49.40

 
23.86

 
 
 
 
Cancelled
(31
)
 
64.01

 
33.63

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
(160
)
 
60.20

 
29.88

 
 
 
 
Adjustment due to the 2015 Special Cash Dividend
145

 
*

 
*

 
 
 
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2015 (1)
1,375

 
$
60.62

 
$
30.47

 
8.3
 
$

Granted
1,363

 
30.43

 
7.46

 
 
 
 
Cancelled
(67
)
 
60.45

 
30.55

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
(275
)
 
39.89

 
15.04

 
 
 
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2016 (1)
2,396

 
$
45.82

 
$
19.15

 
8.2
 
$
6,163

Granted
932

 
32.12

 
7.97

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(400
)
 
28.31

 
8.54

 
 
 
 
Cancelled
(87
)
 
48.48

 
23.91

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
(447
)
 
29.24

 
8.31

 
 
 
 
Adjustment due to the 2017 Special Cash Dividend
453

 
*

 
*

 
 
 
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2017 (1)
2,847

 
39.00

 
15.49

 
6.6
 
21,897

Vested and exercisable,
1,187

 
$
48.48

 
$
23.96

 
4.0
 
$
3,235

 
*
Not meaningful
(1)
The weighted average exercise price and weighted-average fair value of options outstanding as of the end of each reporting period reflect the adjustments to the awards as a result of the respective special cash dividend.


F-83



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A summary of activity and weighted average fair values related to the RSUs is as follows (shares in thousands):
 
Shares
 
Weighted Avg.
 Fair Value
 
Weighted Avg.
Remaining Contractual Term
(in years)
Outstanding and nonvested, December 28, 2014
633

 
$
68.76

 
2.7
Granted
457

 
57.18

 
 
Dividend equivalent units granted
16

 
41.71

 
 
Vested
(203
)
 
66.65

 
 
Forfeited
(151
)
 
58.80

 
 
Dividend equivalent units forfeited
(1
)
 
44.26

 
 
Adjustments due to the 2015 Special Cash Dividend
89

 
*

 
 
Outstanding and nonvested, December 31, 2015 (1)
840

 
$
58.39

 
2.3
Granted
824

 
29.97

 
 
Dividend equivalent units granted
34

 
37.20

 
 
Vested
(307
)
 
58.44

 
 
Dividend equivalent units vested
(6
)
 
41.32

 
 
Forfeited
(151
)
 
42.25

 
 
Dividend equivalent units forfeited
(3
)
 
39.01

 
 
Outstanding and nonvested, December 31, 2016 (1)(2)
1,231

 
$
40.92

 
1.3
Granted
625

 
32.77

 
 
Dividend equivalent units granted
31

 
39.21

 
 
Vested
(575
)
 
38.21

 
 
Dividend equivalent units vested
(20
)
 
32.45

 
 
Forfeited
(399
)
 
32.35

 
 
Dividend equivalent units forfeited
(12
)
 
33.14

 
 
Adjustment due to the 2017 Special Cash Dividend
224

 
*

 
 
Outstanding and nonvested, December 31, 2017 (1)
1,105

 
$
32.62

 
1.3
 
*
Not meaningful
(1)
The weighted average fair value of outstanding RSUs as of the end of each reporting period reflects the adjustment for the respective special cash dividend.
(2)
Included 22,309 RSUs which were granted to foreign employees and which the Company expected to settle in cash. The fair value of these RSUs was not material.


F-84



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A summary of activity and weighted average fair values related to the restricted and unrestricted stock awards is as follows (shares in thousands):
 
Shares
 
Weighted Avg.
 Fair Value
 
Weighted Avg.
Remaining Contractual Term
(in years)
Outstanding and nonvested, December 28, 2014
17

 
$
56.80

 
1.0
Granted
12

 
60.07

 
 
Vested
(27
)
 
58.24

 
 
Forfeited
(2
)
 
56.80

 
 
Outstanding and nonvested, December 31, 2015

 
$

 
0.0
Granted
17

 
33.73

 
 
Vested
(17
)
 
33.73

 
 
Outstanding and nonvested, December 31, 2016

 
$

 
0.0
Granted
52

 
36.48

 
 
Vested
(10
)
 
34.98

 
 
Outstanding and nonvested, December 31, 2017
42

 
$
36.84

 
3.0

A summary of activity and weighted average fair values related to the PSUs is as follows (shares in thousands):
 
Shares
 
Weighted Avg.
 Fair Value
 
Weighted Avg.
Remaining Contractual Term
(in years)
Outstanding and nonvested, December 28, 2014
43

 
74.35

 
1.3
Granted
66

 
68.10

 
 
Dividend equivalent units granted
3

 
41.86

 
 
Forfeited
(17
)
 
64.89

 
 
Adjustment due to the 2015 Special Cash Dividend
12

 
*

 
 
Outstanding and nonvested, December 31, 2015 (1)(2)
107

 
$
65.50

 
0.6
Granted
295

 
21.26

 
 
Dividend equivalent units granted
10

 
37.50

 
 
Vested
(56
)
 
65.06

 
 
Dividend equivalent units vested
(1
)
 
41.64

 
 
Forfeited
(8
)
 
49.85

 
 
Outstanding and nonvested, December 31, 2016 (1)(2)
347

 
$
27.23

 
1.1
Granted
118

 
31.45

 
 
Dividend equivalent units granted
5

 
39.26

 
 
Vested
(184
)
 
31.22

 
 
Dividend equivalent units vested
(4
)
 
32.50

 
 
Forfeited
(47
)
 
33.73

 
 
Dividend equivalent units forfeited
(6
)
 
40.72

 
 
Adjustment due to the 2017 Special Cash Dividend
24

 
*

 
 
Outstanding and nonvested, December 31, 2017 (1)(2)
253

 
$
22.53

 
1.4
 
* Not meaningful
(1) Represents shares of PSUs for which performance targets have been established and which are deemed granted under U.S. GAAP.
(2) The weighted average fair value of outstanding PSUs reflect the adjustment for the respective special cash dividend.

F-85



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had not yet recognized compensation cost on nonvested awards as follows (in thousands):
 
Unrecognized Compensation Cost
 
Weighted Average Remaining Recognition Period
(in years)
Nonvested awards
$
34,262

 
2.3
NOTE 17: EARNINGS PER SHARE
The Company computes earnings (loss) per common share (“EPS”) from continuing operations, discontinued operations and net earnings per common share under the two-class method which requires the allocation of all distributed and undistributed earnings attributable to Tribune Media Company to common stock and other participating securities based on their respective rights to receive distributions of earnings or losses. The Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock equally share in distributed and undistributed earnings. In a period when the Company’s distributed earnings exceed undistributed earnings, no allocation to participating securities or dilutive securities is performed. The Company accounts for the Warrants as participating securities, as holders of the Warrants, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Warrant Agreement, are entitled to receive ratable distributions of the Company’s earnings concurrently with such distributions made to the holders of Common Stock, subject to certain restrictions relating to FCC rules and requirements. Under the terms of the Company’s RSU and PSU agreements, unvested RSUs and PSUs contain forfeitable rights to dividends and DEUs. Because the DEUs are forfeitable, they are defined as non-participating securities. As of December 31, 2017, there were 53,668 DEUs outstanding, which will vest at the time that the underlying RSU or PSU vests.
The Company computes basic EPS by dividing income (loss) from continuing operations, (loss) income from discontinued operations, and net (loss) income attributable to Tribune Media Company, respectively, applicable to common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. In accordance with the two-class method, undistributed earnings applicable to the Warrants are excluded from the computation of basic EPS. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing income (loss) from continuing operations, (loss) income from discontinued operations, and net income (loss), respectively, by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period as adjusted for the assumed exercise of all outstanding stock awards. The calculation of diluted EPS assumes that stock awards outstanding were exercised at the beginning of the period. The stock awards are included in the calculation of diluted EPS only when their inclusion in the calculation is dilutive.
ASC Topic 260, “Earnings per Share,” states that the presentation of basic and diluted EPS is required only for common stock and not for participating securities. For the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, 71,385, 180,259 and 877,233, respectively, of the weighted-average Warrants outstanding have been excluded from the below table.

F-86



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The calculation of basic and diluted EPS is presented below (in thousands, except for per share data):
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
EPS numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
$
183,077

 
$
87,040

 
$
(315,337
)
Net income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests
(3,378
)
 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Tribune Media Company
179,699

 
87,040

 
(315,337
)
Less: Dividends distributed to Warrants
69

 
161

 
325

Less: Undistributed earnings allocated to Warrants
81

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Tribune Media Company’s common shareholders for basic EPS
$
179,549

 
$
86,879

 
$
(315,662
)
Add: Undistributed earnings allocated to dilutive securities
1

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Tribune Media Company’s common shareholders for diluted EPS
$
179,550

 
$
86,879

 
$
(315,662
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, as reported
$
14,420

 
$
(72,794
)
 
$
(4,581
)
Less: Undistributed earnings allocated to Warrants
7

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to common shareholders for basic and diluted EPS
$
14,413

 
$
(72,794
)
 
$
(4,581
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to Tribune Media Company’s common shareholders for basic EPS
$
193,962

 
$
14,085

 
$
(320,243
)

 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to Tribune Media Company’s common shareholders for diluted EPS
$
193,963

 
$
14,085

 
$
(320,243
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
EPS denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic
87,066

 
90,244

 
94,686

Impact of dilutive securities
935

 
392

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted
88,001

 
90,636

 
94,686

 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share Attributable to Tribune Media Company from:
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing Operations
$
2.06

 
$
0.96

 
$
(3.33
)
Discontinued Operations
0.17

 
(0.80
)
 
(0.05
)
Net Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share
$
2.23


$
0.16

 
$
(3.38
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share Attributable to Tribune Media Company from:
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing Operations
$
2.04

 
$
0.96

 
$
(3.33
)
Discontinued Operations
0.16

 
(0.80
)
 
(0.05
)
Net Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share
$
2.20

 
$
0.16

 
$
(3.38
)


F-87



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Since the Company was in a net loss position for the year ended December 31, 2015, there was no difference between the number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted loss per share. Because of their anti-dilutive effect, 2,126,516, 1,778,194 and 2,002,476 common share equivalents, comprised of NSOs, PSUs and RSUs, have been excluded from the diluted EPS calculation for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
NOTE 18: ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
The Company’s AOCI is a separate component of shareholders’ equity in the Company’s Consolidated Balance sheets. The following table summarizes the changes in AOCI, net of taxes by component (in thousands):
 
Pension and other Post-Retirement Benefit Items
 
Marketable Securities
 
Cash Flow Hedging Instruments
 
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments (1)
 
Total
$
(57,391
)
 
$
2,139

 
$

 
$
(15,764
)
 
(71,016
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications
(7,316
)
 
936

 

 
(4,210
)
 
(10,590
)
Amounts reclassified from AOCI
(176
)
 

 

 

 
(176
)
(64,883
)
 
3,075

 

 
(19,974
)
 
(81,782
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
19,231

 
(95
)
 
(3,591
)
 
5,253

 
20,798

Amounts reclassified from AOCI
(160
)
 
(2,980
)
 
3,298

 
12,765

 
12,923

$
(45,812
)
 
$

 
$
(293
)
 
$
(1,956
)
 
$
(48,061
)
 
(1)
In 2017, amounts reclassified from AOCI included $9 million of cumulative translation adjustments as a result of the Gracenote Sale, which are included in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes, and $4 million of cumulative translation adjustments as a result of the CareerBuilder impairment, which are included in write-downs of investments, in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 8 for the discussion of the Company’s equity-method investments.
NOTE 19: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company’s company-sponsored pension plan assets included an investment in a loan fund limited partnership managed by Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. (“Oaktree”), which is affiliated with Oaktree Tribune, L.P., a principal shareholder of Tribune Media Company as of December 31, 2016. As further described in Note 15, in 2017, Oaktree sold 7,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, which resulted in Oaktree no longer qualifying as a principal shareholder of the Company as of December 31, 2017.
In April 2016, the Company requested a full withdrawal of its investment from the fund managed by Oaktree which had a fair value of $30 million at December 31, 2015. The withdrawal was completed and proceeds were received in June 2016.
The Secured Credit Facility syndicate of lenders includes funds affiliated with Oaktree. These funds held $28 million of the Company’s Term C Loans at December 31, 2017 and $31 million of the Company’s Former Term B Loans at December 31, 2016.

F-88



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 20: BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The Company’s business consists of Television and Entertainment operations and the management of certain owned real estate assets. The Company also holds a variety of investments, including equity investments in TV Food Network and CareerBuilder. The Company’s Digital and Data operations, which had previously been presented as a separate reportable segment, are reported in discontinued operations (see Note 2 for further information).
Television and Entertainment is a reportable segment which provides audiences across the country with news, entertainment and sports programming on Tribune Broadcasting local television stations and their websites, WGN America and other digital assets. The Company’s 42 local television stations (including the three stations to which the Company provides certain services under SSAs with Dreamcatcher) consist of 14 FOX television affiliates, 12 CW Network, LLC television affiliates, 6 CBS television affiliates, 3 ABC television affiliates, 3 MY television affiliates, 2 NBC television affiliates and 2 independent television stations. Additionally, the Television and Entertainment segment includes the digital multicast network services through Antenna TV and through the operation and distribution of THIS TV; WGN America, a national general entertainment cable network; and radio program services on WGN-AM, a Chicago radio station.
Corporate and Other includes the Company’s real estate operating segment responsible for the management of certain owned real estate assets, including revenues from leasing Company-owned office and production facilities and any gains or losses from the sales of owned real estate, as well as certain administrative activities associated with operating the Company’s corporate office functions and managing the Company’s predominantly frozen company-sponsored defined benefit pension plans. Corporate and Other is not a reportable segment but is included below for reconciliation purposes.
No single customer provides more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues. In determining operating profit for each segment, none of the following items have been included: income and loss on equity investments, interest and dividend income, interest expense, non-operating items, reorganization costs or income taxes. Assets represent those tangible and intangible assets used in the operations of each segment.

F-89



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table summarizes business segment financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 (in thousands):
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Operating Revenues from Continuing Operations (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Television and Entertainment
$
1,835,423

 
$
1,909,896

 
$
1,752,542

Corporate and Other
13,536

 
38,034

 
49,425

Total operating revenues
$
1,848,959

 
$
1,947,930

 
$
1,801,967

Operating Profit (Loss) from Continuing Operations (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Television and Entertainment
$
196,100

 
$
324,837

 
$
(175,140
)
Corporate and Other
(87,632
)
 
108,737

 
(94,195
)
Total operating profit (loss)
$
108,468

 
$
433,574

 
$
(269,335
)
Depreciation from Continuing Operations (2)
 
 
 
 
 
Television and Entertainment
$
42,713

 
$
45,083

 
$
48,437

Corporate and Other
13,601

 
13,742

 
16,117

Total depreciation
$
56,314

 
$
58,825

 
$
64,554

Amortization from Continuing Operations (2)
 
 
 
 
 
Television and Entertainment
$
166,679

 
$
166,664

 
$
166,404

Total amortization
$
166,679

 
$
166,664

 
$
166,404

Capital Expenditures
 
 
 
 
 
Television and Entertainment
$
48,667

 
$
59,167

 
$
33,173

Corporate and Other
16,587

 
16,944

 
32,285

Discontinued Operations
1,578

 
23,548

 
23,626

Total capital expenditures
$
66,832

 
$
99,659

 
$
89,084

Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Television and Entertainment
$
7,197,859

 
$
7,484,591

 
 
Corporate and Other (3)
932,569

 
1,228,526

 
 
Assets held for sale (4)
38,900

 
17,176

 
 
Discontinued Operations (4)

 
670,758

 
 
Total assets
$
8,169,328

 
$
9,401,051

 


 
(1)
See Note 2 for the disclosures of operating revenues and operating (loss) profit included in discontinued operations for the historical periods.
(2)
Depreciation from discontinued operations totaled $14 million and $10 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Amortization from discontinued operations totaled $30 million and $29 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
(3)
As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, Corporate total assets included $18 million related to restricted cash held to satisfy remaining claim obligations to holders of priority claims and fees earned by professional advisors during Chapter 11 proceedings (see Note 3). Corporate and Other assets include certain real estate assets (see Note 2) as well as the Company’s equity investment in CareerBuilder.
(4)
See Note 2 for information regarding discontinued operations and Note 6 for information regarding assets held for sale.


F-90



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 21: QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
(in thousands, except per share data)
 
2017
 
Quarters
 
Total
 
First
 
Second
 
Third
 
Fourth
 
Operating Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Television and Entertainment
$
436,033

 
$
466,061

 
$
447,307

 
$
486,022

 
$
1,835,423

Other
3,877

 
3,456

 
3,226

 
2,977

 
13,536

Total operating revenues
$
439,910

 
$
469,517

 
$
450,533

 
$
488,999

 
$
1,848,959

Operating (Loss) Profit
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Television and Entertainment
$
20,013

 
$
50,219

 
$
(1,357
)
 
$
127,225

 
$
196,100

Corporate and Other
(35,245
)
 
(31,893
)
 
(22,392
)
 
1,898

 
(87,632
)
Total operating (loss) profit
(15,232
)
 
18,326

 
(23,749
)
 
129,123

 
108,468

Income on equity investments, net
37,037

 
40,761

 
21,058

 
38,506

 
137,362

Interest and dividend income
505

 
548

 
827

 
1,269

 
3,149

Interest expense
(38,758
)
 
(40,185
)
 
(40,389
)
 
(40,055
)
 
(159,387
)
Loss on extinguishments and modification of debt (1)
(19,052
)
 

 
(1,435
)
 

 
(20,487
)
Gain (loss) on investment transactions, net (1)
4,950

 

 
5,667

 
(2,486
)
 
8,131

Write-downs of investments (1)
(122,000
)
 
(58,800
)
 

 
(12,694
)
 
(193,494
)
Other non-operating (loss) gain, net (1)
(26
)
 
71

 

 
26

 
71

Reorganization items, net (2)
(250
)
 
(449
)
 
(753
)
 
(657
)
 
(2,109
)
(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes
(152,826
)
 
(39,728
)
 
(38,774
)
 
113,032

 
(118,296
)
Income tax benefit
(51,614
)
 
(9,905
)
 
(20,087
)
 
(219,767
)
 
(301,373
)
(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations
(101,212
)
 
(29,823
)
 
(18,687
)
 
332,799

 
183,077

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, net of taxes
15,618

 
(579
)
 

 
(619
)
 
14,420

Net (Loss) Income
$
(85,594
)
 
$
(30,402
)
 
$
(18,687
)
 
$
332,180

 
$
197,497

Net income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 
(3,378
)
 
(3,378
)
Net (Loss) Income attributable to Tribune Media Company
(85,594
)
 
(30,402
)
 
(18,687
)
 
328,802

 
194,119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic (Loss) Earnings Per Common Share Attributable to Tribune Media Company from:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing Operations
$
(1.17
)
 
$
(0.34
)
 
$
(0.21
)
 
$
3.77

 
$
2.06

Discontinued Operations
0.18

 
(0.01
)
 

 
(0.01
)
 
0.17

Net (Loss) Earnings Per Common Share
$
(0.99
)
 
$
(0.35
)
 
$
(0.21
)
 
$
3.76

 
$
2.23

Diluted (Loss) Earnings Per Common Share Attributable to Tribune Media Company from:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing Operations
$
(1.17
)
 
$
(0.34
)
 
$
(0.21
)
 
$
3.73

 
$
2.04

Discontinued Operations
0.18

 
(0.01
)
 

 
(0.01
)
 
0.16

Net (Loss) Earnings Per Common Share
$
(0.99
)
 
$
(0.35
)
 
$
(0.21
)
 
$
3.72

 
$
2.20


F-91



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
2016
 
Quarters
 
Total
 
First
 
Second
 
Third
 
Fourth
 
Operating Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Television and Entertainment
$
455,875

 
$
468,134

 
$
460,164

 
$
525,723

 
$
1,909,896

Other
12,597

 
11,662

 
9,874

 
3,901

 
38,034

Total operating revenues
$
468,472

 
$
479,796

 
$
470,038

 
$
529,624

 
$
1,947,930

Operating Profit (Loss)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Television and Entertainment
$
58,605

 
$
83,346

 
$
46,024

 
$
136,862

 
$
324,837

Corporate and Other
(28,613
)
 
(27,140
)
 
188,146

 
(23,656
)
 
108,737

Total operating profit
29,992

 
56,206

 
234,170

 
113,206

 
433,574

Income on equity investments, net
38,252

 
44,306

 
31,737

 
33,861

 
148,156

Interest and dividend income
132

 
228

 
476

 
390

 
1,226

Interest expense
(38,141
)
 
(38,071
)
 
(38,296
)
 
(38,211
)
 
(152,719
)
Other non-operating gain (loss), net (1)
496

 
(75
)
 
57

 
4,949

 
5,427

Reorganization items, net (2)
(434
)
 
(366
)
 
(434
)
 
(188
)
 
(1,422
)
Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes
30,297

 
62,228

 
227,710

 
114,007

 
434,242

Income tax expense
15,195

 
214,856

 
73,871

 
43,280

 
347,202

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations
15,102

 
(152,628
)
 
153,839

 
70,727

 
87,040

Loss from Discontinued Operations, net of taxes
(4,009
)
 
(8,935
)
 
(8,074
)
 
(51,776
)
 
(72,794
)
Net Income (Loss)
$
11,093

 
$
(161,563
)
 
$
145,765

 
$
18,951

 
$
14,246

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share Attributable to Tribune Media Company from:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing Operations
$
0.16

 
$
(1.66
)
 
$
1.71

 
$
0.81

 
$
0.96

Discontinued Operations
(0.04
)
 
(0.10
)
 
(0.09
)
 
(0.59
)
 
(0.80
)
Net Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share
$
0.12

 
$
(1.76
)
 
$
1.62

 
$
0.22

 
$
0.16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share Attributable to Tribune Media Company from:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing Operations
$
0.16

 
$
(1.66
)
 
$
1.70

 
$
0.81

 
$
0.96

Discontinued Operations
(0.04
)
 
(0.10
)
 
(0.09
)
 
(0.59
)
 
(0.80
)
Net Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share
$
0.12


$
(1.76
)

$
1.61


$
0.22


$
0.16

 
(1)
See Note 5 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for information pertaining to non-operating items recorded in 2017 and 2016.
(2)
See Note 3 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for information pertaining to reorganization items recorded in 2017 and 2016.

F-92



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 22: CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company is the issuer of the Notes (see Note 9) and such debt is guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors. The Subsidiary Guarantors are direct or indirect 100% owned domestic subsidiaries of the Company. The Company’s payment obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors, and all guarantees are full and unconditional. The subsidiaries of the Company that do not guarantee the Notes (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries) include certain direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company.
The guarantees are subject to release under certain circumstances, including: (a) upon the sale, exchange, disposition or other transfer (including through merger, consolidation or dissolution) of the interests in such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a restricted subsidiary of the Company, or all or substantially all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor, in any case, if such sale, exchange, disposition or other transfer is not prohibited by the Indenture, (b) upon the Company designating such Subsidiary Guarantor to be an unrestricted subsidiary in accordance with the Indenture, (c) in the case of any restricted subsidiary of the Company that after the issue date is required to guarantee the Notes, upon the release or discharge of the guarantee by such restricted subsidiary of any indebtedness of the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor or the repayment of any indebtedness of the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case, which resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes, (d) upon the Company’s exercise of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option in accordance with the Indenture or if the Company’s obligations under the Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, (e) upon the release or discharge of direct obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor, or the guarantee by such guarantor of the obligations, under the Senior Credit Agreement, or (f) during the period when the rating of the Notes is changed to investment grade.
On January 31, 2017, the Company completed the Gracenote Sale, as further described in Note 2. The Gracenote Sale included certain Subsidiary Guarantors as well as Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. The results of operations of these entities are included in their respective categories through the date of sale.
In lieu of providing separate audited financial statements for the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Company has included the accompanying condensed consolidating financial statements in accordance with the requirements of Rule 3-10(f) of SEC Regulation S-X. The following Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements present the Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of Tribune Media Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries and the eliminations necessary to arrive at the Company’s information on a consolidated basis.
These statements are presented in accordance with the disclosure requirements under SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 3-10.


F-93



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017
(In thousands of dollars)
 
Parent (Tribune Media Company)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Tribune Media Company Consolidated
Operating Revenues
$

 
$
1,838,997

 
$
9,962

 
$

 
$
1,848,959

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Programming and direct operating expenses

 
989,385

 
6,453

 

 
995,838

Selling, general and administrative
106,297

 
440,555

 
3,341

 

 
550,193

Depreciation and amortization
11,522

 
198,949

 
12,522

 

 
222,993

Gain on sales of real estate, net

 
(365
)
 
(28,168
)
 

 
(28,533
)
Total Operating Expenses
117,819

 
1,628,524

 
(5,852
)
 

 
1,740,491

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating (Loss) Profit
(117,819
)
 
210,473

 
15,814

 

 
108,468

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss) income on equity investments, net
(2,016
)
 
139,378

 

 

 
137,362

Interest and dividend income
3,085

 
64

 

 

 
3,149

Interest expense
(158,984
)
 

 
(403
)
 

 
(159,387
)
Loss on extinguishments and modification of debt
(20,436
)
 

 
(51
)
 

 
(20,487
)
Gain on investment transactions, net
4,807

 
3,324

 

 

 
8,131

Write-downs of investments
(10,194
)
 
(183,300
)
 

 

 
(193,494
)
Other non-operating items
(1,557
)
 
(481
)
 

 

 
(2,038
)
Intercompany income (charges)
110,254

 
(110,018
)
 
(236
)
 

 

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes and Earnings (Losses) from Consolidated Subsidiaries
(192,860
)
 
59,440

 
15,124

 

 
(118,296
)
Income tax benefit
(28,578
)
 
(233,326
)
 
(39,469
)
 

 
(301,373
)
Equity (deficit) in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries, net of taxes
343,981

 
15,496

 

 
(359,477
)
 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations
$
179,699

 
$
308,262

 
$
54,593

 
$
(359,477
)
 
$
183,077

Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, net of taxes
14,420

 
(1,904
)
 
807

 
1,097

 
14,420

Net Income (Loss)
$
194,119

 
$
306,358

 
$
55,400

 
$
(358,380
)
 
$
197,497

Net income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 
(3,378
)
 

 
(3,378
)
Net Income (Loss) attributable to Tribune Media Company
$
194,119

 
$
306,358

 
$
52,022

 
$
(358,380
)
 
$
194,119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
$
227,840

 
$
312,382

 
$
65,136

 
$
(377,518
)
 
$
227,840


F-94



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016
(In thousands of dollars)
 
Parent (Tribune Media Company)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Tribune Media Company Consolidated
Operating Revenues
$

 
$
1,938,116

 
$
9,814

 
$

 
$
1,947,930

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Programming and direct operating expenses

 
902,843

 
3,490

 

 
906,333

Selling, general and administrative
97,022

 
491,753

 
3,445

 

 
592,220

Depreciation and amortization
11,249

 
201,504

 
12,736

 

 
225,489

Impairment of other intangible assets

 
3,400

 

 

 
3,400

Gain on sales of real estate, net

 
(213,086
)
 

 

 
(213,086
)
Total Operating Expenses
108,271

 
1,386,414

 
19,671

 

 
1,514,356

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating (Loss) Profit
(108,271
)
 
551,702

 
(9,857
)
 

 
433,574

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss) income on equity investments, net
(2,549
)
 
150,705

 

 

 
148,156

Interest and dividend income
1,149

 
77

 

 

 
1,226

Interest expense
(151,893
)
 

 
(826
)
 

 
(152,719
)
Other non-operating items, net
4,005

 

 

 

 
4,005

Intercompany income (charges)
103,327

 
(102,979
)
 
(348
)
 

 

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes and Earnings (Losses) from Consolidated Subsidiaries
(154,232
)
 
599,505

 
(11,031
)
 

 
434,242

Income tax expense
13,610

 
231,136

 
102,456

 

 
347,202

Equity (deficit) in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries, net of taxes
254,882

 
(1,283
)
 

 
(253,599
)
 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations
$
87,040

 
$
367,086

 
$
(113,487
)
 
$
(253,599
)
 
$
87,040

(Loss) Income from Discontinued Operations, net of taxes
(72,794
)
 
(62,777
)
 
2,023

 
60,754

 
(72,794
)
Net Income (Loss)
$
14,246

 
$
304,309

 
$
(111,464
)
 
$
(192,845
)
 
$
14,246

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
$
3,480

 
$
301,913

 
$
(113,279
)
 
$
(188,634
)
 
$
3,480


F-95



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015
(In thousands of dollars)
 
Parent (Tribune Media Company)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Tribune Media Company Consolidated
Operating Revenues
$

 
$
1,788,828

 
$
13,139

 
$

 
$
1,801,967

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Programming and direct operating expenses

 
903,844

 
8,338

 

 
912,182

Selling, general and administrative
95,163

 
446,370

 
1,532

 

 
543,065

Depreciation and amortization
7,465

 
210,465

 
13,028

 

 
230,958

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

 
385,000

 

 

 
385,000

Loss on sales of real estate, net

 
97

 

 

 
97

Total Operating Expenses
102,628

 
1,945,776

 
22,898

 

 
2,071,302

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Loss
(102,628
)
 
(156,948
)
 
(9,759
)
 

 
(269,335
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss) income on equity investments, net
(240
)
 
147,199

 

 

 
146,959

Interest and dividend income
510

 
208

 
2

 

 
720

Interest expense
(147,616
)
 
(5
)
 
(966
)
 

 
(148,587
)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(37,040
)
 

 

 

 
(37,040
)
Gain on investment transaction, net
791

 
8,132

 
3,250

 

 
12,173

Other non-operating items, net
7,880

 
(2,189
)
 

 

 
5,691

Intercompany income (charges)
90,993

 
(90,637
)
 
(356
)
 

 

Loss from Continuing Operations before Income Taxes and Earnings (Losses) from Consolidated Subsidiaries
(187,350
)
 
(94,240
)
 
(7,829
)
 

 
(289,419
)
Income tax (benefit) expense
(72,742
)
 
101,450

 
(2,790
)
 

 
25,918

(Deficit) equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries, net of taxes
(200,729
)
 
(1,698
)
 

 
202,427

 

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations
(315,337
)
 
(197,388
)
 
(5,039
)
 
202,427

 
(315,337
)
(Loss) Income from Discontinued Operations, net of taxes
(4,581
)
 
420

 
(3,796
)
 
3,376

 
(4,581
)
Net (Loss) Income
$
(319,918
)
 
$
(196,968
)
 
$
(8,835
)
 
$
205,803

 
$
(319,918
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive (Loss) Income
$
(344,393
)
 
$
(201,018
)
 
$
(19,003
)
 
$
220,021

 
$
(344,393
)

F-96



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017
(In thousands of dollars)
 
Parent (Tribune Media Company)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Tribune Media Company Consolidated
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
670,302

 
$
1,501

 
$
1,882

 
$

 
$
673,685

Restricted cash and cash equivalents
17,566

 

 

 

 
17,566

Accounts receivable, net
143

 
418,950

 
1,002

 

 
420,095

Broadcast rights

 
126,668

 
2,506

 

 
129,174

Income taxes receivable

 
18,274

 

 

 
18,274

Prepaid expenses
8,647

 
11,245

 
266

 

 
20,158

Other
12,487

 
1,552

 

 

 
14,039

Total current assets
709,145

 
578,190

 
5,656

 

 
1,292,991

Properties
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
58,622

 
557,394

 
57,666

 

 
673,682

Accumulated depreciation
(29,505
)
 
(196,644
)
 
(7,238
)
 

 
(233,387
)
Net properties
29,117

 
360,750

 
50,428

 

 
440,295

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments in subsidiaries
10,378,948

 
74,610

 

 
(10,453,558
)
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Broadcast rights

 
133,567

 
116

 

 
133,683

Goodwill

 
3,220,300

 
8,688

 

 
3,228,988

Other intangible assets, net

 
1,534,761

 
78,904

 

 
1,613,665

Assets held for sale

 
38,900

 

 

 
38,900

Investments
850

 
1,258,851

 
22,090

 

 
1,281,791

Intercompany receivables
2,520,570

 
6,527,083

 
411,059

 
(9,458,712
)
 

Other
65,743

 
135,373

 
376

 
(62,477
)
 
139,015

Total other assets
2,587,163

 
12,848,835

 
521,233

 
(9,521,189
)
 
6,436,042

Total Assets
$
13,704,373

 
$
13,862,385

 
$
577,317

 
$
(19,974,747
)
 
$
8,169,328






F-97



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017
(In thousands of dollars)
 
Parent (Tribune Media Company)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Tribune Media Company Consolidated
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
24,529

 
$
22,487

 
$
1,303

 
$

 
$
48,319

Income taxes payable

 
36,252

 

 

 
36,252

Contracts payable for broadcast rights

 
250,553

 
2,691

 

 
253,244

Deferred revenue

 
11,074

 
868

 

 
11,942

Interest payable
30,525

 

 

 

 
30,525

Deferred spectrum auction proceeds

 
172,102

 

 

 
172,102

Other
44,817

 
57,063

 
3

 

 
101,883

Total current liabilities
99,871

 
549,531

 
4,865

 

 
654,267

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Current Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
2,919,185

 

 

 

 
2,919,185

Deferred income taxes

 
485,608

 
85,043

 
(62,477
)
 
508,174

Contracts payable for broadcast rights

 
300,269

 
151

 

 
300,420

Intercompany payables
7,044,972

 
2,148,695

 
265,045

 
(9,458,712
)
 

Other
423,209

 
121,870

 
25,023

 

 
570,102

Total non-current liabilities
10,387,366

 
3,056,442

 
375,262

 
(9,521,189
)
 
4,297,881

Total Liabilities
10,487,237

 
3,605,973

 
380,127

 
(9,521,189
)
 
4,952,148

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock
101

 

 

 

 
101

Treasury Stock
(632,194
)
 

 

 

 
(632,194
)
Additional paid-in-capital
4,011,530

 
9,040,065

 
202,942

 
(9,243,007
)
 
4,011,530

Retained (deficit) earnings
(114,240
)
 
1,219,023

 
(6,516
)
 
(1,212,507
)
 
(114,240
)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(48,061
)
 
(2,676
)
 
720

 
1,956

 
(48,061
)
Total Tribune Media Company shareholders’ equity (deficit)
3,217,136

 
10,256,412

 
197,146

 
(10,453,558
)
 
3,217,136

Noncontrolling interests

 

 
44

 

 
44

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)
3,217,136

 
10,256,412

 
197,190

 
(10,453,558
)
 
3,217,180

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
$
13,704,373

 
$
13,862,385

 
$
577,317

 
$
(19,974,747
)
 
$
8,169,328


F-98



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016
(In thousands of dollars)
 
Parent (Tribune Media Company)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Tribune Media Company Consolidated
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
574,638

 
$
720

 
$
2,300

 
$

 
$
577,658

Restricted cash and cash equivalents
17,566

 

 

 

 
17,566

Accounts receivable, net
198

 
428,254

 
660

 

 
429,112

Broadcast rights

 
155,266

 
2,551

 

 
157,817

Income taxes receivable

 
9,056

 

 

 
9,056

Current assets of discontinued operations

 
37,300

 
25,305

 

 
62,605

Prepaid expenses
11,640

 
24,074

 
148

 

 
35,862

Other
4,894

 
1,729

 
1

 

 
6,624

Total current assets
608,936

 
656,399

 
30,965

 

 
1,296,300

Properties
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
55,529

 
547,601

 
107,938

 

 
711,068

Accumulated depreciation
(21,635
)
 
(159,472
)
 
(6,041
)
 

 
(187,148
)
Net properties
33,894

 
388,129

 
101,897

 

 
523,920

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments in subsidiaries
10,502,544

 
106,486

 

 
(10,609,030
)
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Broadcast rights

 
153,374

 
83

 

 
153,457

Goodwill

 
3,220,300

 
7,630

 

 
3,227,930

Other intangible assets, net

 
1,729,829

 
89,305

 

 
1,819,134

Non-current assets of discontinued operations

 
514,200

 
93,953

 

 
608,153

Assets held for sale

 
17,176

 

 

 
17,176

Investments
19,079

 
1,637,909

 
17,895

 

 
1,674,883

Intercompany receivables
2,326,261

 
5,547,542

 
358,834

 
(8,232,637
)
 

Intercompany loan receivable
27,000

 

 

 
(27,000
)
 

Other
51,479

 
75,191

 
2,707

 
(49,279
)
 
80,098

Total other assets
2,423,819

 
12,895,521

 
570,407

 
(8,308,916
)
 
7,580,831

Total Assets
$
13,569,193

 
$
14,046,535

 
$
703,269

 
$
(18,917,946
)
 
$
9,401,051




F-99



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016
(In thousands of dollars)

 
Parent (Tribune Media Company)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Tribune Media Company Consolidated
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
29,827

 
$
29,703

 
$
1,023

 
$

 
$
60,553

Debt due within one year
15,921

 

 
4,003

 

 
19,924

Income taxes payable

 
21,130

 
36

 

 
21,166

Contracts payable for broadcast rights

 
238,497

 
2,758

 

 
241,255

Deferred revenue

 
13,593

 
97

 

 
13,690

Interest payable
30,301

 

 
4

 

 
30,305

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

 
44,763

 
9,521

 

 
54,284

Other
38,867

 
70,589

 
220

 

 
109,676

Total current liabilities
114,916

 
418,275

 
17,662

 

 
550,853

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Current Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
3,380,860

 

 
10,767

 

 
3,391,627

Intercompany loan payable

 
27,000

 

 
(27,000
)
 

Deferred income taxes

 
871,923

 
161,604

 
(49,279
)
 
984,248

Contracts payable for broadcast rights

 
314,755

 
85

 

 
314,840

Intercompany payables
6,065,424

 
1,912,259

 
254,954

 
(8,232,637
)
 

Other
468,227

 
50,239

 
20

 

 
518,486

Non-current liabilities of discontinued operations

 
86,517

 
8,797

 

 
95,314

Total non-current liabilities
9,914,511

 
3,262,693

 
436,227

 
(8,308,916
)
 
5,304,515

Total Liabilities
10,029,427

 
3,680,968

 
453,889

 
(8,308,916
)
 
5,855,368

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock
100

 

 

 

 
100

Treasury Stock
(632,207
)
 

 

 

 
(632,207
)
Additional paid-in-capital
4,561,760

 
9,486,179

 
289,818

 
(9,775,997
)
 
4,561,760

Retained (deficit) earnings
(308,105
)
 
888,088

 
(33,961
)
 
(854,127
)
 
(308,105
)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(81,782
)
 
(8,700
)
 
(12,394
)
 
21,094

 
(81,782
)
Total Tribune Media Company shareholders’ equity (deficit)
3,539,766

 
10,365,567

 
243,463

 
(10,609,030
)
 
3,539,766

Noncontrolling interests

 

 
5,917

 

 
5,917

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)
3,539,766

 
10,365,567

 
249,380

 
(10,609,030
)
 
3,545,683

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
$
13,569,193

 
$
14,046,535

 
$
703,269

 
$
(18,917,946
)
 
$
9,401,051




F-100



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017
(In thousands of dollars)
 
Parent (Tribune Media Company)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Tribune Media Company Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
$
(160,529
)
 
$
391,686

 
$
(8,655
)
 
$

 
$
222,502

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
(8,943
)
 
(52,784
)
 
(5,105
)
 

 
(66,832
)
Investments

 
(65
)
 
(5,000
)
 

 
(5,065
)
Net proceeds from the sale of business
574,817

 
(5,249
)
 
(11,775
)
 

 
557,793

Proceeds from FCC spectrum auction

 
172,102

 

 

 
172,102

Sale of partial interest of equity method investment

 
142,552

 

 

 
142,552

Proceeds from sales of real estate and other assets

 
61,345

 
83,119

 

 
144,464

Proceeds from sales of investments
5,769

 

 

 

 
5,769

Distributions from equity investment

 
3,768

 

 

 
3,768

Other

 
984

 
805

 

 
1,789

Net cash provided by investing activities
571,643

 
322,653

 
62,044

 

 
956,340

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term borrowings
202,694

 

 

 

 
202,694

Repayments of long-term debt
(688,708
)
 

 
(14,819
)
 

 
(703,527
)
Long-term debt issuance costs
(1,689
)
 

 

 

 
(1,689
)
Payments of dividends
(586,336
)
 

 

 

 
(586,336
)
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of share-based awards
(8,774
)
 

 

 

 
(8,774
)
Proceeds from stock option exercises
11,317

 

 

 

 
11,317

Distributions to noncontrolling interests, net

 

 
(9,251
)
 

 
(9,251
)
Change in intercompany receivables and payables and intercompany contributions (1)
756,046

 
(717,365
)
 
(38,681
)
 

 

Net cash used in financing activities
(315,450
)
 
(717,365
)
 
(62,751
)
 

 
(1,095,566
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
95,664

 
(3,026
)
 
(9,362
)
 

 
83,276

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
574,638

 
4,527

 
11,244

 

 
590,409

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$
670,302

 
$
1,501

 
$
1,882

 
$

 
$
673,685

 
(1)
Excludes the impact of a $54 million non-cash settlement of intercompany balances upon dissolution of certain Guarantor subsidiaries.


F-101



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016
(In thousands of dollars)
 
Parent (Tribune Media Company)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Tribune Media Company Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
$
(4,987
)
 
$
395,861

 
$
(106,711
)
 
$

 
$
284,163

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
(10,199
)
 
(82,043
)
 
(7,417
)
 

 
(99,659
)
Investments
(850
)
 
(2,643
)
 
(2,500
)
 

 
(5,993
)
Proceeds from sales of real estate and other assets

 
507,011

 
681

 

 
507,692

Other

 
297

 

 

 
297

Intercompany dividends
3,326

 

 

 
(3,326
)
 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
(7,723
)
 
422,622

 
(9,236
)
 
(3,326
)
 
402,337

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repayments of long-term debt
(23,792
)
 

 
(4,050
)
 

 
(27,842
)
Long-term debt issuance costs
(736
)
 

 

 

 
(736
)
Payments of dividends
(90,296
)
 

 

 

 
(90,296
)
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of share-based awards
(4,553
)
 

 

 

 
(4,553
)
Common stock repurchases
(232,065
)
 

 

 

 
(232,065
)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests

 

 
393

 

 
393

Settlements of contingent consideration, net

 
(750
)
 
(2,886
)
 

 
(3,636
)
Intercompany dividends

 
(3,326
)
 

 
3,326

 

Change in intercompany receivables and payables (1)
703,282

 
(822,934
)
 
119,652

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
351,840

 
(827,010
)
 
113,109

 
3,326

 
(358,735
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
339,130

 
(8,527
)
 
(2,838
)
 

 
327,765

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
235,508

 
13,054

 
14,082

 

 
262,644

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$
574,638

 
$
4,527

 
$
11,244

 
$

 
$
590,409

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents are Comprised of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
574,638

 
$
720

 
$
2,300

 
$

 
$
577,658

Cash and cash equivalents classified as discontinued operations

 
3,807

 
8,944

 

 
12,751

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$
574,638

 
$
4,527

 
$
11,244

 
$

 
$
590,409

 
(1)
Excludes the impact of a $56 million non-cash settlement of intercompany balances upon dissolution of certain Guarantor subsidiaries.

F-102



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015
(In thousands of dollars)
 
Parent (Tribune Media Company)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
 
Eliminations
 
Tribune Media Company Consolidated
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
$
(47,422
)
 
$
190,327

 
$
(116,961
)
 
$

 
$
25,944

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
(20,775
)
 
(64,318
)
 
(3,991
)
 

 
(89,084
)
Investments
(15,000
)
 
(542
)
 
(7,500
)
 

 
(23,042
)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 
(5,109
)
 
(69,850
)
 

 
(74,959
)
Proceeds from sales of real estate and other assets

 
4,930

 

 

 
4,930

Proceeds from sales of investments
103

 
36,579

 
8,300

 

 
44,982

Distributions from equity investment

 
10,328

 

 

 
10,328

Other

 
1,112

 

 

 
1,112

Net cash used in investing activities
(35,672
)
 
(17,020
)
 
(73,041
)
 

 
(125,733
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term borrowings
1,100,000

 

 

 

 
1,100,000

Repayments of long-term debt
(1,110,159
)
 
(54
)
 
(4,049
)
 

 
(1,114,262
)
Long-term debt issuance costs
(20,202
)
 

 

 

 
(20,202
)
Payments of dividends
(719,919
)
 

 

 

 
(719,919
)
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of share-based awards
(4,421
)
 

 

 

 
(4,421
)
Proceeds from stock option exercises
166

 

 

 

 
166

Common stock repurchases
(339,942
)
 

 

 

 
(339,942
)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests

 

 
5,524

 

 
5,524

Settlements of contingent consideration, net

 
4,088

 
(2,914
)
 

 
1,174

Change in excess tax benefits from stock-based awards
(868
)
 

 

 

 
(868
)
Change in intercompany receivables and payables
(19,441
)
 
(176,491
)
 
195,932

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(1,114,786
)
 
(172,457
)
 
194,493

 

 
(1,092,750
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
(1,197,880
)
 
850

 
4,491

 

 
(1,192,539
)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
1,433,388

 
12,204

 
9,591

 

 
1,455,183

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$
235,508

 
$
13,054

 
$
14,082

 
$

 
$
262,644

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents are Comprised of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
235,508

 
$
7,011

 
$
5,301

 
$

 
$
247,820

Cash and cash equivalents classified as discontinued operations

 
6,043

 
8,781

 

 
14,824

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$
235,508

 
$
13,054

 
$
14,082

 
$

 
$
262,644



F-103



TRIBUNE MEDIA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 23: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In January 2018, the Company surrendered the spectrum of television stations whose FCC licenses were held for sale as of December 31, 2017 as a result of the FCC spectrum auction and expects to recognize a net pretax gain of $133 million in the first quarter of 2018.

F-104

Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘10-K’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
12/31/32
1/27/24
12/31/22
7/15/22
1/27/22
12/31/20
12/27/20
7/15/20
12/15/19
7/15/19
12/27/18SC 13D
12/20/18
12/15/18
8/8/18
7/15/18
5/8/18
4/30/18
3/31/1810-Q
3/26/184
3/12/18
Filed on:3/1/188-K
2/21/183
2/20/18
2/15/188-K
2/11/184
2/7/18
1/30/18
1/27/18
1/25/18
1/23/188-K
1/16/18
1/15/18
1/11/18
1/8/18
1/4/18
1/3/184
1/1/18
For Period end:12/31/17
12/22/17
12/19/178-K
12/18/17
12/15/17
12/4/174,  8-K
11/29/17424B3,  8-K,  S-3ASR
11/20/17
11/16/17
11/15/17
11/2/17
10/30/17
10/19/178-K
10/18/17
10/5/17
9/30/1710-Q
9/15/17425,  8-K
9/14/17425
9/6/17DEFM14A
8/29/17
8/22/17
8/16/17
8/7/17
8/4/17
8/2/178-K
7/31/17
7/14/174
7/6/17
6/30/1710-Q
6/26/17
6/22/178-K
6/19/178-K
6/12/17
5/22/17
5/12/17425
5/8/173,  425,  8-K
5/5/178-K,  DEF 14A
4/21/17
4/20/17
4/13/17
4/5/17
4/1/17
3/31/1710-Q
2/3/17
2/1/178-K
1/31/174,  8-K
1/30/178-K
1/27/178-K
1/26/17
1/17/174
1/13/17
1/11/17
1/6/17
1/2/174
1/1/174
12/31/1610-K
12/22/168-K
12/20/168-K
12/19/168-K
12/15/16
12/1/16
11/30/16
11/28/16
11/14/16
9/30/1610-Q
9/29/16
9/27/16
9/26/16
9/9/16
9/7/164
9/3/16
7/14/16
7/12/16
7/7/16
6/30/1610-Q
6/28/16
6/12/16
6/2/16
5/5/164,  8-K,  DEF 14A
5/4/16
5/2/16
4/1/16424B3,  EFFECT
3/31/1610-Q
3/29/16
3/24/164,  DEF 14A,  DEFA14A,  S-4
2/24/164
1/15/16
1/11/16
1/1/164
12/31/1510-K
11/25/15
11/12/15
10/8/15
9/11/15
9/8/15
9/2/154
8/19/15
6/30/1510-Q
6/24/158-K
6/2/15
4/28/154
4/22/15EFFECT
4/16/158-K
4/14/15
4/9/15
3/25/15
3/23/15
3/6/1510-K,  8-K
3/5/15
12/28/1410-K
12/19/14
12/5/14
10/13/14
10/1/14
8/4/144
7/16/14
6/18/14
4/24/14
3/31/14
3/6/14
2/28/14
2/21/14
1/22/14
12/29/13
12/27/13
12/20/13
11/20/13
11/12/13
10/28/13
9/30/13
9/23/13
8/13/13
8/2/13
7/22/13
7/15/13
6/29/13
6/4/13
5/29/13
5/23/13
5/21/13
4/1/13
3/1/13
1/17/13
1/4/13
12/31/12
12/30/12
12/21/12
11/16/12
9/7/12
8/3/12
8/2/12
7/23/12
7/10/12
6/11/12
6/1/12
4/12/12
4/2/12
3/20/12
3/15/12
2/23/12
12/19/11
8/16/11
6/2/11
12/8/10
11/1/10
7/26/10
6/7/10
4/28/10
11/3/09
10/27/09
10/14/09
10/12/09
10/6/09
9/24/09
8/24/09
8/21/09
6/12/09
3/25/09
3/23/09
12/18/08
12/8/088-K
7/29/088-K
5/11/088-K
1/1/08
12/31/07
12/20/0715-12B,  4,  8-K
6/4/074,  4/A,  8-K,  FWP,  SC 13E3/A
5/24/074,  SC 13D/A,  SC 13E3/A,  SC TO-I/A
4/25/078-K,  DEFA14A,  S-3ASR,  SC TO-I
4/1/0710-Q,  8-K
12/31/94
 List all Filings 


3 Subsequent Filings that Reference this Filing

  As Of               Filer                 Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size             Issuer                      Filing Agent

10/26/18  SEC                               UPLOAD11/27/18    2:45K  Tribune Media Co.
10/17/18  SEC                               UPLOAD11/27/18    2:49K  Tribune Media Co.
 8/24/18  SEC                               UPLOAD11/27/18    2:48K  Tribune Media Co.
Top
Filing Submission 0000726513-18-000007   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Fri., Mar. 29, 2:16:16.2am ET